Latest / Audiobooks & Scary Stories / The Kama Sutra of Vatsyayana by Vatsyayana

Transcript

The Kama Sutra of Vatsyayana by Vatsyayana · Audiobooks & Scary Stories

• 0:00
  Speaker 1: I hope you enjoy this reading, which comes from a
• 0:02
  Speaker 1: work in the public domain, the Kamma Sutra of Vatsiana.
• 0:06
  Speaker 1: By Vatsiana introduction. It may be interesting to some persons
• 0:11
  Speaker 1: to learn how it came about that Vatsiana was first
• 0:14
  Speaker 1: brought to light and translated into the English language. It
• 0:17
  Speaker 1: happened thus, while translating with the pundits the Anangaruga or
• 0:22
  Speaker 1: the stage of love, reference was frequently found to be
• 0:25
  Speaker 1: made to one Vatsia. The sage Vatsia was of this
• 0:29
  Speaker 1: opinion or of that opinion. The Sage Vatsia said this,
• 0:33
  Speaker 1: and so on. Naturally, questions were asked who the sage was,
• 0:38
  Speaker 1: and the pundits replied that Vatsia was the author of
• 0:40
  Speaker 1: the standard work on love in Sanskrit literature, that no
• 0:43
  Speaker 1: Sanskrit library was complete without his work, and that it
• 0:48
  Speaker 1: was most difficult now to obtain in its entire state.
• 0:51
  Speaker 1: The copy of the manuscript obtained in Bombay was defective,
• 0:55
  Speaker 1: and so the pundits wrote to Benares, Calcutta and Japu
• 0:58
  Speaker 1: were for copies of the manuscript from Sanskrit libraries in
• 1:01
  Speaker 1: those places. Copies having been obtained, they were then compared
• 1:06
  Speaker 1: with each other, and with the aid of a commentary
• 1:08
  Speaker 1: called Jaamengla, revised copy of the entire manuscript was prepared,
• 1:12
  Speaker 1: and from this copy the English translation was made. The
• 1:16
  Speaker 1: following is the certificate of the chief pundit. The accompanying
• 1:19
  Speaker 1: manuscript is corrected by me after comparing four different copies
• 1:23
  Speaker 1: of the work. I had the assistance of a commentary
• 1:26
  Speaker 1: called Jaamngla for correcting the portion in the first five parts,
• 1:30
  Speaker 1: but found great difficulty in correcting the remaining portion, because,
• 1:34
  Speaker 1: with the exception of one copy thereof which was tolerably correct,
• 1:37
  Speaker 1: all the other copies I had were far too incorrect. However,
• 1:42
  Speaker 1: I took that portion as correct, in which the majority
• 1:44
  Speaker 1: of the copies agreed with each other. The Aphorisms on
• 1:48
  Speaker 1: Love by Vatsiana contains about one thousand, two hundred and
• 1:52
  Speaker 1: fifty slokas or verses, and are divided into parts, parts
• 1:55
  Speaker 1: into chapters, and chapters into paragraphs. The whole consists of
• 2:00
  Speaker 1: seven parts, thirty six chapters, and sixty four paragraphs. Hardly
• 2:06
  Speaker 1: anything is known about the author. His real name is
• 2:09
  Speaker 1: supposed to be Malanaga or Mirlana, Botsiana being his family name.
• 2:14
  Speaker 1: At the close of the work, This is what he
• 2:16
  Speaker 1: writes about himself, after reading and considering the works of
• 2:19
  Speaker 1: Babravia and other ancient authors, and thinking over the meaning
• 2:23
  Speaker 1: of the rules given by them. This treatise was composed
• 2:27
  Speaker 1: according to the precepts of the Holy Writ for the
• 2:29
  Speaker 1: Benefit of the World, by Votsiana, while leading the life
• 2:33
  Speaker 1: of a religious student at Benars and wholly engaged in
• 2:36
  Speaker 1: the contemplation of the deity. This work is not to
• 2:39
  Speaker 1: be used merely as an instrument for satisfying our desires.
• 2:43
  Speaker 1: A person acquainted with the true principles of this science,
• 2:46
  Speaker 1: who preserves his dharma virtue or religious merit, his artha
• 2:50
  Speaker 1: worldly wealth, and his comma pleasure or sensual gratification, and
• 2:55
  Speaker 1: who has regard to the customs of the people, is
• 2:58
  Speaker 1: sure to obtain the mastery over his In short, an
• 3:02
  Speaker 1: intelligent and knowing person attending to dharma and Artha and
• 3:06
  Speaker 1: also to Kama, without becoming the slave of his passions,
• 3:09
  Speaker 1: will obtain success in everything that he may do. It
• 3:13
  Speaker 1: is impossible to fix the exact date either of the
• 3:15
  Speaker 1: life of Vatsiana or of his work. It is supposed
• 3:19
  Speaker 1: that he must have lived between the first and the
• 3:21
  Speaker 1: sixth centuries. Of the Christian era on the following grounds.
• 3:25
  Speaker 1: He mentions that Satkarni Surfahan, a king of Cantol, killed Maliavadi,
• 3:29
  Speaker 1: his wife with an instrument called kartari, by striking her
• 3:32
  Speaker 1: in the passion of love, and Vatsia quotes this case
• 3:35
  Speaker 1: to warn people of the danger arising from some old
• 3:38
  Speaker 1: customs of striking women when under the influence of this passion. Now,
• 3:42
  Speaker 1: this king of Cantol is believed to have lived and
• 3:45
  Speaker 1: reigned during the first century AC, and consequently Vatsia must
• 3:49
  Speaker 1: have lived after him. On the other hand, Vrahimehera, in
• 3:53
  Speaker 1: the eighteenth chapter of his Brahatsanhida, treats of the science
• 3:57
  Speaker 1: of love, and appears to have borrowed largely from Vatsiana
• 4:00
  Speaker 1: on the subject. Now, Vrahamihera is said to have lived
• 4:04
  Speaker 1: during the sixth century a D. And as Vatsia must
• 4:07
  Speaker 1: have written his works previously. Therefore, not earlier than the
• 4:10
  Speaker 1: first century AC and not later than the sixth century
• 4:14
  Speaker 1: a D must be considered as the approximate date of
• 4:17
  Speaker 1: his existence. On the text of the aphorisms on Love
• 4:21
  Speaker 1: by Vatsiana, only two commentaries have been found, one called
• 4:26
  Speaker 1: Jayamangla or Sutrabashia, and the other Sutraviriti. The date of
• 4:31
  Speaker 1: the Dijayamangla is fixed between the tenth and thirteenth centuries AD,
• 4:36
  Speaker 1: because while treating of the sixty four arts, an example
• 4:39
  Speaker 1: is taken from the Cavia Prakasha, which was written about
• 4:42
  Speaker 1: the tenth century a d. Again, the copy of the
• 4:46
  Speaker 1: commentary procured was evidently a transcript of a manuscript which
• 4:49
  Speaker 1: once had a place in the library of a Chluchian
• 4:51
  Speaker 1: king named vishal Adiva, a fact elicited from the following
• 4:55
  Speaker 1: sentence at the end of it. Here ends the part
• 4:57
  Speaker 1: relating to the art of love in the commentary on
• 4:59
  Speaker 1: the Vatsza Ziana Kamasutra, a copy from the library of
• 5:03
  Speaker 1: the King of Kings, vishal Adiva, who was a powerful hero,
• 5:07
  Speaker 1: as it were, a second er Juna and head Jewel
• 5:09
  Speaker 1: of the Chalukya family. Now it is well known that
• 5:13
  Speaker 1: this king ruled in Guzarat from twelve forty four to
• 5:16
  Speaker 1: twelve sixty two a d. And founded a city called Vessalniger.
• 5:20
  Speaker 1: The date therefore of the commentary is taken to be
• 5:23
  Speaker 1: not earlier than the tenth and not later than the
• 5:26
  Speaker 1: thirteenth century. The author of it is supposed to be
• 5:29
  Speaker 1: one Yashidra, the name given him by his preceptor being
• 5:32
  Speaker 1: in Drapidah. He seems to have written it during the
• 5:35
  Speaker 1: time of affliction caused by his separation from a clever
• 5:38
  Speaker 1: and shrewd woman, at least that is what he himself
• 5:41
  Speaker 1: says at the end of each chapter. It is presumed
• 5:44
  Speaker 1: that he called his work after the name of his
• 5:46
  Speaker 1: absent mistress, or the word may have some connection with
• 5:49
  Speaker 1: the meaning of her name. This commentary was most useful
• 5:53
  Speaker 1: in explaining the true meaning of Vatsiana, for the commentator
• 5:56
  Speaker 1: appears to have had a considerable knowledge of the times
• 5:58
  Speaker 1: of the older author, and gives in some places very
• 6:01
  Speaker 1: minute information. This cannot be said of the other commentary
• 6:05
  Speaker 1: called Sutravridi, which was written about a d by Nursing Shastri,
• 6:10
  Speaker 1: a pupil of a servish for a Shastri. The latter
• 6:13
  Speaker 1: was a descendant of Basker, and so also was our author,
• 6:16
  Speaker 1: for at the conclusion of every part he calls himself
• 6:18
  Speaker 1: Basker nursing Shastra. He was induced to write the work
• 6:22
  Speaker 1: by order of the learned Raja of Rijalala while he
• 6:25
  Speaker 1: was residing in Benars. But as to the merits of
• 6:28
  Speaker 1: this commentary, it does not deserve much commendation. In many cases,
• 6:32
  Speaker 1: the writer does not appear to have understood the meaning
• 6:34
  Speaker 1: of the original author, and has changed the text in
• 6:37
  Speaker 1: many places to fit in with his own explanations. A
• 6:41
  Speaker 1: complete translation of the original work now follows. It has
• 6:45
  Speaker 1: been prepared in complete accordance with the text of the manuscript,
• 6:48
  Speaker 1: and is given without further comments as made from it
• 6:52
  Speaker 1: the end the introduction, Part one the Vatsiana Sutra Introductory Preface,
• 7:01
  Speaker 1: Salutation to Dharma, Artha and Kama. In the beginning, the
• 7:06
  Speaker 1: Lord of beings created men and women, and, in the
• 7:08
  Speaker 1: form of commandments in one hundred thousand chapters, laid down
• 7:11
  Speaker 1: rules for regulating their existence with regard to Dharma one,
• 7:15
  Speaker 1: Artha two, and Kama three. Some of these commandments, namely
• 7:20
  Speaker 1: those which treated of Dharma, were separately written by Swayambumanu,
• 7:24
  Speaker 1: those that related to Artha were compiled by Brihaspadi, and
• 7:28
  Speaker 1: those that referred to Kama were expounded by Nandi, the
• 7:30
  Speaker 1: follower of Maharava in one thousand chapters. Now, these Kama
• 7:36
  Speaker 1: Sutra aphorisms on love written by Nandi in one thousand chapters,
• 7:40
  Speaker 1: were reproduced by Shvedikidu, the son of Ivolaka, in an
• 7:44
  Speaker 1: abbreviated form in five hundred chapters, and this work was
• 7:47
  Speaker 1: again similarly reproduced in an abridged form in one hundred
• 7:51
  Speaker 1: and fifty chapters by Babravia, an inhabitant of the Panchala
• 7:56
  Speaker 1: south of Delhi country. These one hundred and fifty chen
• 8:00
  Speaker 1: were then put together under seven heads or parts named severally.
• 8:03
  Speaker 1: First Saturana general topics, second Sampriagica embraces et cetera. Third
• 8:12
  Speaker 1: Kenya sam Priactica Union of males and females. Fourth bury
• 8:18
  Speaker 1: the Karica on one's own wife. Fifth Paradica on the
• 8:23
  Speaker 1: wives of other people. Sixth Bisica on courtesans, seventh Apamishadka
• 8:31
  Speaker 1: on the arts of seduction, tonic medicines, et cetera. The
• 8:35
  Speaker 1: sixth part of this last work was separately expounded by
• 8:38
  Speaker 1: Dettaka at the request of the public women of Petalaputra Putna,
• 8:42
  Speaker 1: and in the same way Sharayana explained the first part
• 8:45
  Speaker 1: of it. The remaining parts viz. The second, third, fourth, fifth,
• 8:50
  Speaker 1: and seventh were each separately expounded by Surbananaba. Second part
• 8:56
  Speaker 1: go to Kamuca, third part Gunnardia, fourth part Ghani Kaputra,
• 9:02
  Speaker 1: fifth part Kuchemara, seventh part respectively. Thus, the work, being
• 9:09
  Speaker 1: written in parts by different authors, was almost unobtainable, and
• 9:12
  Speaker 1: as the parts which were expounded by Totaka and the
• 9:14
  Speaker 1: others treated only of the particular branches of the subject
• 9:17
  Speaker 1: to which each part related, and moreover, as the original
• 9:20
  Speaker 1: work of Babravia was difficult to be mastered on account
• 9:23
  Speaker 1: of its length, Vatziana therefore composed his work in a
• 9:28
  Speaker 1: small volume as an abstract of the whole of the
• 9:30
  Speaker 1: works of the above named authors. Part one, Chapter one
• 9:35
  Speaker 1: being the index two or contents of the work. Chapter
• 9:38
  Speaker 1: two observations on the three worldly attainments of Virtue, wealth,
• 9:43
  Speaker 1: and Love. Three on the study of the sixty four arts.
• 9:48
  Speaker 1: Four on the arrangements of a house and household furniture,
• 9:52
  Speaker 1: and about the daily life of a citizen, his Companions,
• 9:55
  Speaker 1: Amusements and c v About classes of women fit and
• 10:00
  Speaker 1: unfit for congress with the citizen, and of friends and messengers.
• 10:05
  Speaker 1: Part two on sexual union. Chapter one kinds of union
• 10:11
  Speaker 1: according to dimensions, force of desire and time, And on
• 10:14
  Speaker 1: the different kinds of love. Two of the embrace, Three
• 10:20
  Speaker 1: on kissing, four on pressing or marking with the nails.
• 10:25
  Speaker 1: V On biting, and the ways of love to be
• 10:28
  Speaker 1: employed with regard to women of different countries. Six on
• 10:33
  Speaker 1: the various ways of lying down and the different kinds
• 10:36
  Speaker 1: of congress. Seven on the various ways of striking and
• 10:40
  Speaker 1: of the sounds appropriate to them. Eight about females acting
• 10:44
  Speaker 1: the part of males. Nine on holding the lingam in
• 10:48
  Speaker 1: the mouth X, how to begin and how to end
• 10:53
  Speaker 1: the congress, different kinds of congress, and love quarrels. Part
• 10:58
  Speaker 1: three About the acquisition of a wife. Chapter one Observations
• 11:04
  Speaker 1: on betrothal and marriage. Two about creating confidence in the girl.
• 11:10
  Speaker 1: Three courtship and the manifestations of the feelings by outward
• 11:14
  Speaker 1: signs and deeds. Four on things to be done only
• 11:19
  Speaker 1: by the man and the acquisition of the girl. Thereby,
• 11:22
  Speaker 1: also what to be done by a girl to gain
• 11:24
  Speaker 1: over a man and subject him to her The on
• 11:28
  Speaker 1: the different forms of marriage. Part four about a wife.
• 11:34
  Speaker 1: Chapter one on the manner of living of a virtuous
• 11:37
  Speaker 1: woman and of her behavior during the absence of her husband.
• 11:41
  Speaker 1: Two on the conduct of the eldest wife towards the
• 11:45
  Speaker 1: other wives of her husband, and of the younger wife
• 11:48
  Speaker 1: towards the elder ones. Also on the conduct of a
• 11:51
  Speaker 1: virgin widow remarried, of a wife disliked by her husband,
• 11:55
  Speaker 1: of the women in the King's Harem, and of a
• 11:57
  Speaker 1: husband who has more than one wife. Part five About
• 12:01
  Speaker 1: the wives of other people. Chapter one on the characteristics
• 12:06
  Speaker 1: of men and women and the reason why women reject
• 12:09
  Speaker 1: the addresses of men, About men who have success with women,
• 12:13
  Speaker 1: and about women who are easily gained. Over two, About
• 12:17
  Speaker 1: making acquaintance with the woman and of the efforts to
• 12:20
  Speaker 1: gain her Over three, Examination of the state of a
• 12:23
  Speaker 1: woman's mind. Four The business of a go between the
• 12:29
  Speaker 1: On the love of persons in authority with the wives
• 12:31
  Speaker 1: of other people. Six About the women of the royal Harem,
• 12:36
  Speaker 1: and of the keeping of one's own wife. Part six
• 12:40
  Speaker 1: About courtesans. Chapter one on the characteristics of men and
• 12:45
  Speaker 1: women and the reason why women reject the addresses of men,
• 12:50
  Speaker 1: About men who have success with women, and about women
• 12:53
  Speaker 1: who are easily gained. Over two of a courtesan living
• 12:57
  Speaker 1: with a man as his wife. Three of the means
• 13:00
  Speaker 1: of getting money of the signs of a lover who
• 13:03
  Speaker 1: is beginning to be weary, and of the way to
• 13:05
  Speaker 1: get rid of him. Four about a reunion with a
• 13:08
  Speaker 1: former lover, The of different kinds of gain, six of
• 13:14
  Speaker 1: gains and losses, attendant gains and losses and doubts. And
• 13:19
  Speaker 1: lastly the different kinds of courtesans. Part seven On the
• 13:24
  Speaker 1: means of attracting others to oneself. Chapter one on personal adornment,
• 13:30
  Speaker 1: subjugating the hearts of others, and of tonic medicines. Two
• 13:35
  Speaker 1: of the means of exciting desire, and of the ways
• 13:38
  Speaker 1: of enlarging the lingam Miscellaneous experiments and receipts. Part one.
• 13:44
  Speaker 1: Chapter two on the acquisition of Dharma, Artha and Comma.
• 13:50
  Speaker 1: Man the period of whose life is one hundred years
• 13:53
  Speaker 1: should practice Dharma, Artha and Comma at different times and
• 13:56
  Speaker 1: in such a manner that they may harmonize together and
• 13:59
  Speaker 1: not clash in any He should acquire learning in his childhood,
• 14:03
  Speaker 1: in his youth and middle age, he should attend to
• 14:05
  Speaker 1: Artha and Kama. And in his old age he should
• 14:08
  Speaker 1: perform dharma and thus seek to gain moksha i e.
• 14:11
  Speaker 1: Release from further transmigration or on account of the uncertainty
• 14:16
  Speaker 1: of life. He may practice them at times when they
• 14:19
  Speaker 1: are enjoined to be practiced, but one thing is to
• 14:22
  Speaker 1: be noted. He should lead the life of a religious
• 14:25
  Speaker 1: student until he finishes his education. Dharma is obedience to
• 14:29
  Speaker 1: the command of the Shastra or holy writ of the
• 14:31
  Speaker 1: Hindus to do certain things, such as the performance of sacrifices,
• 14:35
  Speaker 1: which are not generally done because they do not belong
• 14:38
  Speaker 1: to this world and produce no visible effect, and not
• 14:42
  Speaker 1: to do other things, such as eating meat, which is
• 14:44
  Speaker 1: often done because it belongs to this world and has
• 14:47
  Speaker 1: visible effects. Dharma should be learned from the shrity, holy
• 14:51
  Speaker 1: writ and from those conversant with it. Artha is the
• 14:55
  Speaker 1: acquisition of arts, land, gold, cattle, wealth, equipages and friends.
• 15:01
  Speaker 1: It is further the protection of what is acquired and
• 15:05
  Speaker 1: the increase of what is protected. Arthur should be learned
• 15:08
  Speaker 1: from the king's officers and from merchants who may be
• 15:11
  Speaker 1: versed in the ways of commerce. Kamma is the enjoyment
• 15:15
  Speaker 1: of appropriate objects by the five senses of hearing, feeling, seeing, tasting,
• 15:20
  Speaker 1: and smelling, assisted by the mind together with the soul.
• 15:24
  Speaker 1: The ingredient in this is a peculiar contact between the
• 15:27
  Speaker 1: organ of sense and its object, and the consciousness of
• 15:30
  Speaker 1: pleasure which arises from that contact is called comma. Kamma
• 15:34
  Speaker 1: is to be learned from the Kamma Sutra, aphorisms on love,
• 15:37
  Speaker 1: and from the practice of citizens. When all the three viz. Dharma, Artha,
• 15:43
  Speaker 1: and comma come together, the former is better than the
• 15:45
  Speaker 1: one which follows it. I e. Dharma is better than arthur,
• 15:49
  Speaker 1: and Artha is better than comma. But Arthur should be
• 15:53
  Speaker 1: always first practiced by the king, for the livelihood of
• 15:56
  Speaker 1: men is to be obtained from it. Only. Again, Kamma
• 15:59
  Speaker 1: being the occupation of public women, they should prefer it
• 16:02
  Speaker 1: to the other two. And these are exceptions to the
• 16:05
  Speaker 1: general rule. Objection one. Some learned men say that, as
• 16:10
  Speaker 1: dharma is connected with things not belonging to this world,
• 16:13
  Speaker 1: it is appropriately treated of in a book, and so
• 16:16
  Speaker 1: also is artha, because it is practiced only by the
• 16:19
  Speaker 1: application of proper means, and a knowledge of those means
• 16:22
  Speaker 1: can only be obtained by study and from books. But Kamma,
• 16:26
  Speaker 1: being a thing which is practiced even by the brute creation,
• 16:29
  Speaker 1: and which is to be found everywhere, does not want
• 16:31
  Speaker 1: any work on the subject. Answer, this is not so.
• 16:37
  Speaker 1: Sexual intercourse, being a thing dependent on man and woman,
• 16:40
  Speaker 1: requires the application of proper means by them, and those
• 16:43
  Speaker 1: means are to be learnt from the Kamma Shastra. The
• 16:46
  Speaker 1: non application of proper means which we see in the
• 16:49
  Speaker 1: brute creation is caused by their being unrestrained, and by
• 16:53
  Speaker 1: the females among them only being fit for sexual intercourse
• 16:56
  Speaker 1: at certain seasons and no more, and by their intercourse
• 16:59
  Speaker 1: not being prec by thought of any kind objection. Two,
• 17:04
  Speaker 1: the locayaticas for say, religious ordinances, should not be observed,
• 17:09
  Speaker 1: for they bear a future fruit. And at the same
• 17:11
  Speaker 1: time it is also doubtful whether they will bear any
• 17:13
  Speaker 1: fruit at all. What foolish person will give a way
• 17:17
  Speaker 1: that which is in his own hands into the hands
• 17:19
  Speaker 1: of another. Moreover, it is better to have a pigeon
• 17:22
  Speaker 1: to day than a peacock tomorrow. And a copper coin,
• 17:25
  Speaker 1: which we have the certainty of obtaining, is better than
• 17:28
  Speaker 1: a gold coin, the possession of which is doubtful. Answer
• 17:33
  Speaker 1: it is not so. First, holy writ which ordains the
• 17:37
  Speaker 1: practice of dharma does not admit of a doubt. Second,
• 17:42
  Speaker 1: sacrifices such as those made for the destruction of enemies
• 17:46
  Speaker 1: or for the fall of rain, are seen to bear fruit. Third,
• 17:51
  Speaker 1: the sun, moon, stars, planets, and other heavenly bodies appear
• 17:55
  Speaker 1: to work intentionally for the good of the world. Fourth,
• 18:00
  Speaker 1: the existence of this world is affected by the observance
• 18:03
  Speaker 1: of the rules respecting the four classes five of men
• 18:06
  Speaker 1: in their four stages of life. Fifth, we see that
• 18:11
  Speaker 1: seed is thrown into the ground with the hope of
• 18:13
  Speaker 1: future crops. Vatziana is therefore of opinion that the ordinances
• 18:17
  Speaker 1: of religion must be obeyed. Objection three. Those who believe
• 18:23
  Speaker 1: that Destiny is the prime mover of all things, say,
• 18:25
  Speaker 1: we should not exert ourselves to acquire wealth, for sometimes
• 18:29
  Speaker 1: it is not acquired although we strive to get it,
• 18:31
  Speaker 1: while at other times it comes to us of itself
• 18:33
  Speaker 1: without any exertion on our part. Everything is therefore in
• 18:37
  Speaker 1: the power of Destiny, who is the lord of gain
• 18:40
  Speaker 1: and loss, of success, and defeat of pleasure and pain.
• 18:44
  Speaker 1: Thus we see the Bali six was raised to the
• 18:47
  Speaker 1: throne of Indra by Destiny, and was also put down
• 18:50
  Speaker 1: by the same power. And it is Destiny only that
• 18:53
  Speaker 1: can reinstate him. Answer, it is not right to say
• 18:57
  Speaker 1: so as the acquisition of every object presupposes at all
• 19:02
  Speaker 1: events some exertion on the part of man. The application
• 19:05
  Speaker 1: of proper means may be said to be the cause
• 19:07
  Speaker 1: of gaining all our ends, and this application of proper
• 19:09
  Speaker 1: means being thus necessary even where a thing is destined
• 19:13
  Speaker 1: to happen, it follows that a person who does nothing
• 19:15
  Speaker 1: will enjoy no happiness. Objection four. Those who are inclined
• 19:21
  Speaker 1: to think that arthur is the chief object to be
• 19:23
  Speaker 1: obtained argue thus pleasures should not be sought for, because
• 19:27
  Speaker 1: they are obstacles to the practice of dharma and artha,
• 19:30
  Speaker 1: which are both superior to them, and are also disliked
• 19:33
  Speaker 1: by meritorious persons. Pleasures also bring a man into distress
• 19:38
  Speaker 1: and into contact with low persons. They cause him to
• 19:41
  Speaker 1: commit unrighteous deeds and produce impurity in him. They make
• 19:45
  Speaker 1: him regardless of the future and encourage carelessness and levity.
• 19:49
  Speaker 1: And lastly, they cause him to be disbelieved by all,
• 19:52
  Speaker 1: received by none, and despised by everybody, including himself. It
• 19:58
  Speaker 1: is notorious, moreover, that many men who have given themselves
• 20:01
  Speaker 1: up to pleasure alone have been ruined along with their
• 20:04
  Speaker 1: families and relations. Thus, King Dandakia seven of the Boja
• 20:10
  Speaker 1: dynasty carried off a Brahmin's daughter with evil intent, and
• 20:13
  Speaker 1: was eventually ruined and lost his kingdom. Indra, too, having
• 20:18
  Speaker 1: violated the chastity of Ahoya eight, was made to suffer
• 20:22
  Speaker 1: for it. In a like manner. The mighty Kichaka nine,
• 20:26
  Speaker 1: who tried to seduce Throupathi and Ravna ten, who attempted
• 20:30
  Speaker 1: to gain over Sida, were punished for their crimes. These
• 20:34
  Speaker 1: and many others fell by reason of their pleasures. Answer
• 20:39
  Speaker 1: this objection cannot be sustained, for pleasures being as necessary
• 20:43
  Speaker 1: for the existence and well being of the body, as
• 20:45
  Speaker 1: food are consequently equally required. They are. Moreover, the results
• 20:51
  Speaker 1: of dharma and artha. Pleasures are therefore to be followed
• 20:55
  Speaker 1: with moderation and caution. No one refrains from cooking food
• 21:00
  Speaker 1: because there are beggars to ask for it, or from
• 21:02
  Speaker 1: sowing seed because there are dear to destroy the corn
• 21:05
  Speaker 1: when it is grown up. Thus, a man practicing Dharma,
• 21:08
  Speaker 1: Artha and Kamma enjoys happiness both in this world and
• 21:11
  Speaker 1: in the world to come. The good performed those actions
• 21:15
  Speaker 1: in which there is no fear as to what is
• 21:17
  Speaker 1: to result from them in the next world, and in
• 21:19
  Speaker 1: which there is no danger to their welfare. Any action
• 21:23
  Speaker 1: which conduces to the practice of Dharma, Artha and Kamma together,
• 21:27
  Speaker 1: or of any two or even one of them, should
• 21:29
  Speaker 1: be performed. But an action which conduces to the practice
• 21:32
  Speaker 1: of one of them at the expense of the remaining
• 21:34
  Speaker 1: two should not be performed. Chapter three on the arts
• 21:39
  Speaker 1: and sciences to be studied. Man should study the Kamma
• 21:43
  Speaker 1: Sutra and the arts and sciences subordinate there too. In
• 21:46
  Speaker 1: addition to the study of the arts and sciences contained
• 21:49
  Speaker 1: in Dharma and Artha. Even young maids should study this
• 21:53
  Speaker 1: Kamma Sutra along with its arts and sciences, before marriage,
• 21:56
  Speaker 1: and after it they should continue to do so with
• 21:58
  Speaker 1: the consent of their husbands. Here some learned men object
• 22:02
  Speaker 1: and say that females, not being allowed to study any science,
• 22:06
  Speaker 1: should not study the Kamma Sutra. But Watziana is of
• 22:10
  Speaker 1: opinion that this objection does not hold good for women
• 22:13
  Speaker 1: already know the practice of Kama Sutra, and that practice
• 22:16
  Speaker 1: is derived from the Kama Shastra or the science of
• 22:19
  Speaker 1: Comma itself. Moreover, it is not only in this but
• 22:23
  Speaker 1: in many other cases, that though the practice of a
• 22:25
  Speaker 1: science is known to all, only a few persons are
• 22:28
  Speaker 1: acquainted with the rules and laws on which the science
• 22:30
  Speaker 1: is based. Thus, the yadnikas or sacrificers, though ignorant of grammar,
• 22:36
  Speaker 1: make use of appropriate words when addressing the different deities,
• 22:39
  Speaker 1: and do not know how these words are framed. Again,
• 22:43
  Speaker 1: persons do the duties required of them on auspicious days
• 22:46
  Speaker 1: which are fixed by astrology, though they are not acquainted
• 22:49
  Speaker 1: with the science of astrology. In a like manner, riders
• 22:53
  Speaker 1: of horses and elephants train these animals without knowing the
• 22:56
  Speaker 1: science of training animals, but from practice only. And similarly,
• 23:01
  Speaker 1: the people of the most distant provinces obey the laws
• 23:03
  Speaker 1: of the kingdom from practice and because there is a
• 23:06
  Speaker 1: king over them, and without further reason. Eleven And from experience,
• 23:11
  Speaker 1: we find that some women, such as daughters of princes
• 23:13
  Speaker 1: and their ministers and public women, are actually versed in
• 23:17
  Speaker 1: the Kamma Shastra. A female therefore, should learn the Kamma Shastra,
• 23:22
  Speaker 1: or at least a part of it, by studying its
• 23:24
  Speaker 1: practice from some confidential friend. She should study alone in
• 23:28
  Speaker 1: private the sixty four practices that form a part of
• 23:31
  Speaker 1: the Kamma Shastra. Her teacher should be one of the
• 23:34
  Speaker 1: following persons viz. The daughter of a nurse brought up
• 23:39
  Speaker 1: with her and already married twelve or a female friend
• 23:42
  Speaker 1: who can be trusted in everything, or the sister of
• 23:44
  Speaker 1: her mother i e. Her aunt, or an old female servant,
• 23:48
  Speaker 1: or a female beggar who may have formerly lived in
• 23:51
  Speaker 1: a family, or her own sister who can always be trusted.
• 23:55
  Speaker 1: The following are the arts to be studied together with
• 23:58
  Speaker 1: the Kama Sutra. One singing, two playing on musical instruments,
• 24:05
  Speaker 1: three dancing, four union of dancing, singing and playing instrumental music.
• 24:12
  Speaker 1: Five writing and drawing. Six tattooing. Seven arraying and adorning
• 24:19
  Speaker 1: an idol with rice and flowers. Eight spreading in arraying
• 24:24
  Speaker 1: beds or couches of flowers or flowers upon the ground.
• 24:29
  Speaker 1: Nine coloring the teeth, garments, hair, nails, and bodies i e. Staining, dyeing,
• 24:36
  Speaker 1: coloring and painting the same. Ten fixing stained glass into
• 24:40
  Speaker 1: a floor. Eleven the art of making beds and spreading
• 24:45
  Speaker 1: out carpets and cushions for reclining. Twelve playing on musical
• 24:50
  Speaker 1: glasses filled with water. Thirteen storing and accumulating water in aqueducts,
• 24:56
  Speaker 1: cisterns and reservoirs. Fourteen Picture making, trimming and decorating fifteen,
• 25:04
  Speaker 1: Stringing of rosaries, necklaces, garlands and wreaths. Sixteen binding of
• 25:10
  Speaker 1: turbans and chaplets and making crests and top knots of
• 25:13
  Speaker 1: flowers seventeen Scenic representations, stage playing eighteen, Art of making
• 25:22
  Speaker 1: year ornaments nineteen, Art of preparing perfumes and odors twenty
• 25:28
  Speaker 1: Proper disposition of jewels and decorations and adornment in dress
• 25:33
  Speaker 1: twenty one. Magic or sorcery twenty two Quickness of hand
• 25:38
  Speaker 1: or manual skill twenty three Culinary art i e. Cooking
• 25:43
  Speaker 1: and cookery twenty four Making lemonades, sherbets, ascidulated drinks and
• 25:50
  Speaker 1: spirituous extracts with proper flavor and color. Twenty five, tailor's
• 25:56
  Speaker 1: work and sewing twenty six Making parrots, flowers, tufts, tassels, bunches, bosses,
• 26:04
  Speaker 1: knobs and sea out of yarn or threat twenty seven.
• 26:09
  Speaker 1: Solution of riddles, enigmas, covert speeches, verbal puzzles and enigmatical questions.
• 26:16
  Speaker 1: Eight A game which consisted in repeating verses, and as
• 26:20
  Speaker 1: one person finished, another person had to commence at once
• 26:24
  Speaker 1: repeating another verse beginning with the same letter with which
• 26:27
  Speaker 1: the last speakers verse ended. Whoever failed to repeat was
• 26:30
  Speaker 1: considered to have lost and to be subject to pay
• 26:32
  Speaker 1: a forfeit or stake of some kind twenty nine. The
• 26:37
  Speaker 1: art of mimicry or imitation thirty Reading, including chanting and intoning.
• 26:44
  Speaker 1: Thirty one Study of sentences difficult to pronounce. It is
• 26:48
  Speaker 1: played as a game chiefly by women and children, and
• 26:51
  Speaker 1: consists of a difficult sentence being given, and when repeated quickly,
• 26:55
  Speaker 1: the words are often transposed or badly pronounced. Thirty two.
• 27:01
  Speaker 1: Practice with sword, single stick, quarter staff, and bow and arrow.
• 27:06
  Speaker 1: Thirty three Drawing inferences, reasoning or inferring thirty four Carpentry
• 27:12
  Speaker 1: or the work of a carpenter thirty five Architecture or
• 27:17
  Speaker 1: the art of building thirty six. Knowledge about gold and silver, coins,
• 27:22
  Speaker 1: and jewels and gems thirty seven Chemistry and mineralogy thirty
• 27:28
  Speaker 1: eight Coloring jewels, gems and beads thirty nine, Knowledge of
• 27:35
  Speaker 1: mines and quarries forty Gardening, knowledge of treating the diseases
• 27:40
  Speaker 1: of trees and plants, of nourishing them and determining their ages.
• 27:45
  Speaker 1: Forty one. Art of cock fighting, quail fighting, and ram
• 27:48
  Speaker 1: fighting forty two. Art of teaching parrots and starlings to
• 27:53
  Speaker 1: speak forty three. Art of applying perfumed ointments to the body,
• 27:59
  Speaker 1: and of dressing the hair with umwents and perfumes and
• 28:01
  Speaker 1: braiding it forty four. The art of understanding writing in
• 28:05
  Speaker 1: cipher and the writing of words in a peculiar way.
• 28:09
  Speaker 1: Forty five The art of speaking by changing the forms
• 28:12
  Speaker 1: of words. It is of various kinds. Some speak by
• 28:17
  Speaker 1: changing the beginning and end of words, others by adding
• 28:20
  Speaker 1: unnecessary letters between every syllable of a word, and so on.
• 28:25
  Speaker 1: Forty six. Knowledge of language and of the vernacular dialects
• 28:30
  Speaker 1: forty seven. Art of making flower carriages forty eight art
• 28:35
  Speaker 1: of framing mystical diagrams, of addressing spells and charms, and
• 28:39
  Speaker 1: binding armlets forty nine. Mental exercises, such as completing stanzas
• 28:46
  Speaker 1: or verses on receiving a part of them, or supplying one,
• 28:49
  Speaker 1: two or three lines when the remaining lines are given
• 28:52
  Speaker 1: indiscriminately from different verses, so as to make the whole
• 28:55
  Speaker 1: an entire verse with regard to its meaning, or arranging
• 28:59
  Speaker 1: the words of a verse written irregularly by separating the
• 29:01
  Speaker 1: vowels from the consonants or leaving them out altogether, or
• 29:05
  Speaker 1: putting into verse or prose sentences represented by signs or symbols.
• 29:10
  Speaker 1: There are many other such exercises. Fifty Composing poems fifty one.
• 29:17
  Speaker 1: Knowledge of dictionaries and vocabularies fifty two. Knowledge of ways
• 29:23
  Speaker 1: of changing and disguising the appearance of persons fifty three.
• 29:27
  Speaker 1: Knowledge of the art of changing the appearance of things,
• 29:30
  Speaker 1: such as making cotton to appear as silk coarse, and
• 29:33
  Speaker 1: common things to appear as fine in good fifty four.
• 29:37
  Speaker 1: Various ways of gambling fifty five. Art of obtaining possession
• 29:43
  Speaker 1: of the property of others by means of mantras or incantations.
• 29:47
  Speaker 1: Fifty six. Skill in youthful sports fifty seven. Knowledge of
• 29:52
  Speaker 1: the rules of society, and of how to pay respects
• 29:55
  Speaker 1: and compliments to others fifty eight. Knowledge of the art
• 29:59
  Speaker 1: of war, of arms, of armies, and sea fifty nine,
• 30:04
  Speaker 1: knowledge of gymnastics sixty Art of knowing the character of
• 30:09
  Speaker 1: a man from his features sixty one. Knowledge of scanning
• 30:13
  Speaker 1: or constructing verses sixty two, arithmetical recreations sixty three, making
• 30:21
  Speaker 1: artificial flowers sixty four making figures and images in clay.
• 30:27
  Speaker 1: A public woman, endowed with a good disposition, beauty in
• 30:31
  Speaker 1: other winning qualities, and also versed in the above arts,
• 30:34
  Speaker 1: obtains the name of aganica or public woman of high quality,
• 30:38
  Speaker 1: and receives a seat of honour in an assemblage of men.
• 30:42
  Speaker 1: She is moreover, always respected by the king and praised
• 30:46
  Speaker 1: by learned men, and her favor being sought for by all,
• 30:49
  Speaker 1: she becomes an object of universal regard. The daughter of
• 30:53
  Speaker 1: a king two as well as the daughter of a minister,
• 30:56
  Speaker 1: being learned in the above arts, can make their husbands
• 30:59
  Speaker 1: favorable to them, even though these may have thousands of
• 31:01
  Speaker 1: other wives besides themselves. And in the same manner, if
• 31:06
  Speaker 1: a wife becomes separated from her husband and falls into distress,
• 31:10
  Speaker 1: she can support herself easily even in a foreign country,
• 31:13
  Speaker 1: by means of her knowledge of these arts. Even the
• 31:16
  Speaker 1: bare knowledge of them gives attractiveness to a woman, though
• 31:19
  Speaker 1: the practice of them may be only possible or otherwise,
• 31:22
  Speaker 1: according to the circumstances of each case. A man who
• 31:26
  Speaker 1: is versed in these arts, who is loquacious and acquainted
• 31:29
  Speaker 1: with the arts of gallantry, gains very soon the hearts
• 31:32
  Speaker 1: of women, even though he is only acquainted with them
• 31:34
  Speaker 1: for a short time. Chapter four The Life of a
• 31:39
  Speaker 1: Citizen thirteen. Having thus acquired learning, a man with the
• 31:44
  Speaker 1: wealth that he may have gained by gift, conquest, purchase,
• 31:47
  Speaker 1: deposit fourteen, or inheritance from his ancestors, should become a
• 31:52
  Speaker 1: householder and pass the life of a citizen. He should
• 31:56
  Speaker 1: take a house in a city or large village, or
• 31:58
  Speaker 1: in the vicinity of good men, or in a place
• 32:01
  Speaker 1: which is the resort of many persons. This abode should
• 32:04
  Speaker 1: be situated near some water, and divided into different compartments
• 32:08
  Speaker 1: for different purposes. It should be surrounded by a garden,
• 32:12
  Speaker 1: and also contain two rooms, an outer and an inner one.
• 32:16
  Speaker 1: The inner room should be occupied by the females, while
• 32:19
  Speaker 1: the outer room, bomby with rich perfumes, should contain a
• 32:22
  Speaker 1: bed soft agreeable to the sight, covered with a clean
• 32:26
  Speaker 1: white cloth, low in the middle part, having garlands and
• 32:29
  Speaker 1: bunches of flowers fifteen upon it, and a canopy above it,
• 32:33
  Speaker 1: and two pillows, one at the top another at the bottom.
• 32:37
  Speaker 1: There should be also a sort of couch besides, and
• 32:40
  Speaker 1: at the head of this a sort of stool on
• 32:42
  Speaker 1: which should be placed the fragrant ointments for the night,
• 32:44
  Speaker 1: as well as flowers, pots containing colirium and other fragrant substances,
• 32:49
  Speaker 1: things used for perfuming the mouth, and the bark of
• 32:51
  Speaker 1: the common citron tree. Near the couch. On the ground
• 32:56
  Speaker 1: there should be a pot for spitting, a box containing ornaments,
• 32:59
  Speaker 1: and also a lute hanging from a peg made of
• 33:01
  Speaker 1: the tooth of an elephant, a board for drawing, a
• 33:04
  Speaker 1: pot containing perfume, some books, and some garlands of the
• 33:07
  Speaker 1: yellow amorant flowers. Not far from the couch and on
• 33:12
  Speaker 1: the ground there should be a round seat, a toy cart,
• 33:15
  Speaker 1: and a board for playing with dice. Outside the outer
• 33:18
  Speaker 1: room there should be cages of birds sixteen, and a
• 33:21
  Speaker 1: separate place for spinning, carving, and such like diversions. In
• 33:25
  Speaker 1: the garden there should be a whirling swing and a
• 33:27
  Speaker 1: common swing, as also a bower of creepers covered with flowers,
• 33:31
  Speaker 1: in which a raised perterre should be made for sitting. Now,
• 33:35
  Speaker 1: the householder, having got up in the morning and performed
• 33:38
  Speaker 1: his necessary duties seventeen, should wash his teeth, apply a
• 33:42
  Speaker 1: limited quantity of ointments and perfumes to his body, put
• 33:45
  Speaker 1: some ornaments on his person, and calrium on his eyelids
• 33:48
  Speaker 1: and below his eyes. Color his lips with a lactica eighteen,
• 33:52
  Speaker 1: and look at himself in the glass. Having then eaten
• 33:55
  Speaker 1: beetle leaves with other things that give fragrance to the mouth,
• 33:59
  Speaker 1: he should perform his usual business. He should bathe daily,
• 34:03
  Speaker 1: anoint his body with oil every other day, apply a
• 34:06
  Speaker 1: lathering nineteen substance to his body every three days, get
• 34:10
  Speaker 1: his head, including face, shaved every four days, and the
• 34:14
  Speaker 1: other parts of his body every five or ten days
• 34:17
  Speaker 1: twenty All these things should be done without fail and
• 34:20
  Speaker 1: the sweat of the armpits should also be removed. Meals
• 34:24
  Speaker 1: should be taken in the forenoon, in the afternoon and
• 34:26
  Speaker 1: again at night. According to Shariyana, after breakfast, parrots and
• 34:31
  Speaker 1: other birds should be taught to speak, and the fighting
• 34:34
  Speaker 1: of cocks, quails and rams should follow. A limited time
• 34:39
  Speaker 1: should be devoted to diversions with pithomatas, vitas and Vitieshakas
• 34:43
  Speaker 1: twenty one, and then should be taken the mid day
• 34:45
  Speaker 1: sleep twenty two. After this, the householder, having put on
• 34:49
  Speaker 1: his clothes and ornaments, should during the afternoon converse with
• 34:53
  Speaker 1: his friends in the evening there should be singing, and
• 34:57
  Speaker 1: after that the householder, along with his friend, should to
• 35:00
  Speaker 1: wait in his room previously decorated and perfumed the arrival
• 35:03
  Speaker 1: of the woman that may be attached to him, or
• 35:06
  Speaker 1: he may send a female messenger for her, or go
• 35:08
  Speaker 1: for her himself. After her arrival at his house, he
• 35:12
  Speaker 1: and his friends should welcome her and entertain her with
• 35:15
  Speaker 1: a loving and agreeable conversation. Thus end the duties of
• 35:19
  Speaker 1: the day. The following are the things to be done
• 35:22
  Speaker 1: occasionally as diversions or amusements. One holding festivals twenty three
• 35:28
  Speaker 1: in honor of different deities, two social gatherings of both sexes,
• 35:34
  Speaker 1: three drinking parties, four picnics, five other social diversions festivals.
• 35:45
  Speaker 1: On some particular auspicious day, an assembly of citizens should
• 35:48
  Speaker 1: be convened in the temple of Circepty twenty four. There
• 35:52
  Speaker 1: the skill of singers and of others who may have
• 35:54
  Speaker 1: come recently to the town should be tested, and on
• 35:57
  Speaker 1: the following day they should always be given some rewards.
• 36:01
  Speaker 1: After that they may either be retained or dismissed, according
• 36:04
  Speaker 1: as their performances are liked or not by the assembly.
• 36:07
  Speaker 1: The members of the assembly should act in concert, both
• 36:10
  Speaker 1: in times of distress as well as in times of prosperity.
• 36:13
  Speaker 1: And it is also the duty of these citizens to
• 36:15
  Speaker 1: show hospitality to strangers who may have come to the assembly.
• 36:19
  Speaker 1: What is said above should be understood to apply to
• 36:22
  Speaker 1: all the other festivals which may be held in honor
• 36:24
  Speaker 1: of the different deities, according to the present rules. Social
• 36:28
  Speaker 1: gatherings When men of the same age, disposition and talents,
• 36:33
  Speaker 1: fond of the same diversions, and with the same degree
• 36:35
  Speaker 1: of education, sit together in company with public women twenty five,
• 36:40
  Speaker 1: or in an assembly of citizens, or at the abode
• 36:42
  Speaker 1: of one among themselves, and engage in agreeable discourse with
• 36:45
  Speaker 1: each other. Such is called a sitting in company or
• 36:48
  Speaker 1: a social gathering. The subjects of discourse are to be
• 36:52
  Speaker 1: the completion of verses half composed by others, and the
• 36:55
  Speaker 1: testing the knowledge of one another in the various arts.
• 36:58
  Speaker 1: The women, who may be the most most beautiful, who
• 37:01
  Speaker 1: may like the same things that the men like, and
• 37:03
  Speaker 1: who may have power to attract the minds of others,
• 37:06
  Speaker 1: are here done homage to drinking parties. Men and women
• 37:11
  Speaker 1: should drink in one another's houses, and here the men
• 37:14
  Speaker 1: should cause the public women to drink, and should then
• 37:17
  Speaker 1: drink themselves liquors such as the Madu, area, sara and esawa,
• 37:22
  Speaker 1: which are of bitter and sour taste. Also drinks concocted
• 37:25
  Speaker 1: from the barks of various trees, wild fruits and leaves.
• 37:29
  Speaker 1: Going to gardens or picnics in the forenoon, Men, having
• 37:34
  Speaker 1: dressed themselves, should go to gardens on horseback, accompanied by
• 37:37
  Speaker 1: public women and followed by servants. And having done there
• 37:41
  Speaker 1: all the duties of the day, and passed the time
• 37:44
  Speaker 1: in various agreeable diversions, such as the fighting of quails,
• 37:47
  Speaker 1: cocks and rams, and other spectacles, they should return home
• 37:51
  Speaker 1: in the afternoon in the same manner, bringing with them
• 37:53
  Speaker 1: bunches of flowers and sea. The same also applies to
• 37:58
  Speaker 1: bathing in summer in water from which wicks or dangerous
• 38:00
  Speaker 1: animals have previously been taken out, and which has been
• 38:03
  Speaker 1: built in on all sides. Other social diversions, spending nights
• 38:09
  Speaker 1: playing with dice, going out on moonlight nights, keeping the
• 38:14
  Speaker 1: festive day in honor of spring, plucking the sprouts and
• 38:18
  Speaker 1: fruits of the mango trees, eating the fibers of lotuses,
• 38:23
  Speaker 1: eating the tender ears of corn, picnicking in the forests
• 38:26
  Speaker 1: when the trees get their new foliage the utica cashvetica,
• 38:31
  Speaker 1: or sporting in the water, decorating each other with the
• 38:34
  Speaker 1: flowers of some trees, pelting each other with the flowers
• 38:38
  Speaker 1: of the cadamba tree, and many other sports which may
• 38:41
  Speaker 1: either be known to the whole country or may be
• 38:43
  Speaker 1: peculiar to particular parts of it. These and similar other
• 38:47
  Speaker 1: amusements should always be carried on by citizens. The above
• 38:51
  Speaker 1: amusements should be followed by a person who diverts himself
• 38:54
  Speaker 1: alone in company with a courtesan, as well as by
• 38:57
  Speaker 1: a courtesan who can do the same in company with
• 38:59
  Speaker 1: her maid servants or with citizens. Epithemarta twenty six is
• 39:04
  Speaker 1: a man without wealth, alone in the world, whose only
• 39:07
  Speaker 1: property consists of ismolica twenty seven, some lattering substance, and
• 39:11
  Speaker 1: a red cloth, who comes from a good country, and
• 39:14
  Speaker 1: who is skilled in all the arts, and by teaching
• 39:17
  Speaker 1: these arts, is received in a company of citizens and
• 39:19
  Speaker 1: in the abode of public women. Avida twenty eight is
• 39:24
  Speaker 1: a man who has enjoyed the pleasures of fortune, who
• 39:26
  Speaker 1: is a compatriot of the citizens with whom he associates,
• 39:29
  Speaker 1: who is possessed of the qualities of a householder, who
• 39:32
  Speaker 1: has his wife with him, and who is honored in
• 39:34
  Speaker 1: the assembly of citizens and in the abodes of public women,
• 39:38
  Speaker 1: and lives on their means and on them. Avid Isshaka
• 39:41
  Speaker 1: twenty nine, also called the Vaihasaka i e. One who
• 39:45
  Speaker 1: provokes laughter, is a person only acquainted with some of
• 39:48
  Speaker 1: the arts, who is a jester, and who is trusted
• 39:51
  Speaker 1: by all. These persons are employed in matters of quarrels
• 39:55
  Speaker 1: and reconciliations between citizens and public women. This remark aplas
• 40:00
  Speaker 1: also to female beggars, to women with their heads shaved,
• 40:03
  Speaker 1: to adulterous women, and to old public women skilled in
• 40:06
  Speaker 1: all the various arts. Thus, a citizen living in his
• 40:10
  Speaker 1: town or village respected by all, should call on the
• 40:13
  Speaker 1: persons of his own caste who may be worth knowing.
• 40:16
  Speaker 1: He should converse in company and gratify his friends by
• 40:19
  Speaker 1: his society, and obliging others by his assistants in various matters.
• 40:23
  Speaker 1: He should cause them to assist one another in the
• 40:26
  Speaker 1: same way. There are some verses on this subject, as follows.
• 40:30
  Speaker 1: A citizen discoursing not entirely in the Sanskrit language thirty
• 40:34
  Speaker 1: nor wholly in the dialects of the country on various topics.
• 40:37
  Speaker 1: In society obtains great respect. The wise should not resort
• 40:42
  Speaker 1: to a society disliked by the public, governed by no rules,
• 40:46
  Speaker 1: and intent on the destruction of others. But a learned
• 40:49
  Speaker 1: man living in a society which acts according to the
• 40:52
  Speaker 1: wishes of the people, and which has pleasure for its
• 40:54
  Speaker 1: only object, is highly respected in this world. Chapter five
• 40:59
  Speaker 1: about the kind of women resorted to buy the citizens
• 41:02
  Speaker 1: and of friends and messengers. When kamma is practiced by
• 41:06
  Speaker 1: men of the four castes according to the rules of
• 41:08
  Speaker 1: the Holy writ i e. By lawful marriage with virgins
• 41:12
  Speaker 1: of their own caste, it then becomes a means of
• 41:14
  Speaker 1: acquiring lawful progeny and good fame, and it is not
• 41:17
  Speaker 1: also opposed to the customs of the world. On the contrary,
• 41:21
  Speaker 1: the practice of comma with women of the higher castes
• 41:24
  Speaker 1: and with those previously enjoyed by others, even though they
• 41:27
  Speaker 1: be of the same caste, is prohibited. But the practice
• 41:31
  Speaker 1: of comma with women of the lower castes, with women
• 41:34
  Speaker 1: excommunicated from their own caste, with public women, and with
• 41:38
  Speaker 1: women twice married thirty one is neither enjoined nor prohibited.
• 41:43
  Speaker 1: The object of practicing comma with such women is pleasure only.
• 41:47
  Speaker 1: Nayikas thirty two therefore are of three kinds, viz. Maids, women,
• 41:54
  Speaker 1: twice married and public women. Ghanikaputra has expressed an opinion
• 41:59
  Speaker 1: that there is a foe worth kind of nayika viz.
• 42:01
  Speaker 1: A woman who is resorted to on some special occasion,
• 42:04
  Speaker 1: even though she be previously married to another. These special
• 42:08
  Speaker 1: occasions are when a man thinks, thus, a this woman
• 42:12
  Speaker 1: is self willed and has been previously enjoyed by many
• 42:15
  Speaker 1: others besides myself. I may therefore safely resort to her
• 42:20
  Speaker 1: as to a public woman, though she belongs to a
• 42:22
  Speaker 1: higher caste than mine, and in so doing I shall
• 42:25
  Speaker 1: not be violating the ordinances of Dharma. Or thus, b
• 42:31
  Speaker 1: this is a twice married woman, and has been enjoyed
• 42:33
  Speaker 1: by others before me. There is therefore no objection to
• 42:37
  Speaker 1: my resorting to her. Or thus c this woman has
• 42:42
  Speaker 1: gained the heart of her great and powerful husband and
• 42:45
  Speaker 1: exercises a mastery over him, who is a friend of
• 42:47
  Speaker 1: my enemy. If therefore, she becomes united with me, she
• 42:51
  Speaker 1: will cause her husband to abandon my enemy. Or thus
• 42:55
  Speaker 1: d this woman will turn the mind of her husband,
• 42:59
  Speaker 1: who is very powerful in my favor, he being at
• 43:02
  Speaker 1: present disaffected towards me and intent on doing me some harm.
• 43:07
  Speaker 1: Or thus e by making this woman my friend, I
• 43:10
  Speaker 1: shall gain the object of some friend of mine, or
• 43:13
  Speaker 1: shall be able to affect the ruin of some enemy,
• 43:16
  Speaker 1: or shall accomplish some other difficult purpose. Or thus f
• 43:21
  Speaker 1: by being united with this woman, I shall kill her
• 43:24
  Speaker 1: husband and so obtain his vast riches which I covet,
• 43:28
  Speaker 1: or thus g The union of this woman with me
• 43:32
  Speaker 1: is not attended with any danger, and will bring me wealth,
• 43:35
  Speaker 1: of which, on account of my poverty and inability to
• 43:38
  Speaker 1: support myself, I am very much in need. I shall
• 43:42
  Speaker 1: therefore obtain her vast riches in this way without any difficulty,
• 43:47
  Speaker 1: or thus h This woman loves me ardently and knows
• 43:51
  Speaker 1: all my weak points. If therefore I am unwilling to
• 43:54
  Speaker 1: be united with her, she will make my false public
• 43:57
  Speaker 1: and thus tarnish my character and reputation. Or she will
• 44:01
  Speaker 1: bring some gross accusation against me, of which it may
• 44:04
  Speaker 1: be hard to clear myself, and I shall be ruined.
• 44:08
  Speaker 1: Or perhaps she will detach from me her husband, who
• 44:11
  Speaker 1: is powerful and yet under her control, and will unite
• 44:14
  Speaker 1: him to my enemy, or will herself join the latter,
• 44:17
  Speaker 1: Or thus I the husband of this woman has violated
• 44:21
  Speaker 1: the chastity of my wives. I shall therefore return that
• 44:24
  Speaker 1: injury by seducing his wives. Or thus j by the
• 44:30
  Speaker 1: help of this woman, I shall kill an enemy of
• 44:32
  Speaker 1: the king who has taken shelter with her, and whom
• 44:35
  Speaker 1: I am ordered by the King to destroy, or thus
• 44:38
  Speaker 1: k the woman whom I love is under the control
• 44:41
  Speaker 1: of this woman, I shall, through the influence of the latter,
• 44:45
  Speaker 1: be able to get at the former, or thus l
• 44:50
  Speaker 1: this woman will bring to me a maid who possesses
• 44:53
  Speaker 1: wealth and beauty, but who is hard to get at
• 44:55
  Speaker 1: and under the control of another. Or lastly, thus n
• 45:01
  Speaker 1: my enemy is a friend of this woman's husband, I
• 45:03
  Speaker 1: shall therefore cause her to join him, and will thus
• 45:06
  Speaker 1: create an enmity between her husband and him. For these
• 45:09
  Speaker 1: and similar other reasons, the wives of other men may
• 45:12
  Speaker 1: be resorted to, but it must be distinctly understood that
• 45:15
  Speaker 1: is only allowed for special reasons, and not for mere
• 45:18
  Speaker 1: carnal desire. Sharayana thinks that under these circumstances there is
• 45:23
  Speaker 1: also a fifth kind of nayika viz. A woman who
• 45:27
  Speaker 1: is kept by a minister and who repairs to him occasionally,
• 45:30
  Speaker 1: or a widow who accomplishes the purpose of a man
• 45:32
  Speaker 1: with the person to whom she resorts. Suvananaba adds that
• 45:36
  Speaker 1: a woman who passes the life of an ascetic and
• 45:39
  Speaker 1: in the condition of a widow may be considered as
• 45:41
  Speaker 1: a sixth kind of nayika. Go To Kamuka says that
• 45:45
  Speaker 1: the daughter of a public woman and a female servant
• 45:47
  Speaker 1: who are still virgins form a seventh kind of nayika.
• 45:51
  Speaker 1: Gonardia puts forth his doctrine that any woman born of
• 45:54
  Speaker 1: good family after she has come of age is an
• 45:57
  Speaker 1: eighth kind of naika. But these four latter kinds of
• 46:01
  Speaker 1: nayikas do not differ much from the first four kinds
• 46:04
  Speaker 1: of them, as there is no separate object in resorting
• 46:06
  Speaker 1: to them. Therefore, Vatsiana is of opinion that there are
• 46:10
  Speaker 1: only four kinds of nayikas, i e. The maid, the
• 46:13
  Speaker 1: twice married woman, the public woman, and the woman resorted
• 46:17
  Speaker 1: to for a special purpose. The following women are not
• 46:21
  Speaker 1: to be enjoyed. A leper, a lunatic, a woman turned
• 46:25
  Speaker 1: out of caste, a woman who reveals secrets, a woman
• 46:30
  Speaker 1: who publicly expresses desire for sexual intercourse, a woman who
• 46:35
  Speaker 1: is extremely white, a woman who is extremely black, a
• 46:40
  Speaker 1: bad smelling woman, a woman who is a near relation,
• 46:44
  Speaker 1: a woman who is a female friend, a woman who
• 46:48
  Speaker 1: leads the life of an ascetic. And lastly, the wife
• 46:52
  Speaker 1: of a relation of a friend, of a learned Brahmin
• 46:55
  Speaker 1: and of the king. The followers of Babravia say that
• 46:59
  Speaker 1: any woman who is enjoyed by five men is a
• 47:01
  Speaker 1: fit and proper person to be enjoyed. But Ganekaputra is
• 47:05
  Speaker 1: of opinion that even when this is the case, the
• 47:08
  Speaker 1: wives of a relation of a learned Brahmin and of
• 47:11
  Speaker 1: a king should be accepted. The following are the kind
• 47:14
  Speaker 1: of friends. One who has played with you in the
• 47:16
  Speaker 1: dust i e. In childhood. One who is bound by
• 47:20
  Speaker 1: an obligation. One who is of the same disposition and
• 47:24
  Speaker 1: fond of the same things. One who is a fellow student.
• 47:29
  Speaker 1: One who is acquainted with your secrets and faults, and
• 47:32
  Speaker 1: whose faults and secrets are also known to you. One
• 47:35
  Speaker 1: who is a child of your nurse, one who is
• 47:38
  Speaker 1: brought up with you, One who is an hereditary friend.
• 47:43
  Speaker 1: These friends should possess the following qualities. They should tell
• 47:46
  Speaker 1: the truth. They should not be changed by time. They
• 47:51
  Speaker 1: should be favorable to your designs. They should be firm.
• 47:55
  Speaker 1: They should be free from covetousness. They should not be
• 47:59
  Speaker 1: capable of being gained over by others. They should not
• 48:03
  Speaker 1: reveal your secrets. Sharayana says that citizens form friendship with washermen, barbers, cowherds, florists, druggists,
• 48:12
  Speaker 1: beetle leaf sellers, tavern keepers, beggars, pithomatis, vitas, and vedushicas,
• 48:17
  Speaker 1: as also with the wives of all these people. A
• 48:20
  Speaker 1: messenger should possess the following qualities. Skillfulness, boldness, knowledge of
• 48:27
  Speaker 1: the intention of men by their outward signs. Absence of
• 48:31
  Speaker 1: confusion i e. No shyness, knowledge of the exact meaning
• 48:36
  Speaker 1: of what others do or say, good manners, knowledge of
• 48:40
  Speaker 1: appropriate times and places for doing different things. Ingenuity in business,
• 48:47
  Speaker 1: quick comprehension, quick application of remedies i e. Quick and
• 48:52
  Speaker 1: ready resources. And this part ends with a verse. The
• 48:56
  Speaker 1: man who is ingenious and wise, who is accompanied by
• 48:59
  Speaker 1: a friend, and who knows the intentions of others, as
• 49:02
  Speaker 1: also the proper time and place for doing everything, can
• 49:05
  Speaker 1: gain over very easily, even a woman who is very
• 49:08
  Speaker 1: hard to be obtained. End of Part one. Part two
• 49:13
  Speaker 1: of sexual union, Chapter one. Kinds of sexual union according
• 49:18
  Speaker 1: two A dimensions, b force of desire or passion c.
• 49:25
  Speaker 1: Time kinds of union. Man is divided into three classes, viz.
• 49:31
  Speaker 1: The hair man, the bull man, and the horse man,
• 49:34
  Speaker 1: according to the size of his lingam. Woman also according
• 49:38
  Speaker 1: to the depth of her yone is either a female deer,
• 49:41
  Speaker 1: a mayor, or a female elephant. There are thus three
• 49:45
  Speaker 1: equal unions between persons of corresponding dimensions, and there are
• 49:49
  Speaker 1: six unequal unions when the dimensions do not correspond, or
• 49:53
  Speaker 1: nine in all, as the following table shows equal unequal men, women, men, women,
• 50:03
  Speaker 1: hair dear hair mare, bull mare, hair elephant, horse elephant,
• 50:17
  Speaker 1: bull dear bull, elephant, horse dear horse mare. In these
• 50:29
  Speaker 1: unequal unions, when the male exceeds the female in point
• 50:32
  Speaker 1: of size, his union with a woman who is immediately
• 50:35
  Speaker 1: next to him in size is called high union and
• 50:38
  Speaker 1: is of two kinds, while his union with the woman
• 50:40
  Speaker 1: most remote from him in size is called the highest
• 50:43
  Speaker 1: union and is of one kind only. On the other hand,
• 50:46
  Speaker 1: when the female exceeds the male in point of size,
• 50:49
  Speaker 1: Her union with a man immediately next to her in
• 50:52
  Speaker 1: size is called low union and is of two kinds,
• 50:55
  Speaker 1: while her union with a man most remote from her
• 50:57
  Speaker 1: in size is called the lowest union and is of
• 51:00
  Speaker 1: one kind only. In other words, the horse and mare,
• 51:04
  Speaker 1: the bull, and deer form the high union, while the
• 51:07
  Speaker 1: horse and deer form the highest union. On the female side,
• 51:11
  Speaker 1: the elephant and bull, the mare and hair form low unions,
• 51:15
  Speaker 1: while the elephant and the hare make the lowest unions.
• 51:19
  Speaker 1: There are then nine kinds of union according to dimensions.
• 51:23
  Speaker 1: Amongst all these equal unions are the best those of
• 51:27
  Speaker 1: a superlative degree i e. The highest and the lowest
• 51:30
  Speaker 1: are the worst, and the rest are middling. And with
• 51:33
  Speaker 1: them the high thirty three are better than the low.
• 51:37
  Speaker 1: There are also nine kinds of union according to the
• 51:39
  Speaker 1: force of passion or carnal desire, as follows. Men women, men, women, small, small, small, middling, middling, middling, small, intense, intense, intense, middling, small, middling, intense, intense, small, intense, middling.
• 52:15
  Speaker 1: A man is called a man of small passion, whose
• 52:17
  Speaker 1: desire at the time of sexual union is not great,
• 52:20
  Speaker 1: whose seamen is scanty, and who cannot bear the warm
• 52:23
  Speaker 1: embraces of the female. Those who differ from this temperament
• 52:27
  Speaker 1: are called men of middling passion, while those of intense
• 52:30
  Speaker 1: passion are full of desire in the same way women
• 52:34
  Speaker 1: are supposed to have. The three degrees of feeling is
• 52:36
  Speaker 1: specified above. Lastly, according to time, there are three kinds
• 52:41
  Speaker 1: of men and women, viz. The short timed, the moderate timed,
• 52:46
  Speaker 1: and the long timed, And of these, as in the
• 52:48
  Speaker 1: previous statements, there are nine kinds of union. But on
• 52:52
  Speaker 1: this last head there is a difference of opinion about
• 52:54
  Speaker 1: the female which should be stated. Audalica says, females do
• 52:59
  Speaker 1: not emit as man males do. The males simply remove
• 53:03
  Speaker 1: their desire, while the females, from their consciousness of desire,
• 53:06
  Speaker 1: feel a certain kind of pleasure which gives them satisfaction.
• 53:10
  Speaker 1: But it is impossible for them to tell you what
• 53:12
  Speaker 1: kind of pleasure they feel. The fact from which this
• 53:15
  Speaker 1: becomes evident is that males, when engaged in coition, cease
• 53:19
  Speaker 1: of themselves after omission and are satisfied, but it is
• 53:23
  Speaker 1: not so with females. This opinion is however, objected to,
• 53:27
  Speaker 1: on the grounds that if a male be a long timed,
• 53:30
  Speaker 1: the female loves him the more, but if he be
• 53:32
  Speaker 1: short timed, she is dissatisfied with him. And this circumstance,
• 53:37
  Speaker 1: some say, would prove that the female emits also. But
• 53:41
  Speaker 1: this opinion does not hold good. For if it takes
• 53:44
  Speaker 1: a long time to allay a woman's desire, and during
• 53:46
  Speaker 1: this time she is enjoying great pleasure, it is quite
• 53:49
  Speaker 1: natural then that she should wish for its continuation. And
• 53:53
  Speaker 1: on this subject there is a verse as follows. By
• 53:56
  Speaker 1: union with men, the lust, desire, or passion of women
• 53:59
  Speaker 1: is satisfied, and the pleasure derived from the consciousness of
• 54:02
  Speaker 1: it is called their satisfaction. The followers of Babravia, however,
• 54:07
  Speaker 1: say that the semen of women continues to fall from
• 54:10
  Speaker 1: the beginning of the sexual union to its end, and
• 54:12
  Speaker 1: it is right that it should be so, for if
• 54:14
  Speaker 1: they had no semen, there would be no Embryo to this,
• 54:18
  Speaker 1: there is an objection. In the beginning of coition, the
• 54:21
  Speaker 1: passion of the woman is middling, and she cannot bear
• 54:24
  Speaker 1: the vigorous thrusts of her lover. But by degrees her
• 54:26
  Speaker 1: passion increases until she ceases to think about her body,
• 54:29
  Speaker 1: and then finally she wishes to stop from further coition.
• 54:33
  Speaker 1: This objection, however, does not hold good, for even in
• 54:37
  Speaker 1: ordinary things that revolve with great force, such as a
• 54:40
  Speaker 1: potter's wheel or a top, we find that the motion
• 54:43
  Speaker 1: at first is slow, but by degrees it becomes very rapid.
• 54:47
  Speaker 1: In the same way, the passion of the woman having
• 54:49
  Speaker 1: gradually increased, she has a desire to discontinue coition when
• 54:53
  Speaker 1: all the semen has fallen away, and there is a
• 54:56
  Speaker 1: verse with regard to this, As follows, the fall of
• 54:59
  Speaker 1: the sea of the man takes place only at the
• 55:01
  Speaker 1: end of coition, while the semen of the woman falls continually,
• 55:05
  Speaker 1: and after the semen of both has all fallen away,
• 55:07
  Speaker 1: than they wish for the discontinuance of coition thirty four. Lastly,
• 55:13
  Speaker 1: Botziana is of opinion that the semen of the female
• 55:16
  Speaker 1: falls in the same way as that of the male. Now,
• 55:19
  Speaker 1: some may ask here, if men and women are beings
• 55:22
  Speaker 1: of the same kind and are engaged in bringing about
• 55:25
  Speaker 1: the same result, why should they have different works to do.
• 55:29
  Speaker 1: Vatsia says that this is so because the ways of working,
• 55:32
  Speaker 1: as well as the consciousness of pleasure in men and
• 55:34
  Speaker 1: women are different. The difference in the ways of working,
• 55:38
  Speaker 1: by which men are the actors and women are the
• 55:40
  Speaker 1: persons acted upon, is owing to the nature of the
• 55:43
  Speaker 1: male and the female. Otherwise the actor would be sometimes
• 55:46
  Speaker 1: the person acted upon, and vice versa. And from this
• 55:50
  Speaker 1: difference in the ways of working follows the difference in
• 55:53
  Speaker 1: the consciousness of pleasure. For a man thinks this woman
• 55:56
  Speaker 1: is united with me, and a woman thinks I am
• 55:59
  Speaker 1: united with this man. It may be said that if
• 56:02
  Speaker 1: the ways of working in men and women are different,
• 56:04
  Speaker 1: why should not there be a difference even in the
• 56:07
  Speaker 1: pleasure they feel and which is the result of those ways.
• 56:11
  Speaker 1: But this objection is groundless. For the person acting in
• 56:14
  Speaker 1: the person acted upon, being of different kinds, there is
• 56:17
  Speaker 1: a reason for the difference in their ways of working,
• 56:19
  Speaker 1: but there is no reason for any difference in the
• 56:21
  Speaker 1: pleasure they feel, because they both naturally derive pleasure from
• 56:25
  Speaker 1: the act they perform. Thirty five. On this again, some
• 56:29
  Speaker 1: may say that when different persons are engaged in doing
• 56:31
  Speaker 1: the same work, we find that they accomplish the same
• 56:34
  Speaker 1: end or purpose, while on the contrary, in the case
• 56:37
  Speaker 1: of men and women, we find that each of them
• 56:39
  Speaker 1: accomplishes his or her own end separately. And this is inconsistent.
• 56:44
  Speaker 1: But this is a mistake, for we find that sometimes
• 56:47
  Speaker 1: two things are done at the same time, as for instance,
• 56:50
  Speaker 1: in the fighting of rams, both the rams receive the
• 56:52
  Speaker 1: shock at the same time on their heads. Again, in
• 56:56
  Speaker 1: throwing one would apple against another, and also in a
• 56:59
  Speaker 1: fight or struggle of wrestlers. If it be said that
• 57:02
  Speaker 1: in these cases the things employed are of the same kind,
• 57:06
  Speaker 1: it is answered that even in the case of men
• 57:07
  Speaker 1: and women, the nature of the two persons is the same,
• 57:11
  Speaker 1: And as the difference in their ways of working arises
• 57:14
  Speaker 1: from the difference of their conformation, only, it follows that
• 57:17
  Speaker 1: men experience the same kind of pleasure as women do.
• 57:20
  Speaker 1: There is also a verse on this subject, as follows
• 57:23
  Speaker 1: men and women, being of the same nature, feel the
• 57:26
  Speaker 1: same kind of pleasure, and therefore a man should marry
• 57:29
  Speaker 1: such a woman as will love him. Ever afterwards, the
• 57:32
  Speaker 1: pleasure of men and women being thus proved to be
• 57:35
  Speaker 1: of the same kind, it follows that in regard to time,
• 57:38
  Speaker 1: there are nine kinds of sexual intercourse, in the same
• 57:41
  Speaker 1: way as there are nine kinds according to the force
• 57:43
  Speaker 1: of passion, there being thus nine kinds of union with
• 57:47
  Speaker 1: regard to dimensions force of passion and time respectively. By
• 57:52
  Speaker 1: making combinations of them, innumerable kinds of union would be produced. Therefore,
• 57:57
  Speaker 1: in each particular kind of sexual union, men should use
• 58:00
  Speaker 1: such means as they may think suitable for the occasion.
• 58:03
  Speaker 1: Thirty six. At the first time of sexual union, the
• 58:07
  Speaker 1: passion of the male is intense and his time is short,
• 58:10
  Speaker 1: But in subsequent unions on the same day, the reverse
• 58:13
  Speaker 1: of this is the case with the female. However, it
• 58:16
  Speaker 1: is the contrary, for at the first time her passion
• 58:19
  Speaker 1: is weak and then her time long, but on subsequent
• 58:22
  Speaker 1: occasions on the same day, her passion is intense and
• 58:25
  Speaker 1: her time short, until her passion is satisfied. On the
• 58:29
  Speaker 1: different kinds of love, men learned in the humanities are
• 58:33
  Speaker 1: of opinion that love is of four kinds viz. One
• 58:37
  Speaker 1: love acquired by continual habit two love resulting from the imagination,
• 58:44
  Speaker 1: free love resulting from belief. Four love resulting from the
• 58:49
  Speaker 1: perception of external objects. One love resulting from the constant
• 58:54
  Speaker 1: and continual performance in habit as, for instance, the love
• 58:58
  Speaker 1: of sexual intercourse, the love love of hunting, the love
• 59:01
  Speaker 1: of drinking, the love of gambling, et cetera, et cetera.
• 59:04
  Speaker 1: Two love which is felt for things to which we
• 59:08
  Speaker 1: are not habituated, and which proceeds entirely from ideas, is
• 59:12
  Speaker 1: called love resulting from imagination, as for instance, that love
• 59:16
  Speaker 1: which some men and women and eunuchs feel for the
• 59:18
  Speaker 1: operash taka or mouth congress, and that which is felt
• 59:21
  Speaker 1: by all for such things as embracing, kissing, et cetera,
• 59:25
  Speaker 1: et cetera. Free the love which is mutual on both
• 59:29
  Speaker 1: sides and prove to be true when each looks upon
• 59:32
  Speaker 1: the other as his or her very own, such is
• 59:34
  Speaker 1: called love resulting from belief. By the learned. Four the
• 59:39
  Speaker 1: love resulting from the perception of eternal objects is quite
• 59:42
  Speaker 1: evident and well known to the world, because the pleasure
• 59:45
  Speaker 1: which it affords is superior to the pleasure of the
• 59:47
  Speaker 1: other kinds of love, which exists only for its sake.
• 59:51
  Speaker 1: What has been said in this chapter upon the subject
• 59:54
  Speaker 1: of sexual union is sufficient for the learned, but for
• 59:56
  Speaker 1: the edification of the ignorant. The same will now be
• 59:59
  Speaker 1: treated at length and in detail chapter two of the Embrace.
• 1:00:05
  Speaker 1: This part of the Kama Shastra, which treats of sexual union,
• 1:00:09
  Speaker 1: is also called sixty four Chattashashti. Some old authors say
• 1:00:14
  Speaker 1: that It is called so because it contains sixty four chapters.
• 1:00:19
  Speaker 1: Others are of opinion that the author of this part
• 1:00:21
  Speaker 1: being a person named Panchala, and the person who recited
• 1:00:24
  Speaker 1: the part of the rig Veda called Dasatapa, which contains
• 1:00:27
  Speaker 1: sixty for verses, being also called Panchala. The name sixty
• 1:00:33
  Speaker 1: four has been given to the part of the work
• 1:00:35
  Speaker 1: in honor of the rig vedas the followers of Babravia say,
• 1:00:38
  Speaker 1: on the other hand, that this part contains eight subjects viz.
• 1:00:43
  Speaker 1: The embrace, kissing, scratching with the nails or fingers, biting,
• 1:00:47
  Speaker 1: lying down, making various sounds, playing the part of a man,
• 1:00:51
  Speaker 1: and the operashtaka or mouth congress, each of these subjects
• 1:00:56
  Speaker 1: being of eight kinds, and eight multiplied by eight being
• 1:00:59
  Speaker 1: sixty four. This part is therefore named sixty four. But
• 1:01:03
  Speaker 1: Vatziana affirms that as this part contains also the following
• 1:01:07
  Speaker 1: subjects viz. Striking, crying, the acts of a man during congress,
• 1:01:12
  Speaker 1: the various kinds of congress, and other subjects, the name
• 1:01:15
  Speaker 1: sixty four is given to it only accidentally, as for instance,
• 1:01:21
  Speaker 1: we say this tree is saptaparna or seven leaved. This
• 1:01:24
  Speaker 1: offering of rice is panchavarna, or five colored, but the
• 1:01:28
  Speaker 1: tree has not seven leaves, neither has the rice five colors. However,
• 1:01:33
  Speaker 1: the part sixty four is now treated of, and the embrace,
• 1:01:36
  Speaker 1: being the first subject, will now be considered now. The embrace,
• 1:01:41
  Speaker 1: which indicates the mutual love of a man and woman
• 1:01:43
  Speaker 1: who have come together, is of four kinds, viz. Touching, piercing, rubbing, pressing.
• 1:01:52
  Speaker 1: The action in each case is denoted by the meaning
• 1:01:54
  Speaker 1: of the word which stands for it. One When a man,
• 1:01:59
  Speaker 1: under some PRETEXTXT or other goes in front or alongside
• 1:02:02
  Speaker 1: of a woman and touches her body with his own,
• 1:02:04
  Speaker 1: it is called the touching embrace. Two When a woman
• 1:02:09
  Speaker 1: in a lonely place bends down as if to pick
• 1:02:12
  Speaker 1: up something, and pierces, as it were a man sitting
• 1:02:15
  Speaker 1: or standing with her breasts, and the man in return
• 1:02:18
  Speaker 1: takes hold of them, it is called a piercing embrace.
• 1:02:22
  Speaker 1: The above two kinds of embrace takes place only between
• 1:02:25
  Speaker 1: persons who do not, as yet speak freely with each other.
• 1:02:29
  Speaker 1: Three When two lovers are walking slowly together, either in
• 1:02:33
  Speaker 1: the dark or in a place of public resort, or
• 1:02:36
  Speaker 1: in a lonely place, and rub their bodies against each other,
• 1:02:39
  Speaker 1: it is called a rubbing embrace. For when, on the
• 1:02:43
  Speaker 1: above occasion one of them presses the other's body forcibly
• 1:02:46
  Speaker 1: against a wall or pillar, it is called a pressing embrace.
• 1:02:51
  Speaker 1: These two last embraces are peculiar to those who know
• 1:02:54
  Speaker 1: the intentions of each other at the time of the meeting.
• 1:02:57
  Speaker 1: The four following kinds of embrace are used. Viz jadavesch
• 1:03:01
  Speaker 1: tataka or the twining of a creeper richard heritica or
• 1:03:05
  Speaker 1: climbing a tree teela tangelaka, or the mixture of sessimum
• 1:03:10
  Speaker 1: seed with rice chiriniraka or milk and water embrace. One,
• 1:03:16
  Speaker 1: When a woman, clinging to a man as a creeper,
• 1:03:19
  Speaker 1: twines round a tree, bends his head down to hers
• 1:03:21
  Speaker 1: with the desire of kissing him, and slightly makes the
• 1:03:24
  Speaker 1: sound of sut s u t embraces him, and looks
• 1:03:27
  Speaker 1: lovingly towards him, it is called an embrace like the
• 1:03:30
  Speaker 1: twining of a creeper. Two, When a woman, having placed
• 1:03:35
  Speaker 1: one of her feet on the foot of her lover
• 1:03:37
  Speaker 1: and the other on one of his thighs, passes one
• 1:03:39
  Speaker 1: of her arms round his back and the other on
• 1:03:42
  Speaker 1: his shoulders, makes slightly the sounds of singing and cooing,
• 1:03:45
  Speaker 1: and wishes as it were to climb up him in
• 1:03:48
  Speaker 1: order to have a kiss. It is called an embrace
• 1:03:50
  Speaker 1: like the climbing of a tree. These two kinds of
• 1:03:54
  Speaker 1: embrace take place when the lover is standing. Three, When
• 1:03:58
  Speaker 1: lovers lie on a bed and in eBrace each other
• 1:04:00
  Speaker 1: so closely that the arms and thighs of the one
• 1:04:03
  Speaker 1: are encircled by the arms and thighs of the other,
• 1:04:05
  Speaker 1: and are as it were rubbing up against them. This
• 1:04:08
  Speaker 1: is called an embrace like the mixture of sessimum seed
• 1:04:11
  Speaker 1: with rice. Four. When a man and a woman are
• 1:04:16
  Speaker 1: very much in love with each other, and not thinking
• 1:04:18
  Speaker 1: of any pain or hurt, embrace each other as if
• 1:04:21
  Speaker 1: they were entering into each other's bodies, either while the
• 1:04:23
  Speaker 1: woman is sitting on the lap of the man or
• 1:04:25
  Speaker 1: in front of him, or on a bed. Then it
• 1:04:27
  Speaker 1: is called an embrace like a mixture of milk and water.
• 1:04:31
  Speaker 1: These two kinds of embrace take place at the time
• 1:04:34
  Speaker 1: of sexual union. Babravia has thus related to us the
• 1:04:38
  Speaker 1: above eight kinds of embraces. Suvernanaba, moreover, gives us four
• 1:04:43
  Speaker 1: ways of embracing simple members of the body, which are
• 1:04:46
  Speaker 1: the embrace of the thighs, the embrace of the jag
• 1:04:50
  Speaker 1: hannah i e. The part of the body from the
• 1:04:52
  Speaker 1: naval downwards to the thighs, the embrace of the breasts,
• 1:04:57
  Speaker 1: the embrace of the forehead. One. When one of two
• 1:05:01
  Speaker 1: lovers presses, forcibly, one or both of the thighs of
• 1:05:04
  Speaker 1: the other between his or her own, it is called
• 1:05:06
  Speaker 1: the embrace of thighs. Two. When a man presses the jaghannah,
• 1:05:12
  Speaker 1: or middle part of the woman's body against his own
• 1:05:14
  Speaker 1: and mounts upon her to practice either scratching with the
• 1:05:17
  Speaker 1: nail or finger, or biting or striking or kissing the
• 1:05:21
  Speaker 1: hair of the woman being loose and flowing, it is
• 1:05:23
  Speaker 1: called the embrace of the jag hannah. Three. When a
• 1:05:28
  Speaker 1: man places his breast between the breasts of a woman
• 1:05:31
  Speaker 1: and presses her with it, it is called the embrace
• 1:05:34
  Speaker 1: of the breasts. Four. When either of the lover's touches
• 1:05:37
  Speaker 1: the mouth, the eyes, and the forehead of the other
• 1:05:40
  Speaker 1: with his or her own, it is called the embrace
• 1:05:43
  Speaker 1: of the forehead. Some say that even shampooing is a
• 1:05:47
  Speaker 1: kind of embrace, because there is a touching of bodies
• 1:05:49
  Speaker 1: in it. But Vatziana thinks that shampooing is performed at
• 1:05:53
  Speaker 1: a different time and for a different purpose, and it
• 1:05:56
  Speaker 1: is also of a different character, it cannot be said
• 1:05:59
  Speaker 1: to be included in them embrace. There are also some
• 1:06:02
  Speaker 1: verses on the subject, as follows. The whole subject of
• 1:06:05
  Speaker 1: embracing is of such a nature that men who ask
• 1:06:08
  Speaker 1: questions about it, or who hear about it, or who
• 1:06:10
  Speaker 1: talk about it, acquire thereby a desire for enjoyment. Even
• 1:06:15
  Speaker 1: those embraces that are not mentioned in the Comma Shastra
• 1:06:17
  Speaker 1: should be practiced at the time of sexual enjoyment if
• 1:06:20
  Speaker 1: they are in any way conducive to the increase of
• 1:06:22
  Speaker 1: love or passion. The rules of the shastra apply so
• 1:06:26
  Speaker 1: long as the passion of man is middling. But when
• 1:06:29
  Speaker 1: the wheel of love is once set in motion, there
• 1:06:31
  Speaker 1: is then no shastra and no order. Chapter three, on kissing.
• 1:06:37
  Speaker 1: It is said by some that there is no fixed
• 1:06:40
  Speaker 1: time or order between the embrace, the kiss, and the
• 1:06:42
  Speaker 1: pressing or scratching with the nails or fingers, but that
• 1:06:45
  Speaker 1: all these things should be done generally before sexual union
• 1:06:48
  Speaker 1: takes place. While striking and making the various sounds generally
• 1:06:52
  Speaker 1: takes place at the time of the union. Vatziana, however,
• 1:06:56
  Speaker 1: thinks that anything may take place at any time, for
• 1:06:59
  Speaker 1: love does not care for time or order. On the
• 1:07:02
  Speaker 1: occasion of the first Congress, kissing and the other things
• 1:07:05
  Speaker 1: mentioned above should be done moderately. They should not be
• 1:07:08
  Speaker 1: continued for a long time, and should be done alternately
• 1:07:12
  Speaker 1: on subsequent occasions. However, the reverse of all this may
• 1:07:16
  Speaker 1: take place, and moderation will not be necessary. They may
• 1:07:19
  Speaker 1: continue for a long time, and for the purpose of
• 1:07:22
  Speaker 1: kindling love, they may be all done at the same time.
• 1:07:26
  Speaker 1: The following are the places for kissing, viz. The forehead,
• 1:07:31
  Speaker 1: the eyes, the cheeks, the throat, the bosom, the breasts,
• 1:07:35
  Speaker 1: the lips, and the interior of the mouth. Moreover, the
• 1:07:39
  Speaker 1: people of the lat country kiss also on the following
• 1:07:41
  Speaker 1: places viz. The joints of the thighs, the arms, and
• 1:07:45
  Speaker 1: the navel. But Vatziana thinks that though kissing is practiced
• 1:07:49
  Speaker 1: by these people in the above places, on account of
• 1:07:52
  Speaker 1: the intensity of their love and the customs of their country,
• 1:07:55
  Speaker 1: it is not fit to be practiced by all. Now,
• 1:07:58
  Speaker 1: in a case of a young girl, there are three
• 1:08:00
  Speaker 1: sort of kisses viz. The nominal kiss, the throbbing kiss,
• 1:08:06
  Speaker 1: the touching kiss. One When a girl only touches the
• 1:08:10
  Speaker 1: mouth of her lover with her own, but does not
• 1:08:13
  Speaker 1: herself do anything, it is called the nominal kiss. Two.
• 1:08:17
  Speaker 1: When a girl, setting aside her bashfulness a little wishes
• 1:08:21
  Speaker 1: to touch the lip that is pressed into her mouth,
• 1:08:23
  Speaker 1: and with that object moves her lower lip, but not
• 1:08:26
  Speaker 1: the upper one, it is called the throbbing kiss. Three.
• 1:08:31
  Speaker 1: When a girl touches her lover's lip with her tongue,
• 1:08:34
  Speaker 1: and having shut her eyes, places her hands on those
• 1:08:37
  Speaker 1: of her lover, it is called the touching kiss. Other
• 1:08:40
  Speaker 1: authors describe four other kinds of kisses, viz. The straight kiss,
• 1:08:46
  Speaker 1: the bent kiss, the turned kiss, the pressed kiss. One
• 1:08:53
  Speaker 1: When the lips of two lovers are brought into direct
• 1:08:55
  Speaker 1: contact with each other, it is called a straight kiss. Two,
• 1:09:00
  Speaker 1: When the heads of two lovers are bent towards each other,
• 1:09:02
  Speaker 1: and when so bent kissing takes place, it is called
• 1:09:05
  Speaker 1: a bent kiss. Three When one of them turns up
• 1:09:10
  Speaker 1: the face of the other by holding the head and chin,
• 1:09:12
  Speaker 1: and then kissing, it is called a turned kiss. For Lastly,
• 1:09:17
  Speaker 1: when the lower lip is pressed with much force, it
• 1:09:20
  Speaker 1: is called a pressed kiss. There is also a fifth
• 1:09:23
  Speaker 1: kind of kiss, called the greatly pressed kiss, which is
• 1:09:26
  Speaker 1: affected by taking hold of the lower lip between two fingers,
• 1:09:29
  Speaker 1: and then, after touching it with the tongue, pressing it
• 1:09:32
  Speaker 1: with great force with the lip. As regards kissing, a
• 1:09:36
  Speaker 1: wager may be laid as to which will get hold
• 1:09:38
  Speaker 1: of the lips of the other first. If the woman loses,
• 1:09:42
  Speaker 1: she should pretend to cry, should keep her lover off
• 1:09:45
  Speaker 1: by shaking her hands, and turn away from him, and
• 1:09:47
  Speaker 1: dispute with him, saying, let another wager be laid. If
• 1:09:51
  Speaker 1: she loses this a second time, she should appear doubly distressed,
• 1:09:55
  Speaker 1: And when her lover is off his guard or asleep,
• 1:09:58
  Speaker 1: she should get hold of his lower lip and hold
• 1:10:00
  Speaker 1: it in her teeth so that it should not slip away.
• 1:10:03
  Speaker 1: And then she should laugh, make a loud noise, deride him,
• 1:10:06
  Speaker 1: dance about, and say whatever she likes in a joking way,
• 1:10:09
  Speaker 1: moving her eyebrows and rolling her eyes. Such are the
• 1:10:14
  Speaker 1: wagers and quarrels as far as kissing is concerned. But
• 1:10:17
  Speaker 1: the same may be applied with regard to the pressing
• 1:10:20
  Speaker 1: or scratching with the nails and fingers, biting and striking.
• 1:10:24
  Speaker 1: All these, however, are only peculiar to men and women
• 1:10:27
  Speaker 1: of intense passion. When a man kisses the upper lip
• 1:10:31
  Speaker 1: of a woman, while she, in return kisses his lower lip,
• 1:10:34
  Speaker 1: it is called the kiss of the upper lip. When
• 1:10:37
  Speaker 1: one of them takes both the lips of the other
• 1:10:39
  Speaker 1: between his or her own, it is called a clasping kiss.
• 1:10:43
  Speaker 1: A woman, however, only takes this kind of kiss from
• 1:10:46
  Speaker 1: a man who has no mustache. And on the occasion
• 1:10:50
  Speaker 1: of this kiss, if one of them touches the teeth,
• 1:10:53
  Speaker 1: the tongue, and the palette of the other with his
• 1:10:55
  Speaker 1: or her tongue, it is called the fighting of the tongue.
• 1:10:59
  Speaker 1: In the same way, the pressing of the teeth of
• 1:11:01
  Speaker 1: the one against the mouth of the other is to
• 1:11:03
  Speaker 1: be practiced. Kissing is of four kinds viz. Moderate, contracted, pressed,
• 1:11:11
  Speaker 1: and soft, according to the different parts of the body
• 1:11:13
  Speaker 1: which are kissed. For different kinds of kisses are appropriate
• 1:11:16
  Speaker 1: for different parts of the body. When a woman looks
• 1:11:19
  Speaker 1: at the face of her lover while he is asleep
• 1:11:22
  Speaker 1: and kisses it to show her intention or desire, it
• 1:11:24
  Speaker 1: is called a kiss that kindles love. When a woman
• 1:11:28
  Speaker 1: kisses her lover while he is engaged in business or
• 1:11:31
  Speaker 1: while he is quarreling with her, or while he is
• 1:11:33
  Speaker 1: looking at something else, so that his mind may be
• 1:11:36
  Speaker 1: turned away, it is called a kiss that turns away.
• 1:11:39
  Speaker 1: When a lover coming home late at night kisses his
• 1:11:42
  Speaker 1: beloved who is asleep or in bed, in order to
• 1:11:45
  Speaker 1: show her his desire, it is called a kiss that awakens.
• 1:11:49
  Speaker 1: On such an occasion, the woman may pretend to be
• 1:11:51
  Speaker 1: asleep at the time of her lover's arrival, so that
• 1:11:54
  Speaker 1: she may know his intention and obtain respect from him.
• 1:11:57
  Speaker 1: When a person kisses the reflection of the per he
• 1:12:00
  Speaker 1: loves in a mirror, in water, or on a wall,
• 1:12:03
  Speaker 1: it is called a kiss showing the intention. When a
• 1:12:06
  Speaker 1: person kisses a child sitting on his lap, or a
• 1:12:09
  Speaker 1: picture or an image or figure in the presence of
• 1:12:12
  Speaker 1: the person beloved by him, it is called a transferred kiss.
• 1:12:17
  Speaker 1: When at night at a theater or in an assembly
• 1:12:19
  Speaker 1: of cast men, a man coming up to a woman
• 1:12:21
  Speaker 1: kisses a finger of her hand if she be standing,
• 1:12:24
  Speaker 1: or a toe of her foot if she be sitting.
• 1:12:26
  Speaker 1: Or when a woman is shampooing her lover's body, places
• 1:12:29
  Speaker 1: her face on his thigh as if she was sleepy,
• 1:12:32
  Speaker 1: so as to inflame his passion and kisses his thigh
• 1:12:34
  Speaker 1: or great toe. It is called a demonstrative kiss. There
• 1:12:39
  Speaker 1: is also a verse on the subject, as follows. Whatever
• 1:12:42
  Speaker 1: things may be done by one of the lovers to
• 1:12:44
  Speaker 1: the other, the same should be returned by the other
• 1:12:47
  Speaker 1: i e. If the woman kisses him, he should kiss
• 1:12:50
  Speaker 1: her in return. If she strikes him, he should also
• 1:12:52
  Speaker 1: strike her in return. Chapter four on pressing or marking
• 1:12:58
  Speaker 1: or scratching with the nails. When love becomes intense, pressing
• 1:13:02
  Speaker 1: with the nails or scratching the body with them is practiced,
• 1:13:05
  Speaker 1: and it is done on the following occasions, on the
• 1:13:08
  Speaker 1: first visit, at the time of setting out on a journey,
• 1:13:11
  Speaker 1: on the return from a journey, at the time when
• 1:13:13
  Speaker 1: an angry lover is reconciled, and lastly when the woman
• 1:13:17
  Speaker 1: is intoxicated. But pressing with the nails is not unusual thing,
• 1:13:21
  Speaker 1: except with those who are intensely passionate i e. Full
• 1:13:25
  Speaker 1: of passion. It is employed together with biting by those
• 1:13:29
  Speaker 1: to whom the practice is agreeable. Pressing with the nails
• 1:13:32
  Speaker 1: is of the eight following kinds, according to the forms
• 1:13:35
  Speaker 1: of the marks which are produced viz. One sounding, two,
• 1:13:40
  Speaker 1: half moon, three, a circle, four, a line, five a
• 1:13:47
  Speaker 1: tiger's nail or claw, six a peacock's foot, seven, the
• 1:13:53
  Speaker 1: jump of a hare, eight the leaf of a blue lotus.
• 1:13:58
  Speaker 1: The places that are to be pressed with the nails
• 1:14:00
  Speaker 1: are as follows, the arm pit, the throat, the breasts,
• 1:14:04
  Speaker 1: the lips, the jaghannah or middle parts of the body,
• 1:14:07
  Speaker 1: and the thighs. But Suvananaba is of opinion that when
• 1:14:11
  Speaker 1: the impetuosity of passion is excessive, then the places need
• 1:14:15
  Speaker 1: not be considered. The qualities of good nails are that
• 1:14:18
  Speaker 1: they should be bright, well set, clean, entire convex, soft,
• 1:14:23
  Speaker 1: and glossy in appearance. Nails are of three kinds according
• 1:14:27
  Speaker 1: to their size, viz. Small, middling, large. Large nails, which
• 1:14:34
  Speaker 1: give grace to the hands and attract the hearts of
• 1:14:37
  Speaker 1: women from their appearance, are possessed by the Bengalese. Small nails,
• 1:14:42
  Speaker 1: which can be used in various ways and are to
• 1:14:45
  Speaker 1: be applied only with the object of giving pleasure, are
• 1:14:47
  Speaker 1: possessed by the people of the southern districts. Middling nails,
• 1:14:52
  Speaker 1: which contain the properties of both the above kinds, belong
• 1:14:55
  Speaker 1: to the people of the Maharashtra. One. When a person
• 1:15:00
  Speaker 1: presses the chin, the breasts, the lower lip, or the
• 1:15:03
  Speaker 1: jaghanna of another so softly that no scratch or mark
• 1:15:06
  Speaker 1: is left, but only the hair on the body becomes
• 1:15:09
  Speaker 1: erect from the touch of the nails, and the nails
• 1:15:11
  Speaker 1: themselves make a sound, it is called a sounding or
• 1:15:14
  Speaker 1: pressing with the nails. This pressing is used in the
• 1:15:17
  Speaker 1: case of a young girl when her lover shampoos her,
• 1:15:20
  Speaker 1: scratches her head, and wants to trouble or frighten her. Two.
• 1:15:24
  Speaker 1: The curved mark with the nails, which is impressed on
• 1:15:27
  Speaker 1: the neck and the breasts is called the half moon. Three.
• 1:15:31
  Speaker 1: When the half moons are impressed opposite to each other,
• 1:15:34
  Speaker 1: it is called a circle. This mark with the nails
• 1:15:38
  Speaker 1: is generally made on the navel, the small cavities about
• 1:15:41
  Speaker 1: the buttocks, and on the joints of the thigh. Four.
• 1:15:44
  Speaker 1: A mark in the form of a small line, and
• 1:15:47
  Speaker 1: which can be made on any part of the body
• 1:15:49
  Speaker 1: is called a line. Five. This same line, when it
• 1:15:53
  Speaker 1: is curved and made on the breast, is called a
• 1:15:56
  Speaker 1: tiger's nail. Six. When a curve mark is made on
• 1:16:01
  Speaker 1: the breast by means of the five nails, it is
• 1:16:03
  Speaker 1: called a peacock's foot. This mark is made with the
• 1:16:07
  Speaker 1: object of being praised, for it requires a great deal
• 1:16:10
  Speaker 1: of skill to make it properly. Seven. When five marks
• 1:16:14
  Speaker 1: with the nails are made close to one another near
• 1:16:16
  Speaker 1: the nipple of the breast, it is called the jump
• 1:16:19
  Speaker 1: of a hare. Eight. A mark made on the breast
• 1:16:23
  Speaker 1: or on the hips in the form of a leaf
• 1:16:25
  Speaker 1: of the blue lotus is called the leaf of a
• 1:16:27
  Speaker 1: blue lotus. When a person is going on a journey
• 1:16:31
  Speaker 1: and makes a mark on the thighs or on the breast,
• 1:16:34
  Speaker 1: it is called a token of remembrance. On such an occasion,
• 1:16:38
  Speaker 1: three or four lines are impressed close to one another
• 1:16:40
  Speaker 1: with the nails. Here ends the marking with the nails.
• 1:16:45
  Speaker 1: Marks of other kinds than the above may also be
• 1:16:47
  Speaker 1: made with the nails. For the ancient authors say that
• 1:16:50
  Speaker 1: as there are innumerable degrees of skill among men, the
• 1:16:53
  Speaker 1: practice of this art being known to all, so there
• 1:16:56
  Speaker 1: are innumerable ways of making these marks. And as press
• 1:17:00
  Speaker 1: or marking with the nails is independent of love, no
• 1:17:03
  Speaker 1: one can say with certainty how many different kinds of
• 1:17:05
  Speaker 1: marks with the nails do actually exist. The reason of
• 1:17:09
  Speaker 1: this is Vatziana says that as variety is necessary in love,
• 1:17:13
  Speaker 1: so love is to be produced by means of variety.
• 1:17:17
  Speaker 1: It is on this account that courtesans who are well
• 1:17:19
  Speaker 1: acquainted with various ways and means, becomes so desirable. For
• 1:17:23
  Speaker 1: if variety is sought in all the arts and amusements,
• 1:17:26
  Speaker 1: such as archery and others, how much more should it
• 1:17:29
  Speaker 1: be sought after In the present case. The marks of
• 1:17:32
  Speaker 1: the nails should not be made on married women, but
• 1:17:35
  Speaker 1: particular kinds of marks may be made on their private
• 1:17:38
  Speaker 1: parts for the remembrance and increase of love. There are
• 1:17:41
  Speaker 1: also some verses on the subject, as follows. The love
• 1:17:45
  Speaker 1: of a woman who sees the marks of nails on
• 1:17:47
  Speaker 1: the private parts of her body, even though they are
• 1:17:49
  Speaker 1: old and almost worn out, becomes again fresh and new.
• 1:17:53
  Speaker 1: If there be no marks of nails to remind a
• 1:17:55
  Speaker 1: person of the passages of love, then love is lessened
• 1:17:59
  Speaker 1: in the same way as we when no union takes
• 1:18:01
  Speaker 1: place for a long time. Even when a stranger sees
• 1:18:04
  Speaker 1: at a distance a young woman with the marks of
• 1:18:06
  Speaker 1: nails on her breast thirty seven, he is filled with
• 1:18:09
  Speaker 1: love and respect for her. A man also who carries
• 1:18:13
  Speaker 1: the marks of nails and teeth on some parts of
• 1:18:16
  Speaker 1: his body influences the mind of a woman, even though
• 1:18:19
  Speaker 1: it be ever so firm. In short, nothing tends to
• 1:18:22
  Speaker 1: increase love so much as the effects of marking with
• 1:18:25
  Speaker 1: the nails and biting. Chapter five on biting and the
• 1:18:30
  Speaker 1: means to be employed with regard to women of different countries.
• 1:18:34
  Speaker 1: All the places that can be kissed are also the
• 1:18:36
  Speaker 1: places that can be bitten, except the upper lip, the
• 1:18:39
  Speaker 1: interior of the mouth, and the eyes. The qualities of
• 1:18:43
  Speaker 1: good teeth are as follows. They should be equal, possessed
• 1:18:46
  Speaker 1: of a pleasing brightness, capable of being colored, of proper proportions, unbroken,
• 1:18:52
  Speaker 1: and with sharp ends. The defects of teeth, on the
• 1:18:55
  Speaker 1: other hand, are that they are blunt, protruding from the gums,
• 1:18:59
  Speaker 1: rought large and loosely set. The following are the different
• 1:19:04
  Speaker 1: kinds of biting, viz. The hidden bite, the swollen bite,
• 1:19:09
  Speaker 1: the point, the line of points, the coral and the jewel,
• 1:19:15
  Speaker 1: the line of jewels, the broken cloud, the biting of
• 1:19:20
  Speaker 1: the bore. One. The biting, which is shown only by
• 1:19:24
  Speaker 1: the excessive redness of the skin that is bitten, is
• 1:19:27
  Speaker 1: called the hidden bite. Two. When the skin is pressed
• 1:19:31
  Speaker 1: down on both sides, it is called the swollen bite. Three.
• 1:19:36
  Speaker 1: When a small portion of the skin is bitten with
• 1:19:38
  Speaker 1: two teeth only, it is called the point. Four. When
• 1:19:43
  Speaker 1: such small portions of the skin are bitten with all
• 1:19:46
  Speaker 1: the teeth, it is called the line of points. Five.
• 1:19:50
  Speaker 1: The biting which is done by bringing together the teeth
• 1:19:53
  Speaker 1: and the lips is called the coral and the jewel.
• 1:19:56
  Speaker 1: The lip is the coral, and the teeth the jewel. Six.
• 1:20:00
  Speaker 1: When biting is done with all the teeth, it is
• 1:20:03
  Speaker 1: called the line of jewels. Seven. The biting, which consists
• 1:20:08
  Speaker 1: of unequal risings in a circle, and which comes from
• 1:20:11
  Speaker 1: the space between the teeth, is called the broken cloud.
• 1:20:15
  Speaker 1: This is impressed on the breasts. Eight. The biting, which
• 1:20:19
  Speaker 1: consists of many broad rows of marks near to one
• 1:20:22
  Speaker 1: another and with red intervals, is called the biting of
• 1:20:25
  Speaker 1: a bore. This is impressed on the breasts and the shoulders.
• 1:20:29
  Speaker 1: And these two last modes of biting are peculiar to
• 1:20:32
  Speaker 1: persons of intense passion. The lower lip is the place
• 1:20:35
  Speaker 1: on which the hidden bite, the swollen bite, and the
• 1:20:39
  Speaker 1: point are made. Again that the swollen bite, and the
• 1:20:42
  Speaker 1: coral and the jewel bite are done on the cheek. Kissing,
• 1:20:46
  Speaker 1: pressing with the nails and biting are the ornaments of
• 1:20:49
  Speaker 1: the left cheek, and when the word cheek is used,
• 1:20:52
  Speaker 1: it is to be understood as the left cheek. Both
• 1:20:55
  Speaker 1: the line of points and the line of jewels are
• 1:20:58
  Speaker 1: to be impressed on the throat, the arm pit, and
• 1:21:01
  Speaker 1: the joints of the thighs, But the line of points
• 1:21:04
  Speaker 1: alone is to be impressed on the forehead and the thighs.
• 1:21:08
  Speaker 1: The marking with the nails and the biting of the
• 1:21:10
  Speaker 1: following things viz. An ornament of the forehead, an ear ornament,
• 1:21:15
  Speaker 1: a bunch of flowers, a beetle leaf, or a tamila leaf,
• 1:21:19
  Speaker 1: which are worn by or belong to the woman that
• 1:21:21
  Speaker 1: is beloved, are signs of the desire of enjoyment. Herein
• 1:21:26
  Speaker 1: the different kinds of biting. In the affairs of love,
• 1:21:29
  Speaker 1: a man should do such things as are agreeable to
• 1:21:31
  Speaker 1: the women of different countries. The women of the central
• 1:21:35
  Speaker 1: countries i e. Between the Ganges and the Jumna are
• 1:21:39
  Speaker 1: noble in their character, not accustomed to disgraceful practices, and
• 1:21:43
  Speaker 1: dislike pressing the nails and biting. The women of the
• 1:21:46
  Speaker 1: Balhka country are gained over by striking. The women of Avindheka,
• 1:21:51
  Speaker 1: are fond of foul pleasures and have not good manners.
• 1:21:55
  Speaker 1: The women of the Maharashtra are fond of practicing the
• 1:21:58
  Speaker 1: sixty four arts. They utter low and harsh words, and
• 1:22:01
  Speaker 1: like to be spoken to in the same way, and
• 1:22:03
  Speaker 1: have an impetuous desire of enjoyment. The women of Pataliputra
• 1:22:08
  Speaker 1: II the modern Putna, are of the same nature as
• 1:22:11
  Speaker 1: the women of the Maharashtra, but show their likings only
• 1:22:14
  Speaker 1: in secret. The women of the Dravita country, though they
• 1:22:18
  Speaker 1: are rubbed and pressed about at the time of sexual enjoyment,
• 1:22:21
  Speaker 1: have a slow fall of seamen, that is, they are
• 1:22:23
  Speaker 1: very slow in the act of coition. The women of
• 1:22:27
  Speaker 1: van Vasi are moderately passionate. They go through every kind
• 1:22:30
  Speaker 1: of enjoyment, cover their bodies, and abuse those who utter low,
• 1:22:34
  Speaker 1: mean and harsh words. The women of a Anti hate kissing,
• 1:22:38
  Speaker 1: marking with the nails, and biting, but they have a
• 1:22:41
  Speaker 1: fondness for various kinds of sexual union. The women of
• 1:22:45
  Speaker 1: Malva like embracing and kissing, but not wounding, and they
• 1:22:48
  Speaker 1: are gained over by striking. The women of Abhira and
• 1:22:52
  Speaker 1: those of the country about the Indus and five Rivers
• 1:22:55
  Speaker 1: i e. The Punjab are gained over by the Oprishtaka
• 1:22:59
  Speaker 1: or mouth congress. The women of Apparatica are full of
• 1:23:02
  Speaker 1: passion and make slowly the sound sit. The women of
• 1:23:06
  Speaker 1: the lat country have even more impetuous desire and also
• 1:23:10
  Speaker 1: make the sound sit. The women of the stri Rajia
• 1:23:14
  Speaker 1: and of Coshula out are full of impetuous desire. Their
• 1:23:18
  Speaker 1: seamen falls in large quantities, and they are fond of
• 1:23:20
  Speaker 1: taking medicine to make it do so. The women of
• 1:23:24
  Speaker 1: the Odra country have tender bodies. They are fond of
• 1:23:27
  Speaker 1: enjoyment and have a liking for voluptuous pleasures. The women
• 1:23:31
  Speaker 1: of Ganda have tender bodies and speak sweetly. Now Surbananaba
• 1:23:36
  Speaker 1: is of opinion that that which is agreeable to the
• 1:23:38
  Speaker 1: nature of a particular person is of more consequence than
• 1:23:41
  Speaker 1: that which is agreeable to a whole nation, and that
• 1:23:44
  Speaker 1: therefore the peculiarities of the country should not be observed.
• 1:23:47
  Speaker 1: In such cases, the various pleasures, the dress, and the
• 1:23:51
  Speaker 1: sports of one country are in time borrowed by another,
• 1:23:54
  Speaker 1: and in such a case these things must be considered
• 1:23:56
  Speaker 1: as belonging originally to that country. Among the things mentioned above, viz. Embracing, kissing,
• 1:24:03
  Speaker 1: et cetera. Those which increase passion should be done first,
• 1:24:08
  Speaker 1: and those which are only for amusement or variety should
• 1:24:10
  Speaker 1: be done afterwards. There are also some verses on this subject,
• 1:24:14
  Speaker 1: as follows. When a man bites a woman forcibly, she
• 1:24:18
  Speaker 1: should angrily do the same to him with double force.
• 1:24:21
  Speaker 1: Thus a point should be returned with a line of points,
• 1:24:25
  Speaker 1: and a line of points with a broken cloud. And
• 1:24:28
  Speaker 1: if she be excessively chafed, she should at once begin
• 1:24:31
  Speaker 1: a love quarrel with him. At such a time, she
• 1:24:34
  Speaker 1: should take hold of her lover by the hair and
• 1:24:36
  Speaker 1: bend his head down and kiss his lower lip. And then,
• 1:24:40
  Speaker 1: being intoxicated with love, she should shut her eyes and
• 1:24:43
  Speaker 1: bite him in various places, even by day, and in
• 1:24:47
  Speaker 1: a place of public resort. When her lover shows her
• 1:24:49
  Speaker 1: any mark that she may have inflicted on his body,
• 1:24:52
  Speaker 1: she should smile at the sight of it, and, turning
• 1:24:54
  Speaker 1: her face as if she were going to chide him,
• 1:24:56
  Speaker 1: she should show him with an angry look the marks
• 1:24:58
  Speaker 1: on her own body that a bit made by him. Thus,
• 1:25:02
  Speaker 1: if men and women act according to each other's liking,
• 1:25:04
  Speaker 1: their love for each other will not be lessened even
• 1:25:07
  Speaker 1: in one hundred years. Chapter six of the different ways
• 1:25:12
  Speaker 1: of lying down and various kinds of congress. On the
• 1:25:16
  Speaker 1: occasion of a high congress, the marigi deer woman should
• 1:25:20
  Speaker 1: lie down in such a way as to widen her yoni,
• 1:25:22
  Speaker 1: while in a low congress, the hastini elephant woman should
• 1:25:26
  Speaker 1: lie down so as to contract hers. But in an
• 1:25:29
  Speaker 1: equal congress, they should lie down in the natural position.
• 1:25:34
  Speaker 1: What is said above concerning the Marigi and the Hastini
• 1:25:36
  Speaker 1: applies also to the vadoa mere woman. In a low congress,
• 1:25:41
  Speaker 1: the women should particularly make use of medicine to cause
• 1:25:45
  Speaker 1: her desires to be satisfied quickly. The dear woman has
• 1:25:48
  Speaker 1: the following three ways of lying down. The widely open position,
• 1:25:54
  Speaker 1: the yawning position, the position of the wife of Indra.
• 1:25:59
  Speaker 1: One when she lowers her head and raises her middle parts,
• 1:26:02
  Speaker 1: it is called the widely open position. At such a
• 1:26:06
  Speaker 1: time the man should apply some umblent so as to
• 1:26:08
  Speaker 1: make the entrance easy. Two, when she raises her thighs
• 1:26:12
  Speaker 1: and keeps them wide apart and engages in congress, it
• 1:26:15
  Speaker 1: is called the yawning position. Three, when she places her
• 1:26:20
  Speaker 1: thighs with her legs doubled on them upon her sides,
• 1:26:23
  Speaker 1: and thus engages in congress. It is called the position
• 1:26:26
  Speaker 1: of rani, and this is learnt only by practice. The
• 1:26:30
  Speaker 1: position is also useful in the case of the highest congress.
• 1:26:35
  Speaker 1: The clasping position is used in low congress and in
• 1:26:38
  Speaker 1: the lowest congress, together with the pressing position, the twining position,
• 1:26:43
  Speaker 1: and the mare's position. When the legs of both the
• 1:26:47
  Speaker 1: male and the female are stretched straight out over each other,
• 1:26:50
  Speaker 1: it is called the clasping position. It is of two kinds,
• 1:26:54
  Speaker 1: the side position and the supine position, according to the
• 1:26:57
  Speaker 1: way in which they lie down. In the side position,
• 1:27:01
  Speaker 1: the male should invariably lie on his left side and
• 1:27:04
  Speaker 1: cause the woman to lie on her right side, and
• 1:27:06
  Speaker 1: this rule is to be observed in lying down with
• 1:27:08
  Speaker 1: all kinds of women. When after congress has begun in
• 1:27:12
  Speaker 1: the clasping position, the woman presses her lover with her thighs,
• 1:27:16
  Speaker 1: it is called the pressing position. When the woman places
• 1:27:20
  Speaker 1: one of her thighs across the thigh of her lover,
• 1:27:22
  Speaker 1: it is called the twining position. When a woman forcibly
• 1:27:26
  Speaker 1: holds in her yoni the lingam after it is in
• 1:27:29
  Speaker 1: it is called the mare's position. This is learnt by
• 1:27:32
  Speaker 1: practice only, and is chiefly found among the women of
• 1:27:35
  Speaker 1: the Andra country. The above are the different ways of
• 1:27:39
  Speaker 1: lying down mentioned by Barbravia. Surbananaba, however, gives the following.
• 1:27:44
  Speaker 1: In addition. When the female raises both of her thighs
• 1:27:48
  Speaker 1: straight up, it is called the rising position. When she
• 1:27:51
  Speaker 1: raises both of her legs and places them on her
• 1:27:54
  Speaker 1: lover's shoulders, it is called the yawning position. When the
• 1:27:58
  Speaker 1: legs are contracted and thus held by the lover before
• 1:28:01
  Speaker 1: his bosom, it is called the pressed position. When only
• 1:28:05
  Speaker 1: one of her legs is stretched out, it is called
• 1:28:08
  Speaker 1: the half pressed position. When the woman places one of
• 1:28:11
  Speaker 1: her legs on her lover's shoulder and stretches the other out,
• 1:28:15
  Speaker 1: and then places the latter on his shoulder and stretches
• 1:28:17
  Speaker 1: out the other and continues to do so. Alternately, it
• 1:28:21
  Speaker 1: is called the splitting of a bamboo. When one of
• 1:28:24
  Speaker 1: her legs is placed on the head and the other
• 1:28:26
  Speaker 1: is stretched out, it is called the fixing of a nail.
• 1:28:30
  Speaker 1: This is learnt by practice only. When both the legs
• 1:28:34
  Speaker 1: of the woman are contracted and placed on her stomach,
• 1:28:37
  Speaker 1: it is called the crab's position. When the thighs are
• 1:28:41
  Speaker 1: raised and placed one upon the other, it is called
• 1:28:43
  Speaker 1: the packed position. When the shanks are placed one upon
• 1:28:47
  Speaker 1: the other, it is called the lotuslike position. When a
• 1:28:51
  Speaker 1: man during congress turns round and enjoys the woman without
• 1:28:55
  Speaker 1: leaving her, while she embraces him round the back all
• 1:28:58
  Speaker 1: the time, it is called the turning position, and is
• 1:29:01
  Speaker 1: learnt only by practice. Thus, says Survananaba, these different ways
• 1:29:06
  Speaker 1: of lying down, sitting, and standing should be practiced in water,
• 1:29:09
  Speaker 1: because it is easy to do so therein. But Watziana
• 1:29:13
  Speaker 1: is of opinion that congress in water is improper because
• 1:29:16
  Speaker 1: it is prohibited by the religious law. When a man
• 1:29:20
  Speaker 1: and a woman support themselves on each other's bodies or
• 1:29:23
  Speaker 1: on a wall or pillar, and thus while standing engage
• 1:29:26
  Speaker 1: in congress, it is called that supported congress. When a
• 1:29:30
  Speaker 1: man supports himself against a wall, and the woman, sitting
• 1:29:34
  Speaker 1: on his hands joined together and held underneath her, throws
• 1:29:37
  Speaker 1: her arms round his neck, and, putting her thighs alongside
• 1:29:40
  Speaker 1: his waist, moves herself by her feet, which are touching
• 1:29:43
  Speaker 1: the wall against which the man is leaning, it is
• 1:29:45
  Speaker 1: called the suspended congress. When a woman stands on her
• 1:29:50
  Speaker 1: hands and feet like a quadruped, and her lover mounts
• 1:29:52
  Speaker 1: her like a bull. It is called the congress of
• 1:29:55
  Speaker 1: a cow. At this time, everything that is ordinarily done
• 1:29:58
  Speaker 1: on the bosom should be done on the back. In
• 1:30:01
  Speaker 1: the same way can be carried on the congress of
• 1:30:03
  Speaker 1: a dog, the congress of a goat, the congress of
• 1:30:06
  Speaker 1: a deer, the forcible mounting of an ass, the congress
• 1:30:09
  Speaker 1: of a cat, the jump of a tiger, the pressing
• 1:30:12
  Speaker 1: of an elephant, the rubbing of a boar, and the
• 1:30:15
  Speaker 1: mounting of a horse. And in all these cases the
• 1:30:18
  Speaker 1: characteristics of these different animals should be manifested by acting
• 1:30:21
  Speaker 1: like them. When a man enjoys two women at the
• 1:30:25
  Speaker 1: same time, both of whom love him equally, it is
• 1:30:28
  Speaker 1: called the united congress. When a man enjoys many women altogether,
• 1:30:33
  Speaker 1: it is called the congress of a herd of cows.
• 1:30:36
  Speaker 1: The following kinds of congress viz. Sporting in water, or
• 1:30:40
  Speaker 1: the congress of an elephant with many female elephants, which
• 1:30:43
  Speaker 1: is said to take place only in the water, The
• 1:30:45
  Speaker 1: congress of a collection of goats, the congress of a
• 1:30:48
  Speaker 1: collection of deer take place in imitation of these animals
• 1:30:52
  Speaker 1: in grammanary. Many young men enjoy a woman that may
• 1:30:55
  Speaker 1: be married to one of them, either one after the
• 1:30:57
  Speaker 1: other or at the same time. Thus, thus one of
• 1:31:00
  Speaker 1: them holds her, another enjoys her. A third use is
• 1:31:03
  Speaker 1: her mouth, a fourth holds her middle part, And in
• 1:31:06
  Speaker 1: this way they go on enjoying her several parts. Alternatively,
• 1:31:10
  Speaker 1: the same things can be done when several men are
• 1:31:12
  Speaker 1: sitting in company with one courtesan, or when one courtesan
• 1:31:15
  Speaker 1: is alone with many men. In the same way, this
• 1:31:18
  Speaker 1: can be done by the women of the King's harem
• 1:31:20
  Speaker 1: when they accidentally get hold of a man. The people
• 1:31:24
  Speaker 1: in the southern countries have also a congress in the
• 1:31:26
  Speaker 1: Anus that is called the lower congress. Thus ends the
• 1:31:30
  Speaker 1: various kinds of congress. There are also two verses on
• 1:31:34
  Speaker 1: the subject, as follows. An ingenious person should multiply the
• 1:31:39
  Speaker 1: kinds of congress after the fashion of the different kinds
• 1:31:41
  Speaker 1: of beasts and of birds. For these different kinds of congress,
• 1:31:46
  Speaker 1: performed according to the usage of each country and the
• 1:31:49
  Speaker 1: liking of each individual, generate love, friendship, and respect in
• 1:31:53
  Speaker 1: the Hearts of Women. Chapter seven of the Various modes
• 1:31:57
  Speaker 1: of striking and of the sounds appropriate to time them.
• 1:32:01
  Speaker 1: Sexual intercourse can be compared to a quarrel on account
• 1:32:04
  Speaker 1: of the contrarieties of love and its tendency to dispute.
• 1:32:08
  Speaker 1: The place of striking with passion is the body, and
• 1:32:11
  Speaker 1: on the body the special places are the shoulders, the head,
• 1:32:16
  Speaker 1: the space between the breasts, the back, the jag hannah,
• 1:32:21
  Speaker 1: or middle part of the body, the sides. Striking is
• 1:32:26
  Speaker 1: of four kinds viz. Striking with the back of the hand,
• 1:32:30
  Speaker 1: striking with the fingers, a little contracted striking with the fist,
• 1:32:36
  Speaker 1: striking with the open palm of the hand. On account
• 1:32:39
  Speaker 1: of its causing pain, striking gives rise to the hissing sound,
• 1:32:43
  Speaker 1: which is of various kinds, and to the eight kinds
• 1:32:45
  Speaker 1: of crying viz. The sound hin, the thundering sound, the
• 1:32:51
  Speaker 1: cooing sound, the weeping sound, the sound fut, the sound fat,
• 1:32:58
  Speaker 1: the sound set, the sound plait. Besides these, there are
• 1:33:04
  Speaker 1: also words having a meaning, such as mother, and those
• 1:33:07
  Speaker 1: that are expressive of prohibition, sufficiency, desire, of liberation, pain,
• 1:33:12
  Speaker 1: or praise, and to which may be added sounds like
• 1:33:15
  Speaker 1: those of the dove, the cuckoo, the green pigeon, the parrot,
• 1:33:18
  Speaker 1: the bee, the sparrow, the flamingo, the duck, and the quail,
• 1:33:23
  Speaker 1: which are all occasionally made use of. Blows with the
• 1:33:27
  Speaker 1: fist should be given on the back of the woman
• 1:33:29
  Speaker 1: while she is sitting on the lap of the man,
• 1:33:31
  Speaker 1: and she should give blows in return, abusing the man
• 1:33:34
  Speaker 1: as if she were angry, and making the cooing and
• 1:33:36
  Speaker 1: the weeping sounds. While the woman is engaged in congress,
• 1:33:40
  Speaker 1: the space between the breasts should be struck with the
• 1:33:43
  Speaker 1: back of the hand, slowly at first, and then proportionately
• 1:33:46
  Speaker 1: to the increasing excitement until the end. At this time,
• 1:33:50
  Speaker 1: the sounds hen and others may be made alternately or
• 1:33:53
  Speaker 1: optionally according to habit. When the man making the sound
• 1:33:57
  Speaker 1: fat strikes the woman on the head with the fingers
• 1:34:00
  Speaker 1: of his hand a little contracted, it is called prasertaka,
• 1:34:03
  Speaker 1: which means striking with the fingers of the hand a
• 1:34:06
  Speaker 1: little contracted. In this case, the appropriate sounds are the
• 1:34:10
  Speaker 1: cooing sound, the sound fat, and the sound fut in
• 1:34:13
  Speaker 1: the interior of the mouth, and at the end of congress,
• 1:34:15
  Speaker 1: the sighing and weeping sounds. The sound fat is an
• 1:34:19
  Speaker 1: imitation of the sound of a bamboo being split, while
• 1:34:22
  Speaker 1: the sound fut is like the sound made by something
• 1:34:24
  Speaker 1: falling into water. At all times, when kissing and such
• 1:34:28
  Speaker 1: like things are begun, the woman should give a reply
• 1:34:31
  Speaker 1: with a hissing sound. During the excitement, when the woman
• 1:34:34
  Speaker 1: is not accustomed to striking, she continually utters words expressive
• 1:34:38
  Speaker 1: of prohibition sufficiently or desire of liberation, as well as
• 1:34:42
  Speaker 1: the words father, mother, intermingled with the sighing, weeping, and
• 1:34:47
  Speaker 1: thundering sounds. Thirty eight. Towards the conclusion of the congress,
• 1:34:51
  Speaker 1: the breasts, the jag hannah, and the sides of the
• 1:34:54
  Speaker 1: woman should be pressed with the open palms of the
• 1:34:56
  Speaker 1: hand with some force until the end of it, and
• 1:34:59
  Speaker 1: then sounds those of the quail or the goose should
• 1:35:02
  Speaker 1: be made. There are also two verses on the subject,
• 1:35:05
  Speaker 1: as follows. The characteristics of manhood are said to consist
• 1:35:08
  Speaker 1: of roughness and impetuosity, while weakness, tenderness, sensibility, and an
• 1:35:13
  Speaker 1: inclination to turn away from unpleasant things are the distinguishing
• 1:35:17
  Speaker 1: marks of womanhood. The excitement of passion and peculiarities of
• 1:35:21
  Speaker 1: habit may sometimes cause contrary results to appear, but these
• 1:35:25
  Speaker 1: do not last long, and in the end the natural
• 1:35:27
  Speaker 1: state is resumed. The wedge on the bosom, the scissors
• 1:35:31
  Speaker 1: on the head, the piercing instrument on the cheeks, and
• 1:35:34
  Speaker 1: the pinchers on the breasts and sides may also be
• 1:35:37
  Speaker 1: taken into consideration with the other four modes of striking,
• 1:35:40
  Speaker 1: and thus give eight ways altogether. But these four ways
• 1:35:44
  Speaker 1: of striking with instruments are peculiar to the people of
• 1:35:46
  Speaker 1: the southern countries, and the marks caused by them are
• 1:35:49
  Speaker 1: seen on the breasts of their women. They are local peculiarities.
• 1:35:54
  Speaker 1: But Vatziana is of opinion that the practice of them
• 1:35:56
  Speaker 1: is painful, barbarous, and base, and quite un worthy of imitation.
• 1:36:02
  Speaker 1: In the same way, anything that is a local peculiarity
• 1:36:04
  Speaker 1: should not always be adopted elsewhere, and even in the
• 1:36:07
  Speaker 1: place where the practice is prevalent, excess of it should
• 1:36:10
  Speaker 1: always be avoided. Instances of the dangerous use of them
• 1:36:14
  Speaker 1: may be given as follows. The King of the Panchalas
• 1:36:17
  Speaker 1: killed the Cortes and Madavesina by means of the wedge.
• 1:36:20
  Speaker 1: During congress, king shot a carne shadow Ahna of the Kuntalas,
• 1:36:24
  Speaker 1: deprived his great queen Maliavadi of her life by a
• 1:36:27
  Speaker 1: pair of scissors, and Narradiva, whose hand was deformed, blinded
• 1:36:31
  Speaker 1: a dancing girl by directing a piercing instrument in a
• 1:36:34
  Speaker 1: wrong way. There are also two verses on the subject
• 1:36:38
  Speaker 1: as follows. About these things there cannot be either enumeration
• 1:36:41
  Speaker 1: or any definite rule. Congress, having once commenced passion alone,
• 1:36:46
  Speaker 1: gives birth to all the acts of the parties. Such
• 1:36:50
  Speaker 1: passionate actions and amorous gesticulations or movements which arise on
• 1:36:54
  Speaker 1: the spur of the moment and during sexual intercourse, cannot
• 1:36:57
  Speaker 1: be defined and are as irregular as dream. A horse,
• 1:37:01
  Speaker 1: having once attained the fifth degree of motion, goes on
• 1:37:04
  Speaker 1: with blind speed, regardless of pits, ditches, and posts in
• 1:37:08
  Speaker 1: his way. And in the same manner, a loving pair
• 1:37:10
  Speaker 1: become blind with passion in the heat of congress, and
• 1:37:13
  Speaker 1: go on with great impetuosity, paying not the least regard
• 1:37:17
  Speaker 1: to excess. For this reason, one who is well acquainted
• 1:37:20
  Speaker 1: with the science of love, and knowing his own strength
• 1:37:23
  Speaker 1: as also the tenderness, impetuosity, and strength of the young woman,
• 1:37:27
  Speaker 1: should act accordingly. The various modes of enjoyment are not
• 1:37:31
  Speaker 1: for all times or for all persons, but they should
• 1:37:34
  Speaker 1: only be used at the proper time and in the
• 1:37:36
  Speaker 1: proper countries in places, Chapter eight about women acting the
• 1:37:42
  Speaker 1: part of a man and of the work of a man.
• 1:37:45
  Speaker 1: When a woman sees that her lover is fatigued by
• 1:37:48
  Speaker 1: constant congress, without having his desire satisfied, she should, with
• 1:37:52
  Speaker 1: his permission, lay him down upon his back and give
• 1:37:55
  Speaker 1: him assistance by acting his part. She may also do
• 1:37:59
  Speaker 1: this to satisfy the curiosity of her lover or her
• 1:38:02
  Speaker 1: own desire of novelty. There are two ways of doing this.
• 1:38:06
  Speaker 1: The first is when during congress she turns round and
• 1:38:09
  Speaker 1: gets on the top of her lover in such a
• 1:38:11
  Speaker 1: manner as to continue the congress without obstructing the pleasure
• 1:38:14
  Speaker 1: of it. And the other is when she acts the
• 1:38:16
  Speaker 1: man's part from the beginning. At such a time, with
• 1:38:20
  Speaker 1: flowers in her hair hanging loose, and her smiles broken
• 1:38:23
  Speaker 1: by hard breathings, she should press upon her lover's bosom
• 1:38:26
  Speaker 1: with her own breasts, and lowering her head frequently, should
• 1:38:29
  Speaker 1: do in return the same actions which he used to
• 1:38:31
  Speaker 1: do before returning his blows and chaffing him. Should say,
• 1:38:35
  Speaker 1: I was laid down by you and fatigued with hard congress.
• 1:38:40
  Speaker 1: I shall now therefore lay you down in return. She
• 1:38:43
  Speaker 1: should then again manifest her own bashfulness, her fatigue, and
• 1:38:47
  Speaker 1: her desire of stopping the congress. In this way, she
• 1:38:50
  Speaker 1: should do the work of a man, which we shall
• 1:38:52
  Speaker 1: presently relate. Whatever is done by a man for giving
• 1:38:56
  Speaker 1: pleasure to a woman is called the work of a man,
• 1:38:59
  Speaker 1: and is as followed. While the woman is lying on
• 1:39:01
  Speaker 1: his bed, and is as it were, abstracted by his conversation,
• 1:39:05
  Speaker 1: he should loosen the knot of her under garments, and
• 1:39:07
  Speaker 1: when she begins to dispute with him, he should overwhelm
• 1:39:10
  Speaker 1: her with kisses. Then, when his lingam is erect, he
• 1:39:13
  Speaker 1: should touch her with his hands in various places and
• 1:39:16
  Speaker 1: gently manipulate various parts of the body. If the woman
• 1:39:20
  Speaker 1: is bashful, and if it is the first time that
• 1:39:22
  Speaker 1: they have come together, the man should place his hands
• 1:39:25
  Speaker 1: between her thighs, which she would probably keep close together.
• 1:39:28
  Speaker 1: And if she is a very young girl, he should
• 1:39:30
  Speaker 1: first get his hands upon her breasts, which she would
• 1:39:33
  Speaker 1: probably cover with her own hands, and under her armpits,
• 1:39:37
  Speaker 1: and on her neck. If, however, she is a seasoned woman,
• 1:39:41
  Speaker 1: he should do whatever is agreeable either to him or
• 1:39:43
  Speaker 1: to her, and whatever is fitting for the occasion. After
• 1:39:47
  Speaker 1: this he should take hold of her hair and hold
• 1:39:49
  Speaker 1: her chin in his fingers for the purpose of kissing her.
• 1:39:53
  Speaker 1: On this, if she is a young girl, she will
• 1:39:55
  Speaker 1: become bashful and close her eyes. Anyhow, he should gather
• 1:39:59
  Speaker 1: from the action of the woman what things would be
• 1:40:01
  Speaker 1: pleasing to her during congress. Here, Subernanabas says that while
• 1:40:06
  Speaker 1: a man is doing to the woman what he likes
• 1:40:08
  Speaker 1: best during congress, he should always make a point of
• 1:40:10
  Speaker 1: pressing those parts of her body on which she turns
• 1:40:13
  Speaker 1: her eyes. The signs of the enjoyment and satisfaction of
• 1:40:16
  Speaker 1: the women are as follows. Her body relaxes, she closes
• 1:40:20
  Speaker 1: her eyes. She puts aside all bashfulness and shows increased
• 1:40:24
  Speaker 1: willingness to unite the two organs as closely together as possible.
• 1:40:29
  Speaker 1: On the other hand, the signs of her want of
• 1:40:31
  Speaker 1: enjoyment and of failing to be satisfied are as follows.
• 1:40:34
  Speaker 1: She shakes her hands, she does not let the man
• 1:40:37
  Speaker 1: get up, feels dejected, bites the man, kicks him, and
• 1:40:40
  Speaker 1: continues to go on moving after the man has finished.
• 1:40:44
  Speaker 1: In such cases, the man should rub the yoni of
• 1:40:46
  Speaker 1: the woman with his hand and fingers, as the elephant
• 1:40:49
  Speaker 1: rubs anything with his trunk before engaging in congress until
• 1:40:53
  Speaker 1: it is softened, and after that is done, he should
• 1:40:55
  Speaker 1: proceed to put his lingam into her. The acts to
• 1:40:58
  Speaker 1: be done by the man are move moving forward, friction
• 1:41:02
  Speaker 1: or churning, piercing, rubbing, pressing, giving a blow, the blow
• 1:41:10
  Speaker 1: of a bore, the blow of a bull, the sporting
• 1:41:14
  Speaker 1: of a sparrow. One. When the organs are brought together
• 1:41:18
  Speaker 1: properly and directly, it is called moving the organ forward. Two.
• 1:41:23
  Speaker 1: When the lingam is held with the hand and turned
• 1:41:25
  Speaker 1: all round in the yoni, it is called churning. Three.
• 1:41:30
  Speaker 1: When the yonie is lowered and the upper part of
• 1:41:32
  Speaker 1: it is struck with the lingum, it is called piercing. Four.
• 1:41:37
  Speaker 1: When the same thing is done on the lower part
• 1:41:39
  Speaker 1: of the yonie, it is called rubbing. Five. When the
• 1:41:43
  Speaker 1: yonie is pressed by the lingam for a long time,
• 1:41:46
  Speaker 1: it is called pressing. Six. When the lingam is removed
• 1:41:51
  Speaker 1: to some distance from the yoni and then forcibly strikes it,
• 1:41:54
  Speaker 1: it is called giving a blow. Seven. When only one
• 1:41:58
  Speaker 1: part of the yoni is rubbed with the lingam, it
• 1:42:00
  Speaker 1: is called the blow of a bore. Eight When both
• 1:42:04
  Speaker 1: sides of the yonie are rubbed. In this way, it
• 1:42:07
  Speaker 1: is called the blow of a bull. Nine. When the
• 1:42:11
  Speaker 1: lingam is in the yonie and moved up and down
• 1:42:13
  Speaker 1: frequently and without being taken out, it is called the
• 1:42:17
  Speaker 1: sporting of a sparrow. This takes place at the end
• 1:42:20
  Speaker 1: of congress. When a woman acts the part of a man,
• 1:42:24
  Speaker 1: she has the following things to do, in addition to
• 1:42:26
  Speaker 1: the nine given above, viz. The pair of tongs, the top,
• 1:42:32
  Speaker 1: the swing. One. When the woman holds the lingam in
• 1:42:37
  Speaker 1: her yonie, draws it in, presses it, and keeps it
• 1:42:40
  Speaker 1: thus in her for a long time, it is called
• 1:42:42
  Speaker 1: the pair of tongs. Two. When while engaged in congress,
• 1:42:47
  Speaker 1: she turns round like a wheel, it is called the top.
• 1:42:51
  Speaker 1: This is learnt by practice only free. When on such
• 1:42:56
  Speaker 1: an occasion the man lifts up the middle part of
• 1:42:59
  Speaker 1: his body and a woman turns round her middle part,
• 1:43:02
  Speaker 1: it is called the swing. When the woman is tired,
• 1:43:05
  Speaker 1: she should place her forehead on that of her lover,
• 1:43:08
  Speaker 1: and should thus take rest without disturbing the union of
• 1:43:10
  Speaker 1: the organs. And when the woman has rested herself, the
• 1:43:13
  Speaker 1: man should turn round and begin the congress again. There
• 1:43:16
  Speaker 1: are also some verses on the subject as follows. Though
• 1:43:19
  Speaker 1: a woman is reserved and keeps her feelings concealed, yet
• 1:43:23
  Speaker 1: when she gets on the top of a man, she
• 1:43:25
  Speaker 1: then shows all her love and desire. A man should
• 1:43:29
  Speaker 1: gather from the actions of the woman of what disposition
• 1:43:31
  Speaker 1: she is and in what way she likes to be
• 1:43:33
  Speaker 1: enjoyed a woman during her monthly courses, a woman who
• 1:43:37
  Speaker 1: has been lately confined, and a fat woman should not
• 1:43:40
  Speaker 1: be made to act the part of a man. Chapter
• 1:43:43
  Speaker 1: nine of the operash Taka thirty nine, or mouth congress.
• 1:43:49
  Speaker 1: There are two kinds of eunuchs, those that are disguised
• 1:43:52
  Speaker 1: as males and those that are disguised as females. Eunuchs
• 1:43:56
  Speaker 1: disguised as females imitate their dress, speech, gestures, tenderness, timidity, simplicity, softness,
• 1:44:04
  Speaker 1: and bashfulness. The acts that are done on the jaghannah
• 1:44:08
  Speaker 1: or middle parts of women, are done in the mouths
• 1:44:10
  Speaker 1: of these eunuchs, and this is called oprishtaka. These eunuchs
• 1:44:14
  Speaker 1: derive their imaginable pleasure and their livelihood from this kind
• 1:44:18
  Speaker 1: of congress, and they lead the life of courtesans. So
• 1:44:22
  Speaker 1: much concerning eunuchs disguised as females eunuchs disguised as males
• 1:44:27
  Speaker 1: keep their desire secret, and when they wish to do anything,
• 1:44:30
  Speaker 1: they lead the life of shampoos. Under the pretense of shampooing,
• 1:44:34
  Speaker 1: a eunuch of this kind embraces and draws towards himself
• 1:44:37
  Speaker 1: the thighs of the man whom he is shampooing, and
• 1:44:40
  Speaker 1: after this he touches the joints of his thighs and
• 1:44:42
  Speaker 1: his jaghannah, or central portions of his body. Then, if
• 1:44:46
  Speaker 1: he finds the lingam of the man erect, he presses
• 1:44:49
  Speaker 1: it with his hands and chaffs him for getting into
• 1:44:51
  Speaker 1: that state. If after this, and after knowing his intention,
• 1:44:56
  Speaker 1: the man does not tell the eunuch to proceed, then
• 1:44:58
  Speaker 1: the latter does it of his own a chord and
• 1:45:00
  Speaker 1: begins the congress. If, however, he is ordered by the
• 1:45:04
  Speaker 1: man to do it, then he disputes with him and
• 1:45:06
  Speaker 1: only consents at last with difficulty. The following eight things
• 1:45:10
  Speaker 1: are then done by the eunuch, one after the other, viz.
• 1:45:14
  Speaker 1: The nominal congress, biting the sides, pressing outside, pressing inside, kissing, rubbing,
• 1:45:25
  Speaker 1: sucking a mango fruit, swallowing up. At the end of
• 1:45:30
  Speaker 1: each of these, the eunuch expresses his wish to stop,
• 1:45:33
  Speaker 1: but when one of them is finished, the man desires
• 1:45:35
  Speaker 1: him to do another, and after that is done, then
• 1:45:38
  Speaker 1: the one that follows it, and so on. One. When
• 1:45:43
  Speaker 1: holding the man's lingam with his hand and placing it
• 1:45:46
  Speaker 1: between his lips, the eunuch moves about his mouth. It
• 1:45:49
  Speaker 1: is called the nominal congress. Two. When covering the end
• 1:45:54
  Speaker 1: of the lingam with his fingers collected together like the
• 1:45:56
  Speaker 1: butt of a plant or flower, the eunuch presses the
• 1:45:59
  Speaker 1: sides of it with his lips using his teeth. Also,
• 1:46:02
  Speaker 1: it is called biting the sides. Three. When being desired
• 1:46:08
  Speaker 1: to proceed, the eunuch presses the end of the lingam
• 1:46:10
  Speaker 1: with his lips closed together and kisses it as if
• 1:46:13
  Speaker 1: he were drawing it out. It is called the outside pressing,
• 1:46:17
  Speaker 1: for when being asked to go on, he put the
• 1:46:20
  Speaker 1: lingam further into his mouth and presses it with his lips,
• 1:46:23
  Speaker 1: and then takes it out. It is called the inside pressing. Five.
• 1:46:28
  Speaker 1: When holding the lingum in his hand, the eunuch kisses
• 1:46:31
  Speaker 1: it as if he were kissing the lower lip. It
• 1:46:33
  Speaker 1: is called kissing. Six. When after kissing it, he touches
• 1:46:38
  Speaker 1: it with his tongue everywhere and passes the tongue over
• 1:46:41
  Speaker 1: the end of it. It is called rubbing. Seven. When
• 1:46:46
  Speaker 1: in the same way he puts the half of it
• 1:46:48
  Speaker 1: into his mouth and forcibly kisses and sucks it, this
• 1:46:52
  Speaker 1: is called sucking a mango fruit. Eight. And lastly, when
• 1:46:57
  Speaker 1: with the consent of the man, the eunuch puts the
• 1:46:59
  Speaker 1: whole lingam into his mouth and presses it to the
• 1:47:02
  Speaker 1: very end, as if he were going to swallow it up,
• 1:47:04
  Speaker 1: it is called swallowing up. Striking, scratching, and other things
• 1:47:09
  Speaker 1: may also be done during this kind of congress. The
• 1:47:13
  Speaker 1: operash taka is practiced only by unchaste and wanton women,
• 1:47:16
  Speaker 1: female attendants and serving maids i e. Those who are
• 1:47:20
  Speaker 1: not married to anybody, but who live by shampooing the
• 1:47:24
  Speaker 1: acharya's i e. Ancient and venerable authors are of opinion
• 1:47:28
  Speaker 1: that this operash taka is the work of a dog
• 1:47:30
  Speaker 1: and not of a man, because it is a low
• 1:47:32
  Speaker 1: practice and opposed to the orders of the Holy writ
• 1:47:35
  Speaker 1: and because the man himself suffers by bringing his lingam
• 1:47:38
  Speaker 1: into contact with the mouths of eunuchs and women. But
• 1:47:41
  Speaker 1: Vatziana says that the orders of the holy writ do
• 1:47:44
  Speaker 1: not affect those who resort to courtesans, and the law
• 1:47:47
  Speaker 1: prohibits the practice of the operash taka with married women
• 1:47:50
  Speaker 1: only as regards the injury to the male that can
• 1:47:54
  Speaker 1: be easily remedied. The people of eastern India do not
• 1:47:57
  Speaker 1: resort to women who practice the opera shis t taka.
• 1:48:01
  Speaker 1: The people of a Hichatra resort to such women, but
• 1:48:04
  Speaker 1: do nothing with them so far as the mouth is concerned.
• 1:48:08
  Speaker 1: The people of Sikida do with these women every kind
• 1:48:10
  Speaker 1: of mouth congress, while the people of Nagara do not
• 1:48:13
  Speaker 1: practice this, but do every other thing. The people of
• 1:48:17
  Speaker 1: the Shurasina country on the southern bank of the Jamna
• 1:48:20
  Speaker 1: do everything without any hesitation. For they say that women,
• 1:48:24
  Speaker 1: being naturally unclean, no one can be certain about their character,
• 1:48:27
  Speaker 1: their purity, their conduct, their practices, their confidences, or their speech.
• 1:48:33
  Speaker 1: They are, not, however, on this account, to be abandoned,
• 1:48:36
  Speaker 1: because religious law, on the authority of which they are
• 1:48:39
  Speaker 1: reckoned pure lays down that the utter of a cow
• 1:48:42
  Speaker 1: is clean at the time of milking, though the mouth
• 1:48:44
  Speaker 1: of a cow and also the mouth of her calf
• 1:48:47
  Speaker 1: are considered unclean by the Hindus. Again, a dog is
• 1:48:51
  Speaker 1: clean when he seizes a deer in hunting, though food
• 1:48:53
  Speaker 1: touched by a dog is otherwise considered very unclean. A
• 1:48:58
  Speaker 1: bird is clean when it causes a fruit to fall
• 1:49:00
  Speaker 1: from a tree by pecking at it, though things eaten
• 1:49:03
  Speaker 1: by crows and other birds are considered unclean. And the
• 1:49:06
  Speaker 1: mouth of a woman is clean for kissing in such
• 1:49:09
  Speaker 1: like things at the time of sexual intercourse. Votziana moreover
• 1:49:13
  Speaker 1: thinks that in all these things connected with love, everybody
• 1:49:16
  Speaker 1: should act according to the custom of his country and
• 1:49:19
  Speaker 1: his own inclination. There are also the following verses on
• 1:49:23
  Speaker 1: the subject. The male servants of some men carry on
• 1:49:26
  Speaker 1: the mouth congress with their masters. It is also practiced
• 1:49:30
  Speaker 1: by some citizens who know each other well among themselves.
• 1:49:35
  Speaker 1: Some women of the Harem, when they are amorous, do
• 1:49:37
  Speaker 1: the acts of the mouth on the yonies of one another,
• 1:49:40
  Speaker 1: and some men do the same thing with women. The
• 1:49:43
  Speaker 1: way of doing this, i e. Of kissing the yoni
• 1:49:46
  Speaker 1: should be known from kissing the mouth. When a man
• 1:49:50
  Speaker 1: and woman lie down in an inverted order i e.
• 1:49:53
  Speaker 1: With the head of the one towards the feet of
• 1:49:54
  Speaker 1: the other, and carry on this congress, it is called
• 1:49:57
  Speaker 1: the congress of a crow the sake of such things,
• 1:50:01
  Speaker 1: Courtesans abandoned men possessed of good qualities, liberal and clever,
• 1:50:05
  Speaker 1: and become attached to low persons, such as slaves and
• 1:50:08
  Speaker 1: elephant drivers. The operash taka or mouth congress should never
• 1:50:13
  Speaker 1: be done by a learned brahmin, by a minister that
• 1:50:15
  Speaker 1: carries on the business of a state, or by a
• 1:50:18
  Speaker 1: man of good reputation, because though the practice is allowed
• 1:50:21
  Speaker 1: by the Shastras, there is no reason why it should
• 1:50:23
  Speaker 1: be carried on, and need only be practiced in particular cases,
• 1:50:28
  Speaker 1: as for instance, the taste and the strength and the
• 1:50:31
  Speaker 1: digestive qualities of the flesh of dogs are mentioned in
• 1:50:34
  Speaker 1: works on medicine. But it does not therefore follow that
• 1:50:36
  Speaker 1: it should be eaten by the wise. In the same way,
• 1:50:40
  Speaker 1: there are some men, some places, and sometimes with respect
• 1:50:43
  Speaker 1: to which these practices can be made use of. A
• 1:50:47
  Speaker 1: man should therefore pay regard to the place, to the time,
• 1:50:50
  Speaker 1: and to the practice which is to be carried out,
• 1:50:52
  Speaker 1: as also as to whether it is agreeable to his
• 1:50:55
  Speaker 1: nature and to himself. And then he may or may
• 1:50:57
  Speaker 1: not practice these things according to circumstances. But after all
• 1:51:02
  Speaker 1: these things being done secretly and the mind of the
• 1:51:04
  Speaker 1: man being fickle, How can it be known what any
• 1:51:07
  Speaker 1: person will do at any particular time and for any
• 1:51:09
  Speaker 1: particular purpose. Chapter ten of the Way, How to begin
• 1:51:14
  Speaker 1: and how to end the Congress, Different kinds of congress
• 1:51:18
  Speaker 1: and love quarrels. In the pleasure room decorated with flowers
• 1:51:22
  Speaker 1: and fragrant with perfumes, attended by his friends and servants,
• 1:51:26
  Speaker 1: the citizen should receive the woman, who will come bathed
• 1:51:29
  Speaker 1: and dressed, and will invite her to take refreshment and
• 1:51:31
  Speaker 1: to drink freely. He should then seat her on his
• 1:51:35
  Speaker 1: left side, and holding her hair and touching also the
• 1:51:38
  Speaker 1: end and not of her garment, he should gently embrace
• 1:51:41
  Speaker 1: her with his right arm. They should then carry on
• 1:51:44
  Speaker 1: an amusing conversation on various subjects, and may also talk
• 1:51:48
  Speaker 1: suggestively of things which would be considered as coarse or
• 1:51:51
  Speaker 1: not to be mentioned generally in society. They may then sing,
• 1:51:55
  Speaker 1: either with or without gesticulations, and play on musical instruments,
• 1:51:59
  Speaker 1: talk about the arts, and persuade each other to drink.
• 1:52:03
  Speaker 1: At last, when the woman is overcome with love and desire,
• 1:52:06
  Speaker 1: the citizen should dismiss the people that may be with him,
• 1:52:09
  Speaker 1: giving them flowers, ointment, and beetle leaves. And then when
• 1:52:12
  Speaker 1: the two are left alone, they should proceed as has
• 1:52:15
  Speaker 1: been already described in the previous chapters, such is the
• 1:52:19
  Speaker 1: beginning of sexual union. At the end of the congress,
• 1:52:23
  Speaker 1: the lovers, with modesty and not looking at each other,
• 1:52:26
  Speaker 1: should go separately to the washing room. After this, sitting
• 1:52:30
  Speaker 1: in their own places, they should eat some beetle leaves,
• 1:52:33
  Speaker 1: and the citizen should apply with his own hand to
• 1:52:35
  Speaker 1: the body of the woman some pure sandal wood ointment
• 1:52:38
  Speaker 1: or ointment of some other kind. He should then embrace
• 1:52:42
  Speaker 1: her with his left arm, and with agreeable words, should
• 1:52:44
  Speaker 1: cause her to drink from a cup held in his
• 1:52:46
  Speaker 1: own hand, or he may give her water to drink.
• 1:52:49
  Speaker 1: They can then eat sweetmeats or anything else according to
• 1:52:53
  Speaker 1: their likings, and may drink fresh juice, forty soup, gruel,
• 1:52:57
  Speaker 1: extracts of meat, sherbet, the juice of mango fruits, the
• 1:53:01
  Speaker 1: extract of the juice of the citron tree mixed with sugar,
• 1:53:04
  Speaker 1: or anything that may be liked in different countries and
• 1:53:07
  Speaker 1: known to be sweet, soft and pure. The lovers may
• 1:53:11
  Speaker 1: also sit on the terrace of the palace or house
• 1:53:14
  Speaker 1: and enjoy the moonlight and carry on an agreeable conversation.
• 1:53:18
  Speaker 1: At this time two, While the woman lies in his
• 1:53:21
  Speaker 1: lap with her face towards the moon, the citizens should
• 1:53:24
  Speaker 1: show her the different planets, the Morning Star, the Polar Star,
• 1:53:28
  Speaker 1: and the seven Rishies or great Bear. This is the
• 1:53:32
  Speaker 1: end of sexual union. Congress is of the following kinds viz.
• 1:53:37
  Speaker 1: Loving Congress, Congress of subsequent Love, Congress of artificial Love,
• 1:53:44
  Speaker 1: Congress of transferred love, Congress like that of eunuchs, deceitful Congress,
• 1:53:51
  Speaker 1: Congress of spontaneous love. One. When a man and a
• 1:53:56
  Speaker 1: woman who have been in love with each other for
• 1:53:58
  Speaker 1: some time come to together with great difficulty, or when
• 1:54:02
  Speaker 1: one of the two returns from a journey or is
• 1:54:04
  Speaker 1: reconciled after having been separated on account of a quarrel,
• 1:54:07
  Speaker 1: that in congress is called the loving Congress. It is
• 1:54:11
  Speaker 1: carried on according to the liking of the lovers and
• 1:54:14
  Speaker 1: as long as they choose two. When two persons come
• 1:54:18
  Speaker 1: together while their love for each other is still in
• 1:54:20
  Speaker 1: its infancy, their congress is called the Congress of subsequent Love.
• 1:54:25
  Speaker 1: Free when a man carries on the Congress by exciting
• 1:54:29
  Speaker 1: himself by means of the sixty four ways, such as kissing,
• 1:54:32
  Speaker 1: et cetera, et cetera. Or when a man and a
• 1:54:35
  Speaker 1: woman come together, though in reality they are both attached
• 1:54:38
  Speaker 1: to different persons. Their congress is then called congress of
• 1:54:42
  Speaker 1: artificial love. At this time, all the ways and means
• 1:54:45
  Speaker 1: mentioned in the Comma Shastra should be used. For When
• 1:54:49
  Speaker 1: a man, from the beginning to the end of the congress,
• 1:54:52
  Speaker 1: though having connection with the women, thinks all the time
• 1:54:55
  Speaker 1: that he is enjoying another one whom he loves, it
• 1:54:57
  Speaker 1: is called the congress of transferred love. Five. Congress between
• 1:55:03
  Speaker 1: a man and a female water carrier or a female
• 1:55:06
  Speaker 1: servant of a caste lower than his own, lasting only
• 1:55:09
  Speaker 1: until the desire is satisfied, is called congress like that
• 1:55:12
  Speaker 1: of eunuchs. Here external touches, kisses, and manipulations are not
• 1:55:17
  Speaker 1: to be employed. Six. The congress between a courtesan and
• 1:55:23
  Speaker 1: a rustic, and that between citizens and the women of
• 1:55:25
  Speaker 1: villages and bordering countries is called deceitful congress. Seven. The
• 1:55:31
  Speaker 1: congress that takes place between two persons who are attached
• 1:55:34
  Speaker 1: to one another, and which is done according to their
• 1:55:37
  Speaker 1: own liking, is called spontaneous congress. Thus ends the kinds
• 1:55:41
  Speaker 1: of congress we shall now speak of love quarrels. A
• 1:55:46
  Speaker 1: woman who is very much in love with a man
• 1:55:48
  Speaker 1: cannot bear to hear the name of her rival mentioned,
• 1:55:51
  Speaker 1: or to have any conversation regarding her, or to be
• 1:55:54
  Speaker 1: addressed by her name through mistake. If such takes place,
• 1:55:58
  Speaker 1: a great quarrel arises, and the woman cries, becomes angry,
• 1:56:02
  Speaker 1: tosses her hair about, strikes her lover, falls from her
• 1:56:05
  Speaker 1: bed or seat, and, casting aside her garlands and ornaments,
• 1:56:09
  Speaker 1: throws herself down on the ground. At this time, the
• 1:56:13
  Speaker 1: lover should attempt to reconcile her with conciliatory words, and
• 1:56:17
  Speaker 1: should take her up carefully and place her on her bed,
• 1:56:20
  Speaker 1: But she, not replying to his questions, and with increased anger,
• 1:56:24
  Speaker 1: should bend down his head by pulling his hair, and,
• 1:56:27
  Speaker 1: having kicked him once twice or thrice on his arm's head,
• 1:56:31
  Speaker 1: bosom or back, should then proceed to the door of
• 1:56:34
  Speaker 1: the room. Detaka says that she should then sit angrily
• 1:56:37
  Speaker 1: near the door and shed tears, but should not go
• 1:56:40
  Speaker 1: out because she would be found fault for going away.
• 1:56:44
  Speaker 1: After a time when she thinks that the conciliatory words
• 1:56:47
  Speaker 1: and actions of her lover have reached their utmost. She
• 1:56:50
  Speaker 1: should then embrace him, talking to him with harsh and
• 1:56:53
  Speaker 1: reproachful words, but at the same time showing a loving
• 1:56:55
  Speaker 1: desire for congress. When the woman is in her own
• 1:56:59
  Speaker 1: house and has quarreled with her lover, she should go
• 1:57:02
  Speaker 1: to him and show how angry she is, and leave him. Afterwards,
• 1:57:06
  Speaker 1: the citizen, having sent the vida forty one, the Vitushaka
• 1:57:10
  Speaker 1: forty one, or the Pithemerda forty one to pacify her,
• 1:57:15
  Speaker 1: she should accompany them back to the house and spend
• 1:57:17
  Speaker 1: the night with her lover. Thus, and the love quarrels
• 1:57:22
  Speaker 1: in conclusion, a man employing the sixty four means mentioned
• 1:57:26
  Speaker 1: by Babravia obtains his object and enjoys the woman of
• 1:57:30
  Speaker 1: the first quality. Though he may speak well on other subjects,
• 1:57:34
  Speaker 1: if he does not know the sixty four divisions, no
• 1:57:37
  Speaker 1: great respect is paid to him in the assembly of
• 1:57:39
  Speaker 1: the learned. A man devoid of other knowledge, but well
• 1:57:43
  Speaker 1: acquainted with the sixty four divisions, becomes a leader in
• 1:57:47
  Speaker 1: any society of men and women. What man will not
• 1:57:50
  Speaker 1: respect the sixty four parts forty two, considering they are
• 1:57:54
  Speaker 1: respected by the learned, by the cunning, and by the courtesans.
• 1:57:58
  Speaker 1: As the sixty four parts are respected, are charming and
• 1:58:02
  Speaker 1: add to the talent of women. They are called by
• 1:58:04
  Speaker 1: the Acharya's dear to women. A man skilled in the
• 1:58:07
  Speaker 1: sixty four parts is looked upon with love by his
• 1:58:10
  Speaker 1: own wife, by the wives of others, and by courtesans.
• 1:58:14
  Speaker 1: End of Part two, Part three about the acquisition of
• 1:58:19
  Speaker 1: a wife. Chapter one on marriage. When a girl of
• 1:58:24
  Speaker 1: the same caste and a virgin is married in accordance
• 1:58:27
  Speaker 1: with the precepts of Holy writ the results of such
• 1:58:30
  Speaker 1: an union are the acquisition of dharma and arthur offspring, affinity,
• 1:58:35
  Speaker 1: increase of friends, and untarnished love. For this reason, a
• 1:58:39
  Speaker 1: man should fix his affections upon a girl who is
• 1:58:41
  Speaker 1: of good family, whose parents are alive, and who is
• 1:58:45
  Speaker 1: three years or more younger than himself. She should be
• 1:58:48
  Speaker 1: born of a highly respectable family, possessed of wealth, well connected,
• 1:58:52
  Speaker 1: and with many relations and friends. She should also be beautiful,
• 1:58:57
  Speaker 1: of a good disposition, with lucky marks on her boy body,
• 1:59:00
  Speaker 1: and with good hair, nails, teeth, ears, eyes, and breasts
• 1:59:05
  Speaker 1: neither more nor less than they ought to be, and
• 1:59:07
  Speaker 1: no one of them entirely wanting and not troubled with
• 1:59:10
  Speaker 1: a sickly body. The man should, of course also possess
• 1:59:14
  Speaker 1: these qualities himself. But at all events, says go to Kamuka,
• 1:59:19
  Speaker 1: a girl who has been already joined with others i e.
• 1:59:22
  Speaker 1: No longer a maiden, should never be loved, for it
• 1:59:25
  Speaker 1: would be reproachable to do such a thing now. In
• 1:59:28
  Speaker 1: order to bring about a marriage with such a girl,
• 1:59:30
  Speaker 1: as described above, the parents and relations of the man
• 1:59:33
  Speaker 1: should exert themselves, as also such friends on both sides
• 1:59:37
  Speaker 1: as may be desired to assist in the matter. These
• 1:59:40
  Speaker 1: friends should bring to the notice of the girl's parents
• 1:59:43
  Speaker 1: the faults, both present and future, of all the other
• 1:59:46
  Speaker 1: men that may wish to marry her, and should at
• 1:59:48
  Speaker 1: the same time extall, even to exaggeration, all the excellencies,
• 1:59:52
  Speaker 1: ancestral and paternal of their friend, so as to endear
• 1:59:56
  Speaker 1: him to them, and particularly to those that may be
• 1:59:59
  Speaker 1: liked by the girl's mother. One of the friends should
• 2:00:02
  Speaker 1: also disguise himself as an astrologer and declare the future
• 2:00:06
  Speaker 1: good fortune and wealth of his friend by showing the
• 2:00:08
  Speaker 1: existence of all the lucky omens forty three and signs
• 2:00:12
  Speaker 1: forty four, the good influence of planets, the auspicious entrance
• 2:00:17
  Speaker 1: of the sun into a sign of the zodiac, propitious stars,
• 2:00:20
  Speaker 1: and fortunate marks on his body. Others again should rouse
• 2:00:24
  Speaker 1: the jealousy of the girl's mother by telling her that
• 2:00:26
  Speaker 1: their friend has a chance of getting from some other
• 2:00:28
  Speaker 1: quarter even a better girl than hers. A girl should
• 2:00:32
  Speaker 1: be taken as a wife, as also given in marriage
• 2:00:35
  Speaker 1: when fortune, signs omens and the words forty five of
• 2:00:39
  Speaker 1: others are favorable for says go to Kamuka. A man
• 2:00:43
  Speaker 1: should not marry at any time he likes. A girl
• 2:00:46
  Speaker 1: who is asleep, crying, or gone out of the house
• 2:00:49
  Speaker 1: when sought in marriage, or who is betrothed to another
• 2:00:52
  Speaker 1: should not be married. The following also should be avoided.
• 2:00:56
  Speaker 1: One who is kept concealed, one who has an ill
• 2:00:59
  Speaker 1: sse sounding name. One who has her nose depressed, one
• 2:01:04
  Speaker 1: who has her nostril turned up, one who is formed
• 2:01:08
  Speaker 1: like a male, one who is bent down, one who
• 2:01:12
  Speaker 1: has crooked thighs, one who has a projecting forehead, one
• 2:01:17
  Speaker 1: who has a bald head, one who does not like purity,
• 2:01:21
  Speaker 1: one who has been polluted by another, one who is
• 2:01:25
  Speaker 1: afflicted with the goma forty six. One who is disfigured
• 2:01:28
  Speaker 1: in any way, one who has fully arrived at puberty,
• 2:01:33
  Speaker 1: one who is a friend, one who is a younger sister,
• 2:01:37
  Speaker 1: one who is a varshikari forty seven. In the same way,
• 2:01:41
  Speaker 1: a girl who is called by the name of one
• 2:01:43
  Speaker 1: of the twenty seven stars, or by the name of
• 2:01:46
  Speaker 1: a tree or of a river is considered worthless, as
• 2:01:50
  Speaker 1: also a girl whose name ends in R or L.
• 2:01:54
  Speaker 1: But some authors say that prosperity is gained only by
• 2:01:57
  Speaker 1: marrying that girl to whom one becomes attached, and that
• 2:02:00
  Speaker 1: therefore no other girl but the one who is loved,
• 2:02:02
  Speaker 1: should be married by any one. When a girl becomes marriageable,
• 2:02:06
  Speaker 1: her parents should dress her smartly and should place her
• 2:02:09
  Speaker 1: where she can be easily seen by all. Every afternoon.
• 2:02:13
  Speaker 1: Having dressed her and decorated her in a becoming manner,
• 2:02:16
  Speaker 1: they should send her with her female companions to sports
• 2:02:19
  Speaker 1: sacrifices and marriage ceremonies, and thus show her to advantage
• 2:02:23
  Speaker 1: in society because she is a kind of merchandise. They
• 2:02:27
  Speaker 1: should also receive with kind words and signs of friendliness
• 2:02:30
  Speaker 1: those of an auspicious appearance who may come accompanied by
• 2:02:33
  Speaker 1: their friends and relations for the purpose of marrying their daughter,
• 2:02:36
  Speaker 1: and under some pretext or other, having first dressed her becomingly,
• 2:02:39
  Speaker 1: should then present her to them. After this they should
• 2:02:43
  Speaker 1: await the pleasure of fortune, and with this object should
• 2:02:45
  Speaker 1: appoint a future day on which a determination could be
• 2:02:48
  Speaker 1: come to with regard to their daughter's marriage. On this occasion,
• 2:02:52
  Speaker 1: when the persons have come, the parents of the girl
• 2:02:54
  Speaker 1: should ask them to bathe and dine, and should say
• 2:02:57
  Speaker 1: everything will take place at the proper time, and should
• 2:03:00
  Speaker 1: not then comply with the request, but should settle the
• 2:03:03
  Speaker 1: matter later. When a girl is thus acquired, either according
• 2:03:07
  Speaker 1: to the custom of the country or according to his
• 2:03:09
  Speaker 1: own desire, the man should marry her in accordance with
• 2:03:12
  Speaker 1: the precepts of the Holy Writ, according to one of
• 2:03:14
  Speaker 1: the four kinds of marriage. Thus ends marriage. There are
• 2:03:19
  Speaker 1: also some verses on the subject, as follows amusement in society,
• 2:03:23
  Speaker 1: such as completing verses begun by others. Marriages and auspicious
• 2:03:27
  Speaker 1: ceremonies should be carried on neither with superiors nor inferiors,
• 2:03:31
  Speaker 1: but with our equals. That should be known as a
• 2:03:34
  Speaker 1: high connection. When a man, after marrying a girl, has
• 2:03:37
  Speaker 1: to serve her and her relations afterwards like a servant,
• 2:03:40
  Speaker 1: and such a connection is censured by the good. On
• 2:03:44
  Speaker 1: the other hand, that reproachable connection, where a man, together
• 2:03:47
  Speaker 1: with his relations, lords it over his wife, is called
• 2:03:50
  Speaker 1: a low connection by the wise. But when both the
• 2:03:54
  Speaker 1: man and the woman afford mutual pleasure to each other,
• 2:03:57
  Speaker 1: and when the relatives on both sides pay respect to
• 2:03:59
  Speaker 1: one another, such as call the connection in the proper
• 2:04:02
  Speaker 1: sense of the word. Therefore, a man should contract neither
• 2:04:06
  Speaker 1: a high connection by which he is obliged to bow
• 2:04:08
  Speaker 1: down afterwards to his kinsmen, nor a low connection, which
• 2:04:11
  Speaker 1: is universally reprehended by all. Chapter two of creating confidence
• 2:04:17
  Speaker 1: in the girl. For the first three days after marriage,
• 2:04:21
  Speaker 1: the girl and her husband should sleep on the floor,
• 2:04:23
  Speaker 1: abstain from sexual pleasures, and eat their food without seasoning it,
• 2:04:27
  Speaker 1: either with alkali or salt. For the next seven days,
• 2:04:31
  Speaker 1: they should bathe amidst the sounds of auspicious musical instruments,
• 2:04:34
  Speaker 1: should decorate themselves, dine together, and pay attention to their relations,
• 2:04:39
  Speaker 1: as well as to those who may have come to
• 2:04:40
  Speaker 1: witness their marriage. This is applicable to persons of all castes.
• 2:04:46
  Speaker 1: On the night of the tenth day, the man should
• 2:04:48
  Speaker 1: begin in a lonely place with soft words, and thus
• 2:04:51
  Speaker 1: create confidence in the girl. Some authors say that for
• 2:04:54
  Speaker 1: the purpose of winning her over, he should not speak
• 2:04:57
  Speaker 1: to her for three days, but the followers of Babraviia
• 2:05:00
  Speaker 1: are of opinion that if the man does not speak
• 2:05:02
  Speaker 1: with her for three days, the girl may be discouraged
• 2:05:05
  Speaker 1: by seeing him spiritless like a pillar, and becoming dejected.
• 2:05:08
  Speaker 1: She may begin to despise him as a eunuch. Votziana
• 2:05:12
  Speaker 1: says that the man should begin to win her over
• 2:05:15
  Speaker 1: and to create confidence in her, but should abstain at
• 2:05:18
  Speaker 1: first from sexual pleasures. Women, being of a tender nature,
• 2:05:22
  Speaker 1: want tender beginnings, and when they are forcibly approached by
• 2:05:25
  Speaker 1: men with whom they are but slightly acquainted, they sometimes
• 2:05:28
  Speaker 1: suddenly become haters of sexual connection, and sometimes even haters
• 2:05:32
  Speaker 1: of the male sex. The man should, therefore approach the
• 2:05:36
  Speaker 1: girl according to her liking, and should make use of
• 2:05:38
  Speaker 1: those devices by which he may be able to establish
• 2:05:41
  Speaker 1: himself more and more into her confidence. These devices are
• 2:05:45
  Speaker 1: as follows. He should embrace her, first of all, in
• 2:05:48
  Speaker 1: a way she likes most, because it does not last
• 2:05:50
  Speaker 1: for a long time. He should embrace her with the
• 2:05:53
  Speaker 1: upper part of his body, because that is easier and
• 2:05:56
  Speaker 1: simpler If the girl is grown up, or if the
• 2:05:59
  Speaker 1: man has known her for some time, he may embrace
• 2:06:02
  Speaker 1: her by the light of a lamp. But if he
• 2:06:04
  Speaker 1: is not well acquainted with her, or if she is
• 2:06:06
  Speaker 1: a young girl, he should then embrace her in darkness.
• 2:06:10
  Speaker 1: When the girl accepts the embrace, the man should put
• 2:06:12
  Speaker 1: a tambula or screw of beetle nut and beetle leaves
• 2:06:15
  Speaker 1: in her mouth, and if she will not take it,
• 2:06:18
  Speaker 1: he should induce her to do so by conciliatory words, entreaties, oaths,
• 2:06:22
  Speaker 1: and kneeling at her feet. For it is a universal
• 2:06:25
  Speaker 1: rule that however bashful or angry a woman may be,
• 2:06:29
  Speaker 1: she never disregards a man kneeling at her feet. At
• 2:06:32
  Speaker 1: the time of giving this tambula, he should kiss her
• 2:06:35
  Speaker 1: mouth softly and gracefully, without making any sound. When she
• 2:06:39
  Speaker 1: has gained over in this respect, he should then make
• 2:06:41
  Speaker 1: her talk, And so that she may be induced to talk,
• 2:06:44
  Speaker 1: he should ask her questions about things of which he
• 2:06:46
  Speaker 1: knows or pretends to know nothing, and which can be
• 2:06:49
  Speaker 1: answered in a few words. If she does not speak
• 2:06:52
  Speaker 1: to him, he should not frighten her, but should ask
• 2:06:55
  Speaker 1: her the same thing again and again in a conciliatory manner.
• 2:06:59
  Speaker 1: If she does not then and speak, he should urge
• 2:07:01
  Speaker 1: her to give a reply, because, as Goto Kumuka says,
• 2:07:04
  Speaker 1: all girls hear everything said to them by men, but
• 2:07:06
  Speaker 1: do not themselves sometimes say a single word. When she
• 2:07:10
  Speaker 1: is thus importuned, the girl should give replies by shakes
• 2:07:13
  Speaker 1: of the head, But if she quarreled with the man,
• 2:07:16
  Speaker 1: she should not even do that. When she is asked
• 2:07:19
  Speaker 1: by the man whether she wishes for him and whether
• 2:07:21
  Speaker 1: she likes him, she should remain silent for a long time,
• 2:07:24
  Speaker 1: and when at last importune to reply, should give him
• 2:07:27
  Speaker 1: a favorable answer by a nod of the head. If
• 2:07:30
  Speaker 1: the man is previously acquainted with the girl, he should
• 2:07:33
  Speaker 1: converse with her by means of a female friend who
• 2:07:36
  Speaker 1: may be favorable to him and in the confidence of both,
• 2:07:39
  Speaker 1: and carry on the conversation on both sides. On such
• 2:07:43
  Speaker 1: an occasion, the girl should smile with her head bent down,
• 2:07:46
  Speaker 1: and if the female friend say more on her part
• 2:07:48
  Speaker 1: than she was desired to do, she should chide her
• 2:07:51
  Speaker 1: and dispute with her. The female friend should say in
• 2:07:54
  Speaker 1: jest even what she is not desired to say by
• 2:07:56
  Speaker 1: the girl, and that she says so on which the
• 2:07:59
  Speaker 1: girl should say indistinctly and prettily, oh, no, I did
• 2:08:04
  Speaker 1: not say so, And she should then smile and throw
• 2:08:06
  Speaker 1: an occasional glance towards the man. If the girl is
• 2:08:10
  Speaker 1: familiar with the man, she should place near him, without
• 2:08:13
  Speaker 1: saying anything, the tambula, the ointment, or the garland that
• 2:08:17
  Speaker 1: he may have asked for, or she may tie them
• 2:08:19
  Speaker 1: up in his upper garment. While she is engaged in this,
• 2:08:23
  Speaker 1: the man should touch her young breasts in the sounding
• 2:08:25
  Speaker 1: way of pressing with the nails, and if she prevents
• 2:08:28
  Speaker 1: him doing this, he should say to her, I will
• 2:08:30
  Speaker 1: not do it again if you will embrace me, and should,
• 2:08:32
  Speaker 1: in this way cause her to embrace him. While he
• 2:08:35
  Speaker 1: is being embraced by her, he should pass his hand
• 2:08:37
  Speaker 1: repeatedly over and about her body. By and by he
• 2:08:41
  Speaker 1: should place her in his lap and try more and
• 2:08:43
  Speaker 1: more to gain her consent. And if she will not
• 2:08:46
  Speaker 1: yield to him, he should frighten her by saying, I
• 2:08:48
  Speaker 1: shall impress marks of my teeth and nails on your
• 2:08:50
  Speaker 1: lips and breasts, and then make similar marks on my
• 2:08:54
  Speaker 1: own body, and shall tell my friends that you did them.
• 2:08:58
  Speaker 1: What will you say then? In this and other ways,
• 2:09:01
  Speaker 1: as fear and confidence are created in the minds of children,
• 2:09:05
  Speaker 1: so should the man gain her over to his wishes.
• 2:09:08
  Speaker 1: On the second and third nights, after her confidence has
• 2:09:11
  Speaker 1: increased still more, he should feel the whole of her
• 2:09:13
  Speaker 1: body with his hands and kiss her all over. He
• 2:09:16
  Speaker 1: should also place his hands upon her thighs and shampoo them,
• 2:09:19
  Speaker 1: and if he succeed in this, he should then shampoo
• 2:09:22
  Speaker 1: the joints of her thighs. If she tries to prevent
• 2:09:25
  Speaker 1: him doing this, he should say to her what harm
• 2:09:28
  Speaker 1: is there in doing it, and should persuade her to
• 2:09:30
  Speaker 1: let him do it. After gaining this point, he should
• 2:09:33
  Speaker 1: touch her private parts, should loosen her girdle and the
• 2:09:36
  Speaker 1: knot of her dress, and turning up her lower garments,
• 2:09:38
  Speaker 1: should shampoo the joints of her naked thighs under various pretenses.
• 2:09:43
  Speaker 1: He should do all these things, but he should not
• 2:09:45
  Speaker 1: at that time begin actual congress. After this, he should
• 2:09:49
  Speaker 1: teach her the sixty four arts, should tell her how
• 2:09:52
  Speaker 1: much he loves her, and describe to her the hopes
• 2:09:54
  Speaker 1: which he formerly entertained regarding her. He should also promise
• 2:09:58
  Speaker 1: to be faithful to her in dead future, and should
• 2:10:01
  Speaker 1: dispel all her fears with respect to rival women. And
• 2:10:04
  Speaker 1: at last, after having overcome her bashfulness, he should begin
• 2:10:08
  Speaker 1: to enjoy her in a way so as not to
• 2:10:09
  Speaker 1: frighten her. So much about creating confidence in the girl,
• 2:10:13
  Speaker 1: and there are moreover some verses on the subject, as follows,
• 2:10:17
  Speaker 1: A man acting according to the inclinations of a girl
• 2:10:20
  Speaker 1: should try and gain her over so that she may
• 2:10:22
  Speaker 1: love him and place her confidence in him. A man
• 2:10:25
  Speaker 1: does not succeed either by implicitly following the inclination of
• 2:10:29
  Speaker 1: a girl or by wholly opposing her, and he should
• 2:10:31
  Speaker 1: therefore adopt a middle course. He who knows how to
• 2:10:35
  Speaker 1: make himself beloved by women, as well as to increase
• 2:10:38
  Speaker 1: their honor and create confidence in them, this man becomes
• 2:10:41
  Speaker 1: an object of their love. But he who neglects a girl,
• 2:10:45
  Speaker 1: thinking she is too bashful, is despised by her as
• 2:10:48
  Speaker 1: a beast ignorant of the working of the female mind. Moreover,
• 2:10:52
  Speaker 1: a girl, forcibly enjoyed by one who does not understand
• 2:10:55
  Speaker 1: the hearts of girls, becomes nervous, uneasy, and dejected, and
• 2:10:59
  Speaker 1: suddenly begins to hate the man who has taken advantage
• 2:11:02
  Speaker 1: of her. And then, when her love is not understood,
• 2:11:05
  Speaker 1: or returned, she sinks into despondency and becomes either a
• 2:11:08
  Speaker 1: hater of mankind altogether or hating her own man. She
• 2:11:13
  Speaker 1: has recourse to other men forty eight, Chapter three on
• 2:11:17
  Speaker 1: courtship and the manifestation of the feelings by outward signs
• 2:11:21
  Speaker 1: and deeds. A poor man possessed of good qualities, a
• 2:11:25
  Speaker 1: man born of a low family possessed of mediocre qualities,
• 2:11:29
  Speaker 1: a neighbor possessed of wealth, and one under the control
• 2:11:32
  Speaker 1: of his father, mother, or brothers should not marry without
• 2:11:35
  Speaker 1: endeavoring to gain over the girl from her childhood to
• 2:11:38
  Speaker 1: love and esteem them. Thus, a boy separated from his
• 2:11:41
  Speaker 1: parents and living in the house of his uncle should
• 2:11:44
  Speaker 1: try to gain over the daughter of his uncle or
• 2:11:46
  Speaker 1: some other girl, even though she be previously betrothed to another.
• 2:11:51
  Speaker 1: And this way of gaining over a girl, says go
• 2:11:53
  Speaker 1: to Kamocha, is unexceptional, because dharma can be accomplished by
• 2:11:57
  Speaker 1: means of it as well as by any other way
• 2:11:59
  Speaker 1: of marriage. When a boy has thus begun to woo
• 2:12:03
  Speaker 1: the girl he loves, he should spend his time with
• 2:12:05
  Speaker 1: her and amuse her with various games and diversions fitted
• 2:12:08
  Speaker 1: for their age and acquaintanceship, such as picking and collecting flowers,
• 2:12:12
  Speaker 1: making garlands of flowers, playing the parts of members of
• 2:12:15
  Speaker 1: a fictitious family, cooking food, playing with dice, playing with cards,
• 2:12:21
  Speaker 1: the game of odd and even the game of finding
• 2:12:23
  Speaker 1: out the middle finger, the game of six pebbles, and
• 2:12:26
  Speaker 1: such other games as may be prevalent in the country
• 2:12:29
  Speaker 1: and agreeable to the disposition of the girl. In addition
• 2:12:33
  Speaker 1: to this, he should carry on various amusing games played
• 2:12:36
  Speaker 1: by several persons together, such as hide and seek, playing
• 2:12:39
  Speaker 1: with seeds, hiding things in several small heaps of wheat
• 2:12:43
  Speaker 1: and looking for them, blind man's buff, gymnastic exercises, and
• 2:12:47
  Speaker 1: other games of the same sort. In company with the girl,
• 2:12:50
  Speaker 1: her friends, and female attendants. The man should also show
• 2:12:54
  Speaker 1: great kindness to any woman whom the girl thinks fit
• 2:12:57
  Speaker 1: to be trusted, and should also make new acquaintances. But
• 2:13:00
  Speaker 1: above all he should attach to himself by kindness and
• 2:13:03
  Speaker 1: little services the daughter of the girl's nurse, for if
• 2:13:06
  Speaker 1: she be gained over, even though she comes to know
• 2:13:08
  Speaker 1: of his design, she does not cause any obstruction, but
• 2:13:12
  Speaker 1: is sometimes even able to affect an union between him
• 2:13:15
  Speaker 1: and the girl. And though she knows the true character
• 2:13:18
  Speaker 1: of the man. She always talks of as many excellent
• 2:13:20
  Speaker 1: qualities to the parents and relations of the girl, even
• 2:13:23
  Speaker 1: though she may not be desired to do so by him.
• 2:13:27
  Speaker 1: In this way, the man should do whatever the girl
• 2:13:29
  Speaker 1: takes most delight in, and he should get for her
• 2:13:31
  Speaker 1: whatever she may have a desire to possess. Thus he
• 2:13:35
  Speaker 1: should procure for her such playthings as may be hardly
• 2:13:37
  Speaker 1: known to other girls. He may also show her a
• 2:13:41
  Speaker 1: bald dye with various colors, and other curiosities of the
• 2:13:44
  Speaker 1: same sort, and should give her dolls made of cloth, wood, buffalo, horn, ivory, wax,
• 2:13:50
  Speaker 1: flour or earth. Also utensils for cooking food, and figures
• 2:13:54
  Speaker 1: in wood, such as a man and woman standing, a
• 2:13:57
  Speaker 1: pair of rams or goats or sheep. Also temples made
• 2:14:01
  Speaker 1: of earth, bamboo or wood dedicated to various goddesses, and
• 2:14:06
  Speaker 1: cages for parrots, cuckoos, starlings, quails, cocks, and partridges. Water
• 2:14:12
  Speaker 1: vessels of different sorts and of elegant forms, machines for
• 2:14:15
  Speaker 1: throwing water about guitars, stands for putting images upon stools,
• 2:14:20
  Speaker 1: lac red arsenic yellow, ointment, vermilion, and colerium, as well
• 2:14:25
  Speaker 1: as sandal wood, saffron, beetle nut, and beetle leaves. Such
• 2:14:30
  Speaker 1: things should be given at different times whenever he gets
• 2:14:33
  Speaker 1: a good opportunity of meeting her, and some of them
• 2:14:35
  Speaker 1: should be given in private and some in public, according
• 2:14:38
  Speaker 1: to circumstances. In short, he should try in every way
• 2:14:42
  Speaker 1: to make her look upon him as one who would
• 2:14:44
  Speaker 1: do for her everything that she wanted to be done.
• 2:14:47
  Speaker 1: In the next place, he should get her to meet
• 2:14:49
  Speaker 1: him in some place privately, and should then tell her
• 2:14:52
  Speaker 1: that the reason of his giving presents to her in
• 2:14:54
  Speaker 1: secret was the fear that the parents of both of
• 2:14:56
  Speaker 1: them might be displeased. And then he may add that
• 2:14:58
  Speaker 1: the things which he had given her had been and
• 2:15:00
  Speaker 1: much desired by other people. When her love begins to
• 2:15:03
  Speaker 1: show signs of increasing, he should relate to her agreeable stories.
• 2:15:07
  Speaker 1: If she expresses a wish to hear such narratives, or
• 2:15:10
  Speaker 1: if she takes delight in leger Demaine, he should amaze
• 2:15:13
  Speaker 1: her by performing various tricks of jugglery, or if she
• 2:15:16
  Speaker 1: feels a great curiosity to see a performance of the
• 2:15:19
  Speaker 1: various arts, he should show his own skill in them.
• 2:15:22
  Speaker 1: When she is delighted with singing, he should entertain her
• 2:15:25
  Speaker 1: with music, and on certain days, and at the time
• 2:15:28
  Speaker 1: of going together to moonlight fairs and festivals, and at
• 2:15:31
  Speaker 1: the time of her return after being absent from home,
• 2:15:34
  Speaker 1: he should present her with bouquets of flowers, and with
• 2:15:36
  Speaker 1: chaplets for the head, and with ear ornaments and rings.
• 2:15:40
  Speaker 1: For these are the proper occasions on which such things
• 2:15:43
  Speaker 1: should be presented. He should also teach the daughter of
• 2:15:46
  Speaker 1: the girl's nurse all the sixty four means of pleasure
• 2:15:49
  Speaker 1: practiced by men, and under this pretext should also inform
• 2:15:52
  Speaker 1: her of his great skill in the art of sexual enjoyment.
• 2:15:56
  Speaker 1: All this time he should wear a fine dress and
• 2:15:58
  Speaker 1: make as good an appearance as possible. For young women
• 2:16:01
  Speaker 1: love men who live with them, and who are handsome,
• 2:16:04
  Speaker 1: good looking, and well dressed. As for the saying that
• 2:16:07
  Speaker 1: though women may fall in love, they still make no
• 2:16:10
  Speaker 1: effort themselves to gain over the object of their affections,
• 2:16:13
  Speaker 1: that is only a matter of idle talk. Now, a
• 2:16:16
  Speaker 1: girl always shows her love by outward signs and actions,
• 2:16:20
  Speaker 1: such as the following. She never looks the man in
• 2:16:22
  Speaker 1: the face, and becomes abashed when she is looked at
• 2:16:25
  Speaker 1: by him. Under some pretext or other she shows her
• 2:16:28
  Speaker 1: limbs to him. She looks secretly at him though he
• 2:16:30
  Speaker 1: has gone away from her side, hangs down her head
• 2:16:34
  Speaker 1: when she has asked some question by him, and answers
• 2:16:36
  Speaker 1: in indistinct words and unfinished sentences. Delights to be in
• 2:16:40
  Speaker 1: his company for a long time. Speaks to her attendants
• 2:16:43
  Speaker 1: in a peculiar tone with the hope of attracting his
• 2:16:45
  Speaker 1: attention towards her. When she is at a distance from him,
• 2:16:48
  Speaker 1: does not wish to go from the place where he is.
• 2:16:51
  Speaker 1: Under some pretext or others, she makes him look at
• 2:16:53
  Speaker 1: different things, narrates to him tales and stories very slowly,
• 2:16:57
  Speaker 1: so that she may continue conversing with him for a
• 2:16:59
  Speaker 1: long time, kisses and embraces before him. A child sitting
• 2:17:02
  Speaker 1: in her lap draws ornamental marks on the foreheads of
• 2:17:05
  Speaker 1: her female servants performed sportive and graceful movements when her
• 2:17:10
  Speaker 1: attendants speak jestingly to her in the presence of her lover.
• 2:17:13
  Speaker 1: Confides in her lover's friends and respects and obeys them.
• 2:17:16
  Speaker 1: Shows kindness to his servants, converses with them, and engages
• 2:17:20
  Speaker 1: them to do her work as if she were their mistress,
• 2:17:23
  Speaker 1: and listens attentively to them. When they tell stories about
• 2:17:26
  Speaker 1: her lover to somebody else. Enters his house when induced
• 2:17:29
  Speaker 1: to do so by the daughter of her nurse, and
• 2:17:31
  Speaker 1: by her assistance, manages to converse and play with him.
• 2:17:34
  Speaker 1: Avoids being seen by her lover when she is not
• 2:17:36
  Speaker 1: dressed and decorated, gives him, by the hand of her
• 2:17:39
  Speaker 1: female friend her ear, ornament, ring, or garland of flowers
• 2:17:43
  Speaker 1: that he may have asked to see, always wears anything
• 2:17:46
  Speaker 1: that he may have presented to her. Become dejected when
• 2:17:49
  Speaker 1: any other bridegroom is mentioned by her parents, and does
• 2:17:52
  Speaker 1: not mix with those who may be of her party
• 2:17:54
  Speaker 1: or who may support his claims. There are also some
• 2:17:58
  Speaker 1: verses on the subject, as follows. A man who has
• 2:18:01
  Speaker 1: seen and perceived the feelings of the girl towards him,
• 2:18:03
  Speaker 1: and who has noticed the outward signs and movements by
• 2:18:06
  Speaker 1: which those feelings are expressed, should do everything in his
• 2:18:09
  Speaker 1: power to affect an union with her. He should gain
• 2:18:12
  Speaker 1: over a young girl by childlike sports, a damsel come
• 2:18:16
  Speaker 1: of age by his skill in the arts, and a
• 2:18:18
  Speaker 1: girl that loves him by having recourse to persons in
• 2:18:20
  Speaker 1: whom she confides. Chapter four about things to be done
• 2:18:25
  Speaker 1: only by the man and the acquisition of the girl.
• 2:18:28
  Speaker 1: Thereby also what is to be done by a girl
• 2:18:31
  Speaker 1: to gain over a man and subject him to her. Now,
• 2:18:35
  Speaker 1: when the girl begins to show her love by outward
• 2:18:37
  Speaker 1: signs and motions, as described in the last chapter, the
• 2:18:41
  Speaker 1: lover should try to gain her over entirely by various
• 2:18:44
  Speaker 1: ways and means, such as the following. When engaged with
• 2:18:48
  Speaker 1: her in any game or sport, he should intentionally hold
• 2:18:50
  Speaker 1: her hand. He should practice upon her the various kinds
• 2:18:54
  Speaker 1: of embraces, such as the touching embrace, and others already
• 2:18:57
  Speaker 1: described in a preceding chapter, Part two. Chapter two, he
• 2:19:03
  Speaker 1: should show her a pair of human beings cut out
• 2:19:05
  Speaker 1: of the leaf of a tree, and such like things.
• 2:19:08
  Speaker 1: At intervals, when engaged in water sports, he should dive
• 2:19:12
  Speaker 1: at a distance from her and come up close to her.
• 2:19:16
  Speaker 1: He should show an increased liking for the new foliage
• 2:19:18
  Speaker 1: of trees and such like things. He should describe to
• 2:19:22
  Speaker 1: her the pangs he suffers on her account. He should
• 2:19:25
  Speaker 1: relate to her the beautiful dream that he has had
• 2:19:28
  Speaker 1: with reference to other women. At parties and assemblies of
• 2:19:31
  Speaker 1: his caste, he should sit near her and touch her
• 2:19:34
  Speaker 1: under some pretense or other and having placed his foot
• 2:19:36
  Speaker 1: upon hers, he should slowly touch each of her toes
• 2:19:39
  Speaker 1: and press the ends of the nails. If successful in this,
• 2:19:43
  Speaker 1: he should get hold of her foot with his hand
• 2:19:45
  Speaker 1: and repeat the same thing. He should also press a
• 2:19:48
  Speaker 1: finger of her hand between his toes when she happens
• 2:19:50
  Speaker 1: to be washing his feet. And whenever he gives anything
• 2:19:53
  Speaker 1: to her or takes anything from her, he should show
• 2:19:56
  Speaker 1: her by his manner and look how much he loves her.
• 2:19:59
  Speaker 1: He should spring upon her the water brought for rinsing
• 2:20:01
  Speaker 1: his mouth, and when alone with her in a lonely
• 2:20:04
  Speaker 1: place or in darkness, he should make love to her
• 2:20:07
  Speaker 1: and tell her the true state of his mind, without
• 2:20:09
  Speaker 1: distressing her in any way. Whenever he sits with her
• 2:20:13
  Speaker 1: on the same seat or bed, he should say to her,
• 2:20:15
  Speaker 1: I have something to tell you in private, And then
• 2:20:18
  Speaker 1: when she comes to hear it in a quiet place,
• 2:20:20
  Speaker 1: he should express his love to her more by manner
• 2:20:22
  Speaker 1: and signs than by words. When he comes to know
• 2:20:26
  Speaker 1: the state of her feelings towards him, he should pretend
• 2:20:28
  Speaker 1: to be ill, and should make her come to his
• 2:20:30
  Speaker 1: house to speak to him. There, he should intentionally hold
• 2:20:33
  Speaker 1: her hand and place it on his eyes. And forehead,
• 2:20:36
  Speaker 1: and under the pretense of preparing some medicine for him,
• 2:20:39
  Speaker 1: he should ask her to do work for his sake
• 2:20:40
  Speaker 1: in the following words. This work must be done by
• 2:20:43
  Speaker 1: you and by nobody else. When she wants to go away,
• 2:20:47
  Speaker 1: he should let her go with an earnest request to
• 2:20:49
  Speaker 1: come and see him again. This device of illness should
• 2:20:53
  Speaker 1: be continued for three days and three nights. After this,
• 2:20:57
  Speaker 1: when she begins coming to see him frequently, he should
• 2:21:00
  Speaker 1: carry on long conversations with her. For says go to Kamuka.
• 2:21:04
  Speaker 1: Though a man loves a girl ever so much, he
• 2:21:06
  Speaker 1: never succeeds in winning her without a great deal of talking.
• 2:21:10
  Speaker 1: At last, when the man finds the girl completely gained over,
• 2:21:14
  Speaker 1: he may then begin to enjoy her. As for the
• 2:21:17
  Speaker 1: saying that women grow less timid than usual during the
• 2:21:20
  Speaker 1: evening and in darkness, and are desirous of congress at
• 2:21:23
  Speaker 1: those times, and do not oppose men then, and should
• 2:21:26
  Speaker 1: only be enjoyed at these hours. It is a matter
• 2:21:28
  Speaker 1: of talk. Only when it is impossible for the man
• 2:21:32
  Speaker 1: to carry on his endeavors alone, he should by means
• 2:21:35
  Speaker 1: of the daughter, of her nurse, or of a female
• 2:21:37
  Speaker 1: friend in whom she confides cause the girl to be
• 2:21:40
  Speaker 1: brought to him without making known to her his design,
• 2:21:42
  Speaker 1: and he should then proceed with her in the manner
• 2:21:44
  Speaker 1: above described, or he should, in the beginning send his
• 2:21:48
  Speaker 1: own female servant to live with the girl as her friend,
• 2:21:51
  Speaker 1: and should then gain her over by her means. At last,
• 2:21:55
  Speaker 1: when he knows the state of her feelings by her
• 2:21:57
  Speaker 1: outward manner and conduct towards him at religious serremhmonies, marriage ceremonies, fairs, festivals, theaters,
• 2:22:04
  Speaker 1: public assemblies, and such like occasions, he should begin to
• 2:22:08
  Speaker 1: enjoy her when she is alone. For Vatziana lays it
• 2:22:10
  Speaker 1: down that women, when resorted to at proper times and
• 2:22:14
  Speaker 1: improper places, do not turn away from their lovers. When
• 2:22:19
  Speaker 1: a girl possessed of good qualities and well bred, though
• 2:22:22
  Speaker 1: born in a humble family or destitute of wealth and
• 2:22:25
  Speaker 1: not therefore desired by her equals, or an orphan girl,
• 2:22:28
  Speaker 1: or one deprived of her parents, but observing the rules
• 2:22:31
  Speaker 1: of her family and caste, should wish to bring about
• 2:22:35
  Speaker 1: her own marriage when she comes of age, such a
• 2:22:37
  Speaker 1: girl should endeavor to gain over a strong and good
• 2:22:40
  Speaker 1: looking young man, or a person whom she thinks would
• 2:22:42
  Speaker 1: marry her on account of the weakness of his mind,
• 2:22:45
  Speaker 1: and even without the consent of his parents. She should
• 2:22:48
  Speaker 1: do this by such means as would endear her to
• 2:22:50
  Speaker 1: the said person, as well as by frequently seeing and
• 2:22:53
  Speaker 1: meeting him. Her mother also should constantly cause them to
• 2:22:57
  Speaker 1: meet by means of her female friends and the daughter
• 2:23:00
  Speaker 1: of her nurse. The girl herself should try to get
• 2:23:03
  Speaker 1: alone with her beloved in some quiet place, and at
• 2:23:06
  Speaker 1: odd times should give him flowers, beetle nut, beetle leaves,
• 2:23:09
  Speaker 1: and perfumes. She should also show her skill in the
• 2:23:13
  Speaker 1: practice of the arts, in shampooing, in scratching, and in
• 2:23:16
  Speaker 1: pressing with the nails. She should also talk to him
• 2:23:20
  Speaker 1: on the subjects he likes best, and discuss with him
• 2:23:23
  Speaker 1: the ways and means of gaining over and winning the
• 2:23:25
  Speaker 1: affections of a girl. But old authors say that although
• 2:23:29
  Speaker 1: the girl loves the man ever so much, she should
• 2:23:31
  Speaker 1: not offer herself or make the first overtures. For a
• 2:23:34
  Speaker 1: girl who does this loses her dignity and is liable
• 2:23:37
  Speaker 1: to be scorned and rejected. But when the man shows
• 2:23:41
  Speaker 1: his wish to enjoy her, she should be favorable to
• 2:23:43
  Speaker 1: him and should show no change in her demeanor. When
• 2:23:46
  Speaker 1: he embraces her, and should receive all the manifestations of
• 2:23:49
  Speaker 1: his love, as if she were ignorant of the state
• 2:23:51
  Speaker 1: of his mind. But when he tries to kiss her,
• 2:23:54
  Speaker 1: she should oppose him. When he begs to be allowed
• 2:23:56
  Speaker 1: to have sexual intercourse with her, she should let him
• 2:23:59
  Speaker 1: touch her private parts only and with considerable difficulty. And
• 2:24:02
  Speaker 1: though importuned by him, she should not yield herself up
• 2:24:05
  Speaker 1: to him as if of her own accord, but should
• 2:24:07
  Speaker 1: resist his attempts to have her. It is only moreover,
• 2:24:11
  Speaker 1: when she is certain that she is truly loved, and
• 2:24:14
  Speaker 1: that her lover is indeed devoted to her and will
• 2:24:16
  Speaker 1: not change his mind, that she should then give herself
• 2:24:19
  Speaker 1: up to him and persuade him to marry her Quickly.
• 2:24:22
  Speaker 1: After losing her virginity, she should tell her confidential friends
• 2:24:26
  Speaker 1: about it. Here ends the efforts of a girl to
• 2:24:29
  Speaker 1: gain over a man. There are also some verses on
• 2:24:32
  Speaker 1: the subject, as follows. A girl who is much sought
• 2:24:35
  Speaker 1: after should marry the man that she likes and whom
• 2:24:38
  Speaker 1: she thinks would be obedient to her and capable of
• 2:24:40
  Speaker 1: giving her pleasure. But when from the desire of wealth,
• 2:24:43
  Speaker 1: a girl is married by her parents to a rich
• 2:24:46
  Speaker 1: man without taking into consideration the character or looks of
• 2:24:49
  Speaker 1: the bridegroom, Or when given to a man who has
• 2:24:51
  Speaker 1: several wives, she never becomes attached to the man, even
• 2:24:54
  Speaker 1: though he be endowed with good qualities, obedient to her will, active, strong, healthy,
• 2:25:01
  Speaker 1: and anxious to please her in every way. Forty nine.
• 2:25:04
  Speaker 1: A husband who is obedient but yet master of himself,
• 2:25:08
  Speaker 1: though he be poor and not good looking, is better
• 2:25:10
  Speaker 1: than one who is common to many women, even though
• 2:25:13
  Speaker 1: he be handsome and attractive. The wives of rich men,
• 2:25:17
  Speaker 1: where there are many wives, are not generally attached to
• 2:25:19
  Speaker 1: their husbands, and are not confidential with them, And even
• 2:25:23
  Speaker 1: though they possess all the external enjoyments of life, still
• 2:25:26
  Speaker 1: have recourse to other men. A man who is of
• 2:25:29
  Speaker 1: a low mind, who has fallen from his social position,
• 2:25:32
  Speaker 1: and who is much given to traveling, does not deserve
• 2:25:35
  Speaker 1: to be married. Neither does one who has many wives
• 2:25:37
  Speaker 1: and children, or one who is devoted to sport in gambling,
• 2:25:41
  Speaker 1: and who comes to his wife only when he likes.
• 2:25:44
  Speaker 1: Of all the lovers of a girl, he only is
• 2:25:46
  Speaker 1: her true husband, who possesses the qualities that are liked
• 2:25:49
  Speaker 1: by her. And such a husband only enjoys real superiority
• 2:25:52
  Speaker 1: over her because he is the husband of love. Chapter
• 2:25:56
  Speaker 1: five on Certain forms of marriage fifty. When a girl
• 2:26:00
  Speaker 1: cannot meet her lover frequently in private, she should send
• 2:26:03
  Speaker 1: the daughter of her nurse to him, it being understood
• 2:26:06
  Speaker 1: that she has confidence in her and had previously gained
• 2:26:09
  Speaker 1: her over to her interests. On seeing the man, the
• 2:26:12
  Speaker 1: daughter of the nurse should, in the course of conversation
• 2:26:15
  Speaker 1: describe to him the noble birth, the good disposition, the beauty, talent, skill,
• 2:26:20
  Speaker 1: knowledge of human nature, and affection of the girl, in
• 2:26:23
  Speaker 1: such a way as not to let him suppose that
• 2:26:25
  Speaker 1: she has been sent by the girl, and should thus
• 2:26:28
  Speaker 1: create affection for the girl in the heart of the man.
• 2:26:31
  Speaker 1: To the girl, also, she should speak about the excellent
• 2:26:34
  Speaker 1: qualities of the man, especially of those qualities which she
• 2:26:37
  Speaker 1: knows are pleasing to the girl. She should moreover speak
• 2:26:41
  Speaker 1: with disparagement of the other lovers of the girl, and
• 2:26:44
  Speaker 1: talk about the avarice and indiscretion of their parents and
• 2:26:47
  Speaker 1: the fickleness of their relations. She should also quote samples
• 2:26:51
  Speaker 1: of many girls of ancient times, such as Secuntala and others, who,
• 2:26:55
  Speaker 1: having united themselves with lovers of their own caste and
• 2:26:58
  Speaker 1: their own choice wherever afterwards in their society. And she
• 2:27:03
  Speaker 1: should also tell of other girls who married into great families, and,
• 2:27:06
  Speaker 1: being troubled by rival wives, became wretched and miserable, and
• 2:27:10
  Speaker 1: were finally abandoned. She should further speak of the good fortune,
• 2:27:14
  Speaker 1: the continual happiness, the chastity, obedience, and affection of the man.
• 2:27:19
  Speaker 1: And if the girl gets amorous about him, she should
• 2:27:22
  Speaker 1: endeavor to allay her shame fifty one and her fear,
• 2:27:25
  Speaker 1: as well as her suspicions about any disaster that might
• 2:27:28
  Speaker 1: result from the marriage. In a word, she should act
• 2:27:31
  Speaker 1: the whole part of a female messenger, by telling the
• 2:27:34
  Speaker 1: girl all about the man's affection for her, the places
• 2:27:37
  Speaker 1: he frequented, and the endeavors he made to meet her,
• 2:27:39
  Speaker 1: and by frequently repeating, it will be all right if
• 2:27:42
  Speaker 1: the man will take you away forcibly and unexpectedly the
• 2:27:46
  Speaker 1: forms of marriage. When the girl is gained over and
• 2:27:50
  Speaker 1: acts openly with the man as his wife, he should
• 2:27:52
  Speaker 1: cause fire to be brought from the house of a Brahmin,
• 2:27:55
  Speaker 1: and having spread the cusha grass upon the ground and
• 2:27:58
  Speaker 1: offered an oblation to the fire, he should marry her
• 2:28:00
  Speaker 1: according to the precepts of the religious law. After this
• 2:28:04
  Speaker 1: he should inform his parents of the fact, because it
• 2:28:06
  Speaker 1: is the opinion of ancient authors that a marriage solemnly
• 2:28:09
  Speaker 1: contracted in the presence of fire cannot afterwards be set aside.
• 2:28:13
  Speaker 1: After the consummation of the marriage, the relations of the
• 2:28:16
  Speaker 1: man should gradually be made acquainted with the affair, and
• 2:28:19
  Speaker 1: the relations of the girl should also be apprized of it,
• 2:28:22
  Speaker 1: in such a way that they may consent to the
• 2:28:23
  Speaker 1: marriage and overlook the manner in which it was brought about.
• 2:28:27
  Speaker 1: And when this is done, they should afterwards be reconciled
• 2:28:30
  Speaker 1: by affectionate presents and favorable conduct. In this manner, the
• 2:28:34
  Speaker 1: man should marry the girl according to the Gander form
• 2:28:37
  Speaker 1: of marriage. When the girl cannot make up her mind
• 2:28:41
  Speaker 1: or will not express her readiness to Mary, the man
• 2:28:43
  Speaker 1: should obtain her in any one of the following ways.
• 2:28:46
  Speaker 1: One on a fitting occasion, and under some excuse, he should,
• 2:28:50
  Speaker 1: by means of a female friend with whom he is
• 2:28:52
  Speaker 1: well acquainted and whom he can trust, and who also
• 2:28:55
  Speaker 1: is well known to the girl's family, get the girl
• 2:28:58
  Speaker 1: brought unexpectedly to his house, and he should then bring
• 2:29:01
  Speaker 1: fire from the house of a bramin, and proceed as
• 2:29:03
  Speaker 1: before described. Two. When the marriage of the girl with
• 2:29:07
  Speaker 1: some other person draws near, the man should disparage the
• 2:29:10
  Speaker 1: future husband to the utmost in the mind of the
• 2:29:12
  Speaker 1: mother of the girl, And then, having got the girl
• 2:29:14
  Speaker 1: to come with her mother's consent to a neighboring house,
• 2:29:17
  Speaker 1: he should bring fire from the house of a bramin,
• 2:29:19
  Speaker 1: and proceed as above. Three. The man should become a
• 2:29:23
  Speaker 1: great friend of the brother of the girl, the said brother,
• 2:29:26
  Speaker 1: being of the same age as himself and addicted to
• 2:29:29
  Speaker 1: courtesans and to intrigues with the wives of other people,
• 2:29:32
  Speaker 1: and should give him assistance in such matters, and also
• 2:29:35
  Speaker 1: give him occasional presents. He should then tell him about
• 2:29:39
  Speaker 1: his great love for his sister, as young men will
• 2:29:41
  Speaker 1: sacrifice even their lives for the sake of those who
• 2:29:44
  Speaker 1: may be of the same age, habits and dispositions as themselves.
• 2:29:49
  Speaker 1: After this, the man should get the girl brought by
• 2:29:51
  Speaker 1: means of her brother to some secure place, and, having
• 2:29:53
  Speaker 1: brought fire from the house of a bramin, should proceed
• 2:29:56
  Speaker 1: as before. Four. The man should, on the occa of festivals,
• 2:30:00
  Speaker 1: get the daughter of the nurse to give the girl
• 2:30:02
  Speaker 1: some intoxicating substance, and then cause her to be brought
• 2:30:05
  Speaker 1: to some secure place under the pretense of some business,
• 2:30:08
  Speaker 1: and their, having enjoyed her before she recovers from her intoxication,
• 2:30:12
  Speaker 1: should bring fire from the house of a Brahmin, and
• 2:30:15
  Speaker 1: proceed as before. Five. The man should, with the connivance
• 2:30:20
  Speaker 1: of the daughter of the nurse, carry off the girl
• 2:30:22
  Speaker 1: from her house while she is asleep, and then, having
• 2:30:25
  Speaker 1: enjoyed her before she recovers from her sleep, should bring
• 2:30:28
  Speaker 1: fire from the house of a Bramin, and proceed as before. Six.
• 2:30:33
  Speaker 1: When the girl goes to a garden or to some
• 2:30:35
  Speaker 1: village in the neighborhood, the man should, with his friends
• 2:30:38
  Speaker 1: fall on her guards, and, having killed them or frightened
• 2:30:41
  Speaker 1: them away, forcibly carry her off and proceed as before.
• 2:30:46
  Speaker 1: There are verses on the subject as follows. In all
• 2:30:49
  Speaker 1: the forms of marriage given in this chapter of this work.
• 2:30:52
  Speaker 1: The one that precedes is better than the one that
• 2:30:54
  Speaker 1: follows it on account of its being more in accordance
• 2:30:56
  Speaker 1: with the commands of religion, and therefore it is own
• 2:31:00
  Speaker 1: only when it is impossible to carry the former into practice,
• 2:31:02
  Speaker 1: that the latter should be resorted to as the fruit
• 2:31:06
  Speaker 1: of all good marriages is love. The Goandler fifty two
• 2:31:09
  Speaker 1: form of marriage is respected even though it is formed
• 2:31:12
  Speaker 1: under unfavorable circumstances, because it fulfills the object sought for.
• 2:31:18
  Speaker 1: Another cause of the respect accorded to the Ganlerv form
• 2:31:21
  Speaker 1: of marriage is that it brings forth happiness, causes less
• 2:31:24
  Speaker 1: trouble in its performance than any other forms of marriage,
• 2:31:27
  Speaker 1: and is above all the result of previous love. End
• 2:31:31
  Speaker 1: of Part three, Part four about a wife. Chapter one
• 2:31:37
  Speaker 1: on the manner of living of a virtuous woman and
• 2:31:40
  Speaker 1: of her behavior during the absence of her husband. A
• 2:31:43
  Speaker 1: virtuous woman who has affection for her husband should act
• 2:31:47
  Speaker 1: in conformity with his wishes as if he were a
• 2:31:49
  Speaker 1: divine being, and with his consent, should take upon herself
• 2:31:52
  Speaker 1: the whole care of his family. She should keep the
• 2:31:55
  Speaker 1: whole house well cleaned, and arrange flowers of various kinds
• 2:31:59
  Speaker 1: in different parts of it, and make the floors smooth
• 2:32:01
  Speaker 1: and polished, so as to give the hole and neat
• 2:32:03
  Speaker 1: in becoming appearance. She should surround the house with the garden,
• 2:32:07
  Speaker 1: and place ready in it all the materials required for
• 2:32:10
  Speaker 1: the morning, noon, and even sacrifices. Moreover, she should herself
• 2:32:15
  Speaker 1: revere the sanctuary of the household gods. For says Gunnardia,
• 2:32:18
  Speaker 1: nothing so much attracts the heart of a householder to
• 2:32:21
  Speaker 1: his wife. As a careful observance of the things mentioned
• 2:32:23
  Speaker 1: above towards the parents, relations, friends, sisters, and servants of
• 2:32:29
  Speaker 1: her husband, she should behave as they deserve. In the garden,
• 2:32:33
  Speaker 1: she should plant beds of green vegetables, bunches of the
• 2:32:36
  Speaker 1: sugar cane, and clumps of the fig tree, the mustard plant,
• 2:32:40
  Speaker 1: the parsley plant, the fennel plant, and the Xanthocamus pictorious.
• 2:32:45
  Speaker 1: Clusters of various flowers such as the trop of bispinosa,
• 2:32:49
  Speaker 1: the jasmine, the Gasminum grandiflorum, the yellow amaranth, the wild jasmine,
• 2:32:54
  Speaker 1: the Taberna montana, coronaria, the Nadia werda, the China rose,
• 2:32:58
  Speaker 1: and others should likewise be play together with the fragrant
• 2:33:01
  Speaker 1: grass Andropogon skyananthus and the fragrant root of the plant
• 2:33:06
  Speaker 1: Andropogon merricadus. She should also have seats and arbors made
• 2:33:10
  Speaker 1: in the garden, in the middle of which a well,
• 2:33:13
  Speaker 1: tank or pool should be dug. The wife should always
• 2:33:16
  Speaker 1: avoid the company of female beggars, female Buddish mendicants, unchaste
• 2:33:21
  Speaker 1: and roguish women, female fortune tellers, and witches. As regards meals,
• 2:33:26
  Speaker 1: she should always consider what her husband likes and dislikes,
• 2:33:29
  Speaker 1: and what things are good for him and what are
• 2:33:31
  Speaker 1: injurious to him. When she hears the sounds of his
• 2:33:34
  Speaker 1: footsteps coming home, she should at once get up and
• 2:33:37
  Speaker 1: be ready to do whatever he may command her, and
• 2:33:40
  Speaker 1: either order her female servant to wash his feet or
• 2:33:43
  Speaker 1: wash them herself. When going anywhere with her husband, she
• 2:33:47
  Speaker 1: should put on her ornaments, and without his consent, she
• 2:33:49
  Speaker 1: should not either give or accept invitations, or attend marriages
• 2:33:53
  Speaker 1: and sacrifices, or sit in the company of female friends,
• 2:33:57
  Speaker 1: or visit the temples of the gods. If if she
• 2:34:00
  Speaker 1: wants to engage in any kind of games or sports,
• 2:34:03
  Speaker 1: she should not do it against his will. In the
• 2:34:06
  Speaker 1: same way, she should always sit down after him and
• 2:34:08
  Speaker 1: get up before him, and should never awaken him when
• 2:34:11
  Speaker 1: he is asleep. The kitchen should be situated in a
• 2:34:14
  Speaker 1: quiet and retired place so as not to be accessible
• 2:34:17
  Speaker 1: to strangers, and should always look clean. In the event
• 2:34:21
  Speaker 1: of any misconduct on the part of her husband, she
• 2:34:24
  Speaker 1: should not blame him excessively though she be a little displeased,
• 2:34:28
  Speaker 1: she should not use abusive language towards him, but rebuke
• 2:34:31
  Speaker 1: him with conciliatory words, whether he be in the company
• 2:34:34
  Speaker 1: of friends or alone. Moreover, she should not be a scold, for,
• 2:34:39
  Speaker 1: says Gunnardia, there is no cause of dislike on the
• 2:34:41
  Speaker 1: part of a husband so great as this characteristic in
• 2:34:44
  Speaker 1: a wife. Lastly, she should avoid bad expressions, sulky looks,
• 2:34:49
  Speaker 1: speaking aside standing in the doorway and looking at passers,
• 2:34:53
  Speaker 1: by conversing in the pleasure groves, and remaining in a
• 2:34:56
  Speaker 1: lonely place for a long time. And finally, she should
• 2:34:59
  Speaker 1: always keep her body, her teeth, her hair, and everything
• 2:35:03
  Speaker 1: belonging to her tidy, sweet and clean. When the wife
• 2:35:07
  Speaker 1: wants to approach her husband in private, her dress should
• 2:35:09
  Speaker 1: consist of many ornaments, various kinds of flowers, and a
• 2:35:13
  Speaker 1: cloth decorated with different colors, and some sweet smelling ointments
• 2:35:17
  Speaker 1: or ung ones. But her every day dress should be
• 2:35:20
  Speaker 1: composed of a thin, close textured cloth, a few ornaments
• 2:35:24
  Speaker 1: and flowers, and a little scent, not too much. She
• 2:35:28
  Speaker 1: should also observe the fasts and vows of her husband,
• 2:35:31
  Speaker 1: and when he tries to prevent her doing this, she
• 2:35:33
  Speaker 1: should persuade him to let her do it at appropriate
• 2:35:37
  Speaker 1: times of the year, and when they happen to be cheap.
• 2:35:39
  Speaker 1: She should by earth, bamboos, firewood, skins, and iron pots,
• 2:35:45
  Speaker 1: as also salt and oil, fragrant substances, vessels made of
• 2:35:50
  Speaker 1: the fruit of the plant Rhydia antidos enterica or oval
• 2:35:53
  Speaker 1: leaved ridea. Medicines and other things which are always wanted,
• 2:35:56
  Speaker 1: should be obtained when required, and kept in a secret
• 2:35:59
  Speaker 1: place of the house. The seeds of the radish, the potato,
• 2:36:03
  Speaker 1: the common beat, the Indian wormwood, the mango, the cucumber,
• 2:36:08
  Speaker 1: the egg plant, the cushminda, the punkin gourd, the surana,
• 2:36:12
  Speaker 1: the bignonia indica, the sandal wood, the premics binosa, the
• 2:36:16
  Speaker 1: garlic plant, the onion, and other vegetables should be bought
• 2:36:19
  Speaker 1: and sown at the proper seasons. The wife, moreover, should
• 2:36:24
  Speaker 1: not tell to strangers the amount of her wealth, nor
• 2:36:27
  Speaker 1: the secrets which her husband has confided to her. She
• 2:36:30
  Speaker 1: should surpass all the women of her own rank in life,
• 2:36:33
  Speaker 1: in her cleverness, her appearance, her knowledge of cookery, her pride,
• 2:36:37
  Speaker 1: and her manner of serving her husband. The expenditure of
• 2:36:41
  Speaker 1: the year should be regulated by the prophets. The milk
• 2:36:44
  Speaker 1: that remains after the meals should be turned into gee
• 2:36:47
  Speaker 1: or clarified. Butter, oil and sugar should be prepared at home.
• 2:36:51
  Speaker 1: Spinning and weaving should also be done there, and a
• 2:36:54
  Speaker 1: store of ropes and cords and barks of trees for
• 2:36:57
  Speaker 1: twisting into ropes should be kept. She should also attend
• 2:37:01
  Speaker 1: to the pounding and cleaning of rice, using its small
• 2:37:03
  Speaker 1: grain and chaff in some way or other. She should
• 2:37:07
  Speaker 1: pay the salaries of the servants, look after the tilling
• 2:37:10
  Speaker 1: of the fields and keeping of the flocks and herds,
• 2:37:13
  Speaker 1: superintend the making of vehicles, and take care of the rams, cocks, quails, parrots, starlings, cuckoos, peacocks,
• 2:37:22
  Speaker 1: monkeys and deer, and finally adjust the income and expenditure
• 2:37:26
  Speaker 1: of the day. The worn out clothes should be given
• 2:37:29
  Speaker 1: to those servants who have done good work, in order
• 2:37:31
  Speaker 1: to show them that their services have been appreciated, or
• 2:37:34
  Speaker 1: they may be applied to some other use. The vessels
• 2:37:37
  Speaker 1: in which wine is prepared, as well as those in
• 2:37:40
  Speaker 1: which it is kept, should be carefully looked after and
• 2:37:43
  Speaker 1: put away at the proper time. All sales and purchases
• 2:37:47
  Speaker 1: should also be well attended. To the friends of her husband,
• 2:37:50
  Speaker 1: she should welcome by presenting them with flowers, ointment, incense,
• 2:37:54
  Speaker 1: beetle leaves and beetle nut. Her father in law and
• 2:37:58
  Speaker 1: mother in law, she should treat it as they deserve,
• 2:38:01
  Speaker 1: always remaining dependent on their will, never contradicting them, speaking
• 2:38:04
  Speaker 1: to them in few and not harsh words, not laughing
• 2:38:07
  Speaker 1: loudly in their presence, and acting with their friends and
• 2:38:10
  Speaker 1: enemies as with her own. In addition to the above,
• 2:38:14
  Speaker 1: she should not be vain or too much taken up
• 2:38:16
  Speaker 1: with her enjoyments. She should be liberal towards her servants
• 2:38:20
  Speaker 1: and reward them on holidays and festivals, and not give
• 2:38:23
  Speaker 1: away anything without first making it known to her husband.
• 2:38:27
  Speaker 1: Thus ends the manner of living of a virtuous woman.
• 2:38:31
  Speaker 1: During the absence of her husband on a journey, the
• 2:38:33
  Speaker 1: virtuous woman should wear only her auspicious ornaments and observe
• 2:38:37
  Speaker 1: the fasts in honor of the gods, while anxious to
• 2:38:40
  Speaker 1: hear the news of her husband. She should still look
• 2:38:42
  Speaker 1: after her household affairs. She should sleep near the elder
• 2:38:46
  Speaker 1: women of the house and make herself agreeable to them.
• 2:38:50
  Speaker 1: She should look after and keep and repair the things
• 2:38:53
  Speaker 1: that are liked by her husband, and continue the works
• 2:38:55
  Speaker 1: that have been begun by him. To the abode of
• 2:38:58
  Speaker 1: her relations, she should not go except on occasions of
• 2:39:01
  Speaker 1: joy and sorrow, and then she should go in her
• 2:39:03
  Speaker 1: usual traveling dress, accompanied by her husband's servants, and not
• 2:39:07
  Speaker 1: remain there for a long time. The fasts and feasts
• 2:39:11
  Speaker 1: should be observed with the consent of the elders of
• 2:39:13
  Speaker 1: the house. The resources should be increased by making purchases
• 2:39:18
  Speaker 1: and sales according to the practice of the merchants, and
• 2:39:20
  Speaker 1: by means of honest servants superintended by herself. The income
• 2:39:25
  Speaker 1: should be increased and the expenditure diminished as much as possible.
• 2:39:29
  Speaker 1: And when her husband returns from his journey, she should
• 2:39:32
  Speaker 1: receive him at first in her ordinary clothes, so that
• 2:39:35
  Speaker 1: he may know in what way she has lived during
• 2:39:37
  Speaker 1: his absence, and should bring to him some presence, as
• 2:39:40
  Speaker 1: also materials for the worship of the deity. Thus ends
• 2:39:44
  Speaker 1: the part relating to the behavior of a wife during
• 2:39:46
  Speaker 1: the absence of her husband on a journey. There are
• 2:39:49
  Speaker 1: also some verses on the subject, as follows the wife,
• 2:39:53
  Speaker 1: whether she be a woman of noble family or a
• 2:39:56
  Speaker 1: virgin widow fifty three, remarried or a concubine should lead
• 2:40:00
  Speaker 1: a chaste life, devoted to her husband and doing everything
• 2:40:04
  Speaker 1: for his welfare. Women acting thus acquire dharma, Artha and
• 2:40:09
  Speaker 1: kamma obtain a high position and generally keep their husbands
• 2:40:13
  Speaker 1: devoted to them. Chapter two on the conduct of the
• 2:40:17
  Speaker 1: elder wife towards the other wives of her husband, and
• 2:40:20
  Speaker 1: on that of a younger wife towards the elder ones.
• 2:40:24
  Speaker 1: Also on the conduct of a virgin widow are remarried
• 2:40:27
  Speaker 1: of a wife disliked by her husband, of the women
• 2:40:30
  Speaker 1: in the King's Harem, And lastly, on the conduct of
• 2:40:32
  Speaker 1: a husband towards many wives. The causes of remarrying during
• 2:40:36
  Speaker 1: the lifetime of the wife are as follows. One the
• 2:40:39
  Speaker 1: folly or ill temper of the wife, two, her husband's
• 2:40:44
  Speaker 1: dislike to her, three, the want of offspring, four, the
• 2:40:50
  Speaker 1: continual birth of daughters, five the incontinence of the husband.
• 2:40:55
  Speaker 1: From the very beginning, the wife should endeavor to attract
• 2:40:58
  Speaker 1: the heart of her husband by showing to him continually
• 2:41:01
  Speaker 1: her devotion, her good temper, and her wisdom. If, however,
• 2:41:05
  Speaker 1: she bears him no children, she should herself tell her
• 2:41:08
  Speaker 1: husband to marry another woman, and when the second wife
• 2:41:11
  Speaker 1: is married and brought to the house, the first wife
• 2:41:14
  Speaker 1: should give her a position superior to her own, and
• 2:41:17
  Speaker 1: look upon her as a sister. In the morning, the
• 2:41:20
  Speaker 1: elder wife should forcibly make the younger one decorate herself
• 2:41:23
  Speaker 1: in the presence of their husband, and should not mind
• 2:41:26
  Speaker 1: all the husband's favor being given to her. If the
• 2:41:29
  Speaker 1: younger wife does anything to displease her husband, the elder
• 2:41:32
  Speaker 1: one should not neglect her, but should always be ready
• 2:41:35
  Speaker 1: to give her most careful advice, and should teach her
• 2:41:37
  Speaker 1: to do various things. In the presence of her husband.
• 2:41:41
  Speaker 1: Her children, she should treat as her own her attendants.
• 2:41:44
  Speaker 1: She should look upon with more regard even than on
• 2:41:46
  Speaker 1: her own servants. Her friends, she should cherish with love
• 2:41:49
  Speaker 1: and kindness, and her relations with great honor. When there
• 2:41:53
  Speaker 1: are many other wives besides herself, the elder wife should
• 2:41:56
  Speaker 1: associate with the one who is immediately next to her
• 2:41:59
  Speaker 1: in rank and aid, and should instigate the wife who
• 2:42:01
  Speaker 1: has recently enjoyed her husband's favor to quarrel with the
• 2:42:04
  Speaker 1: present favorite. After this she should sympathize with the former, and,
• 2:42:09
  Speaker 1: having collected all the other wives together, should get them
• 2:42:12
  Speaker 1: to denounce the favorite as a scheming and wicked woman,
• 2:42:14
  Speaker 1: without however, committing herself in any way. If the favorite
• 2:42:18
  Speaker 1: wife happens to quarrel with the husband, then the elder
• 2:42:21
  Speaker 1: wife should take her part and give her false encouragement,
• 2:42:24
  Speaker 1: and thus cause the quarrel to be increased. If there
• 2:42:28
  Speaker 1: be only a little quarrel between the two, the elder
• 2:42:30
  Speaker 1: wife should do all she can to work it up
• 2:42:32
  Speaker 1: into a large quarrel. But if after all this she
• 2:42:36
  Speaker 1: finds the husband still continues to love his favorite wife,
• 2:42:38
  Speaker 1: she should then change her tactics and endeavor to bring
• 2:42:41
  Speaker 1: about a conciliation between them, so as to avoid her
• 2:42:44
  Speaker 1: husband's displeasure. Thus ends the conduct of the elder wife.
• 2:42:49
  Speaker 1: The younger wife should regard the elder wife of her
• 2:42:52
  Speaker 1: husband as her mother, and should not give anything away,
• 2:42:55
  Speaker 1: even to her own relations, without her knowledge. She should
• 2:42:59
  Speaker 1: tell her every thing about herself, and not approach her
• 2:43:02
  Speaker 1: husband without her permission. Whatever is told to her by
• 2:43:05
  Speaker 1: the elder wife, she should not reveal to others, and
• 2:43:08
  Speaker 1: she should take care of the children of the senior
• 2:43:10
  Speaker 1: even more than of her own. When alone with her husband,
• 2:43:14
  Speaker 1: she should serve him well, but should not tell him
• 2:43:16
  Speaker 1: of the pain she suffers from the existence of a
• 2:43:18
  Speaker 1: rival wife. She may also obtain secretly from her husband
• 2:43:22
  Speaker 1: some marks of his particular regard for her, and may
• 2:43:25
  Speaker 1: tell him that she lives only for him and for
• 2:43:27
  Speaker 1: the regard that he has for her. She should never
• 2:43:31
  Speaker 1: reveal her love for her husband, nor her husband's love
• 2:43:33
  Speaker 1: for her, to any person, either in pride or in anger.
• 2:43:37
  Speaker 1: For a wife that reveals the secrets of her husband
• 2:43:39
  Speaker 1: is despised by him. As for seeking to obtain the
• 2:43:42
  Speaker 1: regard of her husband, Gonardia says that it should always
• 2:43:46
  Speaker 1: be done in private, for fear of the elder wife.
• 2:43:50
  Speaker 1: If the elder wife be disliked by her husband or
• 2:43:52
  Speaker 1: be childless, she should sympathize with her, and should ask
• 2:43:56
  Speaker 1: her husband to do the same, but should surpass her
• 2:43:58
  Speaker 1: in leading the life of a chase woman. Thus ends
• 2:44:01
  Speaker 1: the conduct of the younger wife towards the elder. A
• 2:44:05
  Speaker 1: widow in poor circumstances or of a weak nature, and
• 2:44:09
  Speaker 1: who allies herself again to a man, is called a
• 2:44:11
  Speaker 1: widow remarried. The followers of Babravia say that a virgin
• 2:44:16
  Speaker 1: widow should not marry a person whom she may be
• 2:44:18
  Speaker 1: obliged to leave on account of his bad character or
• 2:44:20
  Speaker 1: of his being destitute of the excellent qualities of a man,
• 2:44:24
  Speaker 1: she thus being obliged to have recourse to another person.
• 2:44:27
  Speaker 1: Thenardia is of opinion that as the cause of a
• 2:44:30
  Speaker 1: widow's marrying again is her desire for happiness, and as
• 2:44:33
  Speaker 1: happiness is secured by the possession of excellent qualities in
• 2:44:36
  Speaker 1: her husband, joined to love of enjoyment, it is better
• 2:44:39
  Speaker 1: therefore to secure a person endowed with such qualities in
• 2:44:42
  Speaker 1: the first instance. Vatziana, however, thinks that a widow may
• 2:44:46
  Speaker 1: marry any person that she likes and that she thinks
• 2:44:49
  Speaker 1: will suit her. At the time of her marriage, the
• 2:44:52
  Speaker 1: widow should obtain from her husband the money to pay
• 2:44:54
  Speaker 1: the cost of drinking parties and picnics with her relations,
• 2:44:58
  Speaker 1: and of giving them and her friend's kindly give and presents.
• 2:45:02
  Speaker 1: Or she may do these things at her own cost
• 2:45:04
  Speaker 1: if she likes. In the same way, she may wear
• 2:45:07
  Speaker 1: either her husband's ornaments or her own, as to the
• 2:45:10
  Speaker 1: presence of affection mutually exchanged between the husband and herself.
• 2:45:14
  Speaker 1: There is no fixed rule about them. If she leaves
• 2:45:17
  Speaker 1: her husband after marriage of her own accord, she should
• 2:45:20
  Speaker 1: restore to him whatever he may have given her, with
• 2:45:22
  Speaker 1: the exception of the mutual presence. If, however, she is
• 2:45:26
  Speaker 1: driven out of the house by her husband, she should
• 2:45:28
  Speaker 1: not return anything to him. After her marriage, she should
• 2:45:32
  Speaker 1: live in the house of her husband like one of
• 2:45:33
  Speaker 1: the chief members of the family, but should treat the
• 2:45:36
  Speaker 1: other ladies of the family with kindness, the servants with generosity,
• 2:45:40
  Speaker 1: and all the friends of the house with familiarity. In
• 2:45:42
  Speaker 1: good temper, she should show that she is better acquainted
• 2:45:46
  Speaker 1: with the sixty four arts than the other ladies of
• 2:45:48
  Speaker 1: the house. And in any quarrels with her husband, she
• 2:45:51
  Speaker 1: should not rebuke him severely, but in private do everything
• 2:45:54
  Speaker 1: that he wishes, and make use of the sixty four
• 2:45:56
  Speaker 1: ways of enjoyment. She should be obliging to the other
• 2:46:00
  Speaker 1: wives of her husband and to their children. She should
• 2:46:02
  Speaker 1: give presents, behave as their mistress, and make ornaments and
• 2:46:06
  Speaker 1: playthings for their use. In the friends and servants of
• 2:46:09
  Speaker 1: her husband she should confide more than in his other wives.
• 2:46:12
  Speaker 1: And finally, she should have a liking for drinking parties,
• 2:46:15
  Speaker 1: going to picnics, attending fairs and festivals, and for carrying
• 2:46:19
  Speaker 1: out all kinds of games and amusements. Thus ends the
• 2:46:22
  Speaker 1: conduct of a virgin widow remarried. A woman who is
• 2:46:26
  Speaker 1: disliked by her husband and annoyed and distressed by his
• 2:46:29
  Speaker 1: other wives, should associate with the wife who is liked
• 2:46:32
  Speaker 1: most by her husband, and who serves him more than
• 2:46:35
  Speaker 1: the others, and should teach her all the arts with
• 2:46:37
  Speaker 1: which she is acquainted. She should act as the nurse
• 2:46:40
  Speaker 1: of her husband's children, and, having gained over his friends
• 2:46:43
  Speaker 1: to her side, should through them make him acquainted of
• 2:46:46
  Speaker 1: her devotion to him. In religious ceremonies, she should be
• 2:46:49
  Speaker 1: a leader, as also in vows and fasts, and should
• 2:46:52
  Speaker 1: not hold too good an opinion of herself. When her
• 2:46:56
  Speaker 1: husband is lying on his bed, she should only go
• 2:46:58
  Speaker 1: near him when it is agreeable to him, and should
• 2:47:00
  Speaker 1: never rebuke him or show obstinacy in any way. If
• 2:47:05
  Speaker 1: her husband happens to quarrel with any of his other wives,
• 2:47:08
  Speaker 1: she should reconcile them to each other, and if he
• 2:47:10
  Speaker 1: desires to see any woman secretly, she should manage to
• 2:47:13
  Speaker 1: bring about the meeting between them. She should moreover make
• 2:47:17
  Speaker 1: herself acquainted with the weak points of her husband's character,
• 2:47:20
  Speaker 1: but always keep them secret, and on the whole behave
• 2:47:23
  Speaker 1: herself in such a way as may lead him to
• 2:47:25
  Speaker 1: look upon her as a good and devoted wife. Here
• 2:47:28
  Speaker 1: ends the conduct of a wife disliked by her husband.
• 2:47:32
  Speaker 1: The above sections will show how all the women of
• 2:47:34
  Speaker 1: the King Siraalio are to behave, and therefore we shall
• 2:47:37
  Speaker 1: now speak separately only about the king. The female attendants
• 2:47:41
  Speaker 1: in the Harem, called severally Kanshakiahs fifty four, Mahalaricas fifty five,
• 2:47:47
  Speaker 1: and Mahalikas fifty six, should bring flowers, ointments, and clothes
• 2:47:52
  Speaker 1: from the king's wives to the King, and he, having
• 2:47:54
  Speaker 1: received these things, should give them as presents to the servants,
• 2:47:57
  Speaker 1: along with the things worn by him the previous day.
• 2:48:01
  Speaker 1: In the afternoon, the king, having dressed and put on
• 2:48:03
  Speaker 1: his ornaments, should interview the women of the harem, who
• 2:48:06
  Speaker 1: should also be dressed and decorated with jewels. Then, having
• 2:48:10
  Speaker 1: given to each of them such a place and such
• 2:48:13
  Speaker 1: respect as may suit the occasion, and as they may deserve,
• 2:48:16
  Speaker 1: he should carry on with them a cheerful conversation. After that,
• 2:48:20
  Speaker 1: he should see such of his wives as may be
• 2:48:22
  Speaker 1: virgin widows remarried, and after them the concubines and dancing girls.
• 2:48:27
  Speaker 1: All of these should be visited in their own private rooms.
• 2:48:31
  Speaker 1: When the King rises from his noonday sleep, the woman
• 2:48:33
  Speaker 1: whose duty it is to inform the King regarding the
• 2:48:36
  Speaker 1: wife who is to spend the night with him, should
• 2:48:38
  Speaker 1: come to him, accompanied by the female attendants of that
• 2:48:40
  Speaker 1: wife whose turn may have arrived in the regular course,
• 2:48:43
  Speaker 1: and of her who may have been accidentally passed over
• 2:48:45
  Speaker 1: as her turn arrived, and of her who may have
• 2:48:48
  Speaker 1: been unwell at the time of her turn. These attendants
• 2:48:52
  Speaker 1: should place before the King the ointments and unwins sent
• 2:48:55
  Speaker 1: by each of these wives, marked with the seal of
• 2:48:57
  Speaker 1: her ring, and their names, and their reasons for sale.
• 2:49:00
  Speaker 1: Ending the ointments should be told to the king. After this,
• 2:49:03
  Speaker 1: the King accepts the ointment of one of them, who
• 2:49:05
  Speaker 1: then is informed that her ointment has been accepted and
• 2:49:08
  Speaker 1: that her day has been settled. Fifty seven. At festivals,
• 2:49:12
  Speaker 1: singing parties, and exhibitions, all the wives of the king
• 2:49:15
  Speaker 1: should be treated with respect and served with drinks. But
• 2:49:19
  Speaker 1: the women of the harem should not be allowed to
• 2:49:21
  Speaker 1: go out alone. Neither should any women outside the harem
• 2:49:24
  Speaker 1: be allowed to enter it, except those whose character is
• 2:49:26
  Speaker 1: well known. And lastly, the work which the King's wives
• 2:49:30
  Speaker 1: have to do should not be too fatiguing. Thus ends
• 2:49:33
  Speaker 1: the conduct of the king towards the women of the Harem,
• 2:49:36
  Speaker 1: and of their own conduct. A man marrying many wives
• 2:49:40
  Speaker 1: should act fairly towards them all. He should neither disregard
• 2:49:44
  Speaker 1: nor pass over their faults, and should not reveal to
• 2:49:47
  Speaker 1: one wife the love, passion, bodily blemishes and confidential reproaches
• 2:49:51
  Speaker 1: of the other. No opportunity should be given to any
• 2:49:55
  Speaker 1: one of them of speaking to him about their rivals.
• 2:49:57
  Speaker 1: And if one of them should begin to speak ill
• 2:49:59
  Speaker 1: of another, he should chide her and tell her that
• 2:50:01
  Speaker 1: she has exactly the same blemishes in her character. One
• 2:50:05
  Speaker 1: of them he should please by secret confidence, another by
• 2:50:08
  Speaker 1: secret respect, and another by secret flattery. And he should
• 2:50:12
  Speaker 1: please them all by going to gardens, by amusements, by presents,
• 2:50:16
  Speaker 1: by honoring their relations, by telling them secrets, and lastly
• 2:50:19
  Speaker 1: by loving unions. A young woman who is of a
• 2:50:23
  Speaker 1: good temper, and who conducts herself according to the precepts
• 2:50:26
  Speaker 1: of the Holy writ wins her husband's attachment and obtains
• 2:50:29
  Speaker 1: a superiority over her rivals. Thus ends the conduct of
• 2:50:33
  Speaker 1: a husband towards many wives. End of Part four Part
• 2:50:38
  Speaker 1: five About the Wives of other Men, Chapter one of
• 2:50:43
  Speaker 1: the Characteristics of Men and Women dot de Reasons why
• 2:50:47
  Speaker 1: women reject the addresses of men, about men who have
• 2:50:51
  Speaker 1: success with women, and about women who are easily gained over.
• 2:50:55
  Speaker 1: The wives of other people may be resorted to on
• 2:50:57
  Speaker 1: the occasions already described in Part one, Chapter five of
• 2:51:02
  Speaker 1: this work, But the possibility of their acquisition, their fitness
• 2:51:05
  Speaker 1: for cohabitation, the danger to oneself in uniting with them,
• 2:51:09
  Speaker 1: and the future effect of these unions, should first of
• 2:51:12
  Speaker 1: all be examined. A man may resort to the wife
• 2:51:15
  Speaker 1: of another for the purpose of saving his own life
• 2:51:18
  Speaker 1: when he perceives that his love for her proceeds from
• 2:51:21
  Speaker 1: one degree of intensity to another. These degrees are ten
• 2:51:25
  Speaker 1: in number and are distinguished by the following marks. One
• 2:51:28
  Speaker 1: love of the eye, two attachment of the mind, three
• 2:51:34
  Speaker 1: constant reflection, four, destruction of sleep, five emaciation of the body,
• 2:51:43
  Speaker 1: six turning away from objects of enjoyment, seven, removal of shame,
• 2:51:49
  Speaker 1: eight madness, nine fainting ten death. Ancient authors say that
• 2:51:57
  Speaker 1: a man should know the disposition, truthfulness, and will of
• 2:52:01
  Speaker 1: a young woman, as also the intensity or weakness of
• 2:52:04
  Speaker 1: her passions from the form of her body, and from
• 2:52:07
  Speaker 1: her characteristic marks and signs. But Vatziana is of opinion
• 2:52:11
  Speaker 1: that the forms of bodies and the characteristic marks or
• 2:52:14
  Speaker 1: signs are but erring tests of character, and that women
• 2:52:17
  Speaker 1: should be judged by their conduct, by the outward expression
• 2:52:20
  Speaker 1: of their thoughts, and by the movements of their bodies. Now,
• 2:52:24
  Speaker 1: as a general rule, Goonic of Putra says that a
• 2:52:26
  Speaker 1: woman falls in love with every handsome man she sees,
• 2:52:29
  Speaker 1: and so does every man at the sight of a
• 2:52:31
  Speaker 1: beautiful woman. But frequently they do not take any further steps,
• 2:52:35
  Speaker 1: owing to various considerations in love. The following circumstances are
• 2:52:40
  Speaker 1: peculiar to the woman. She loves without regard to right
• 2:52:44
  Speaker 1: or wrong fifty eight, and does not try to gain
• 2:52:47
  Speaker 1: over a man simply for the attainment of some particular purpose. Moreover,
• 2:52:51
  Speaker 1: when a man first makes up to her, she naturally
• 2:52:54
  Speaker 1: shrinks from him, even though she may be willing to
• 2:52:56
  Speaker 1: unite herself with him. But when the attempts to gain
• 2:53:00
  Speaker 1: her are repeated and renewed, she at last consents. But
• 2:53:04
  Speaker 1: with a man, even though he may have begun to love,
• 2:53:07
  Speaker 1: he conquers his feelings from a regard for morality and wisdom,
• 2:53:10
  Speaker 1: and although his thoughts are often on the woman, he
• 2:53:12
  Speaker 1: does not yield, even though an attempt be made to
• 2:53:15
  Speaker 1: gain him over. He sometimes makes an attempt or effort
• 2:53:19
  Speaker 1: to win the object of his affections, and having failed,
• 2:53:22
  Speaker 1: he leaves her alone for the future. In the same way,
• 2:53:26
  Speaker 1: when a woman is once gained, he often becomes indifferent
• 2:53:29
  Speaker 1: about her. As for the saying that a man does
• 2:53:32
  Speaker 1: not care for what is easily gained, and only desires
• 2:53:35
  Speaker 1: a thing which cannot be obtained without difficulty, it is
• 2:53:38
  Speaker 1: only a matter of talk. The causes of a woman
• 2:53:41
  Speaker 1: rejecting the addresses of a man are as follows. One
• 2:53:44
  Speaker 1: affection for her husband. Two desire of lawful progeny free,
• 2:53:51
  Speaker 1: want of opportunity, four, anger at being addressed by the
• 2:53:56
  Speaker 1: man too familiarly. Five, difference in ren of life. Six,
• 2:54:02
  Speaker 1: want of certainty on account of the man being devoted
• 2:54:05
  Speaker 1: to traveling. Seven, thinking that the man may be attached
• 2:54:09
  Speaker 1: to some other person. Eight, fear of the man's not
• 2:54:12
  Speaker 1: keeping his intention secret. Nine thinking that the man is
• 2:54:17
  Speaker 1: too devoted to his friends and has too great a
• 2:54:20
  Speaker 1: regard for them. Ten the apprehension that he is not
• 2:54:24
  Speaker 1: in earnest eleven, bashfulness on account of his being an
• 2:54:28
  Speaker 1: illustrious man. Twelve, Fear on account of his being powerful
• 2:54:32
  Speaker 1: or possessed of too impetuous passion. In the case of
• 2:54:35
  Speaker 1: the dear woman thirteen, bashfulness on account of his being
• 2:54:40
  Speaker 1: too clever fourteen, the thought of having once lived with
• 2:54:45
  Speaker 1: him on friendly terms only fifteen, Contempt of his want
• 2:54:49
  Speaker 1: of knowledge of the world sixteen, distrust of his low
• 2:54:53
  Speaker 1: character seventeen, disgusted at his want of perception of her
• 2:54:57
  Speaker 1: love for him eighteen. In the case of an elephant woman,
• 2:55:02
  Speaker 1: the thought that he is a hair man or a
• 2:55:04
  Speaker 1: man of weak passion nineteen, Compassion lest any thing should
• 2:55:09
  Speaker 1: befall him on account of his passion twenty, Despair at
• 2:55:13
  Speaker 1: her own imperfections twenty one, fear of discovery twenty two,
• 2:55:19
  Speaker 1: disillusion at seeing his gray hair or shabby appearance twenty three,
• 2:55:25
  Speaker 1: Fear that he may be employed by her husband to
• 2:55:27
  Speaker 1: test her chastity twenty four, the thought that he has
• 2:55:31
  Speaker 1: too much regard for morality. Whichever of the above causes
• 2:55:35
  Speaker 1: a man may detect, he should endeavor to remove it
• 2:55:38
  Speaker 1: from the very beginning. Thus, the bashfulness that may arise
• 2:55:42
  Speaker 1: from his greatness or his ability he should remove by
• 2:55:45
  Speaker 1: showing his great love and affection for her. The difficulty
• 2:55:49
  Speaker 1: of the want of opportunity, or if his inaccessibility, he
• 2:55:52
  Speaker 1: should remove by showing her some easy way of access.
• 2:55:56
  Speaker 1: The excessive respect entertained by the woman for him should
• 2:55:59
  Speaker 1: be removed by making himself very familiar. The difficulties that
• 2:56:03
  Speaker 1: arise from his being thought a low character he should
• 2:56:06
  Speaker 1: remove by showing his valor and his wisdom, those that
• 2:56:09
  Speaker 1: come from neglect by extra attention, and those that arise
• 2:56:12
  Speaker 1: from fear by giving her proper encouragement. The following are
• 2:56:16
  Speaker 1: the men who generally obtain success with women. One men
• 2:56:20
  Speaker 1: well versed in the science of love, two men skilled
• 2:56:24
  Speaker 1: in telling stories, three men acquainted with women from their childhood.
• 2:56:30
  Speaker 1: Four men who have secured their confidence. Five men who
• 2:56:35
  Speaker 1: send presents to them, six men who talk well, seven
• 2:56:40
  Speaker 1: men who do things that they like. Eight men who
• 2:56:45
  Speaker 1: have not loved other women previously. Nine men who act
• 2:56:49
  Speaker 1: as messengers, ten men who knew their weak points. Eleven
• 2:56:55
  Speaker 1: men who are desired by good women, twelve men who
• 2:56:59
  Speaker 1: are united with their female friends, thirteen men who are
• 2:57:03
  Speaker 1: good looking, fourteen men who have been brought up with them,
• 2:57:08
  Speaker 1: fifteen men who are their neighbors sixteen men who are
• 2:57:14
  Speaker 1: devoted to sexual pleasures, even though these be their own servants,
• 2:57:18
  Speaker 1: seventeen the lovers of the daughters of their nurse eighteen
• 2:57:23
  Speaker 1: men who have been lately married. Nineteen men who like
• 2:57:27
  Speaker 1: picnics and pleasure parties. Twenty men who are liberal, twenty
• 2:57:33
  Speaker 1: one men who are celebrated for being very strong bow men.
• 2:57:37
  Speaker 1: Twenty two enterprising and brave men. Twenty three men who
• 2:57:43
  Speaker 1: surpass their husbands in learning, in good looks, in good quality,
• 2:57:47
  Speaker 1: and in liberality. Twenty four men whose dress and manner
• 2:57:51
  Speaker 1: of living are magnificent. The following are the women who
• 2:57:55
  Speaker 1: are easily gained over. One women who stand at the
• 2:57:59
  Speaker 1: doors of their houses. Two women who are always looking
• 2:58:03
  Speaker 1: out on the street. Three women who sit conversing in
• 2:58:07
  Speaker 1: their neighbor's house. Four a woman who is always staring
• 2:58:11
  Speaker 1: at you. Five a female messenger. Six a woman who
• 2:58:17
  Speaker 1: looks sideways at you. Seven. A woman whose husband has
• 2:58:21
  Speaker 1: taken another wife without any just cause. Eight a woman
• 2:58:25
  Speaker 1: who hates her husband or is hated by him. Nine
• 2:58:29
  Speaker 1: a woman who has nobody to look after her or
• 2:58:31
  Speaker 1: keep her in check. Ten a woman who has not
• 2:58:35
  Speaker 1: had any children eleven, A woman whose family or caste
• 2:58:39
  Speaker 1: is not well known. Twelve, a woman whose children are
• 2:58:43
  Speaker 1: dead thirteen, a woman who is very fond of society fourteen,
• 2:58:49
  Speaker 1: a woman who is apparently very affectionate with her husband fifteen,
• 2:58:54
  Speaker 1: the wife of an actor sixteen, a widow seventeen, a
• 2:59:00
  Speaker 1: poor woman eighteen, a woman fond of enjoyments nineteen, the
• 2:59:06
  Speaker 1: wife of a man with many younger brothers twenty a
• 2:59:10
  Speaker 1: vain woman twenty one. A woman whose husband is inferior
• 2:59:15
  Speaker 1: to her in rank or abilities. Twenty two. A woman
• 2:59:19
  Speaker 1: who is proud of her skill in the arts. Twenty three,
• 2:59:22
  Speaker 1: a woman disturbed in mind by the folly of her husband.
• 2:59:26
  Speaker 1: Twenty four. A woman who has been married in her
• 2:59:29
  Speaker 1: infancy to a rich man and not liking him when
• 2:59:32
  Speaker 1: she grows up. Desires a man possessing a disposition, talents,
• 2:59:36
  Speaker 1: and wisdom suitable to her own tastes twenty five. A
• 2:59:40
  Speaker 1: woman who is slighted by her husband without any cause.
• 2:59:44
  Speaker 1: Twenty six. A woman who is not respected by other
• 2:59:47
  Speaker 1: women of the same rank or beauty as herself. Twenty seven.
• 2:59:52
  Speaker 1: A woman whose husband is devoted to traveling. Twenty eight
• 2:59:56
  Speaker 1: the wife of a jeweler twenty nine, jealous woman thirty
• 3:00:02
  Speaker 1: a covetous woman thirty one, an immoral woman, thirty two,
• 3:00:07
  Speaker 1: a barren woman, thirty three, a lazy woman, thirty four,
• 3:00:13
  Speaker 1: a cowardly woman, thirty five, a humpbacked woman, thirty six,
• 3:00:19
  Speaker 1: a dwarfish woman, thirty seven, a deformed woman, thirty eight,
• 3:00:25
  Speaker 1: a vulgar woman, thirty nine, an ill smelling woman, forty
• 3:00:31
  Speaker 1: a sick woman, forty one an old woman. There was
• 3:00:36
  Speaker 1: also two verses on the subject, as follows, Desire, which
• 3:00:40
  Speaker 1: springs from nature, and which is increased by art, and
• 3:00:43
  Speaker 1: from which all danger is taken away by wisdom, becomes
• 3:00:46
  Speaker 1: firm and secure. A clever man, depending on his own
• 3:00:50
  Speaker 1: ability and observing carefully the ideas and thoughts of women,
• 3:00:54
  Speaker 1: and removing the causes of their turning away from men,
• 3:00:57
  Speaker 1: is generally successful with them. Or two about making acquaintance
• 3:01:02
  Speaker 1: with the woman, and of the efforts to gain her over.
• 3:01:06
  Speaker 1: Ancient authors are of opinion that girls are not so
• 3:01:08
  Speaker 1: easily seduced by employing female messengers as by the efforts
• 3:01:12
  Speaker 1: of the man himself, but that the wives of others
• 3:01:14
  Speaker 1: are more easily got it by the aid of female messengers.
• 3:01:17
  Speaker 1: Than by the personal efforts of a man. But Vatziana
• 3:01:21
  Speaker 1: lays it down that whenever it is possible, a man
• 3:01:23
  Speaker 1: should always act himself in these matters, and it is
• 3:01:26
  Speaker 1: only when such is impracticable or impossible that female messengers
• 3:01:30
  Speaker 1: should be employed. As for the saying that women who
• 3:01:33
  Speaker 1: act and talk boldly and freely are to be won
• 3:01:36
  Speaker 1: by the personal efforts of the man, and that women
• 3:01:38
  Speaker 1: who do not possess those qualities are to be got
• 3:01:40
  Speaker 1: it by female messengers, it is only a matter of talk. Now.
• 3:01:45
  Speaker 1: When a man acts himself in the matter, he should
• 3:01:47
  Speaker 1: first of all make the acquaintance of the woman he
• 3:01:49
  Speaker 1: loves in the following manner. First, he should arrange to
• 3:01:54
  Speaker 1: be seen by the woman, either on a natural or
• 3:01:56
  Speaker 1: special opportunity. A natural opportunity is when one of them
• 3:02:00
  Speaker 1: goes to the house of the other, and especial opportunity
• 3:02:03
  Speaker 1: is when they meet either at the house of a
• 3:02:05
  Speaker 1: friend or a caste fellow, or a minister or a physician,
• 3:02:08
  Speaker 1: as also on the occasion of marriage, ceremonies, sacrifices, festivals, funerals,
• 3:02:14
  Speaker 1: and garden parties. Second, when they do meet, the man
• 3:02:19
  Speaker 1: should be careful to look at her in such a
• 3:02:21
  Speaker 1: way as to cause the state of his mind to
• 3:02:23
  Speaker 1: be made known to her. He should pull about his mustache,
• 3:02:26
  Speaker 1: make a sound with his nails, cause his own ornaments
• 3:02:29
  Speaker 1: to tinkle, bite his lower lip, and make various other
• 3:02:32
  Speaker 1: signs of that description. When she is looking at him,
• 3:02:35
  Speaker 1: he should speak to his friends about her and other women,
• 3:02:38
  Speaker 1: and should show to her his liberality and his appreciation
• 3:02:40
  Speaker 1: of enjoyments. When sitting by the side of a female friend,
• 3:02:44
  Speaker 1: he should yawn and twist his body, contract his eyebrows,
• 3:02:48
  Speaker 1: speak very slowly, as if he were weary, and listen
• 3:02:51
  Speaker 1: to her indifferently. A conversation having two meanings should also
• 3:02:55
  Speaker 1: be carried on with a child or some other person,
• 3:02:57
  Speaker 1: apparently having regard to a third person, but really having
• 3:03:01
  Speaker 1: reference to the woman he loves, And in this way
• 3:03:03
  Speaker 1: his love should be made manifest under the pretext of
• 3:03:06
  Speaker 1: referring to others rather than to herself. He should make
• 3:03:09
  Speaker 1: marks that have reference to her on the earth with
• 3:03:12
  Speaker 1: his nails or with a stick, and should embrace and
• 3:03:14
  Speaker 1: kiss a child in her presence, and give it the
• 3:03:17
  Speaker 1: mixture of beetle nut and beetle leaves with his tongue
• 3:03:20
  Speaker 1: and press its chin with his fingers in a caressing way.
• 3:03:23
  Speaker 1: All these things should be done at the proper time
• 3:03:25
  Speaker 1: and in proper places. Third, the man should fondle a
• 3:03:30
  Speaker 1: child that may be sitting on her lap, and give
• 3:03:33
  Speaker 1: it something to play with, and also take the same
• 3:03:35
  Speaker 1: back again. Conversation with respect to the child may also
• 3:03:39
  Speaker 1: be held with her, and in this manner he should
• 3:03:42
  Speaker 1: gradually become well acquainted with her, and he should also
• 3:03:44
  Speaker 1: make himself agreeable to her relations. Afterwards, this acquaintance should
• 3:03:50
  Speaker 1: be made a pretext for visiting her house frequently, and
• 3:03:52
  Speaker 1: on such occasions he should converse on the subject of
• 3:03:55
  Speaker 1: love in her absence, but within her hearing. As his
• 3:03:59
  Speaker 1: intimacy with her increases, he should place in her charge
• 3:04:01
  Speaker 1: some kind of deposit or trust, and take away from
• 3:04:04
  Speaker 1: it a small portion at a time. Or he may
• 3:04:06
  Speaker 1: give her some fragrant substances or beetle nuts, to be
• 3:04:09
  Speaker 1: kept for him by her. After this, he should endeavor
• 3:04:13
  Speaker 1: to make her well acquainted with his own wife, and
• 3:04:15
  Speaker 1: get them to carry on confidential conversations and to sit
• 3:04:18
  Speaker 1: together in lonely places. In order to see her frequently,
• 3:04:22
  Speaker 1: he should arrange that the same goldsmith, the same jeweler
• 3:04:26
  Speaker 1: the same basket maker, the same dier, and the same
• 3:04:29
  Speaker 1: was herman should be employed by the two families, and
• 3:04:32
  Speaker 1: he should also pay her long visits openly under the
• 3:04:35
  Speaker 1: pretense of being engaged with her on business. And one
• 3:04:38
  Speaker 1: business should lead to another, so as to keep up
• 3:04:40
  Speaker 1: the intercourse between them. Whenever she wants anything, or is
• 3:04:44
  Speaker 1: in need of money, or wishes to acquire skill in
• 3:04:47
  Speaker 1: one of the arts, he should cause her to understand
• 3:04:49
  Speaker 1: that he is willing and able to do anything that
• 3:04:51
  Speaker 1: she wants, to give her money or teach her one
• 3:04:54
  Speaker 1: of the arts, all these things being quite within his
• 3:04:56
  Speaker 1: ability and power. In the same way, he should hold
• 3:05:00
  Speaker 1: discussions with her in company with other people, and they
• 3:05:03
  Speaker 1: should talk of the doings and sayings of other persons,
• 3:05:05
  Speaker 1: and examine different things like jewelry, precious stones, et cetera.
• 3:05:11
  Speaker 1: On such occasions, he should show her certain things with
• 3:05:13
  Speaker 1: the values of which she may be unacquainted, And if
• 3:05:16
  Speaker 1: she begins to dispute with him about the things or
• 3:05:18
  Speaker 1: their value, he should not contradict her, but point out
• 3:05:21
  Speaker 1: that he agrees with her in every way. Thus ends
• 3:05:24
  Speaker 1: the ways of making the acquaintance of the woman desired. Now,
• 3:05:29
  Speaker 1: after a girl has become acquainted with the man as
• 3:05:31
  Speaker 1: above described, and has manifested her love to him by
• 3:05:34
  Speaker 1: the various outward signs and by the motions of her body.
• 3:05:37
  Speaker 1: The man should make every effort to gain her over,
• 3:05:41
  Speaker 1: But as girls are not acquainted with sexual union, they
• 3:05:44
  Speaker 1: should be treated with the greatest delicacy, and the man
• 3:05:47
  Speaker 1: should proceed with considerable caution, though in the case of
• 3:05:50
  Speaker 1: other women accustomed to sexual intercourse, this is not necessary.
• 3:05:54
  Speaker 1: When the intentions of the girl are known, and her
• 3:05:57
  Speaker 1: bashfulness put aside, the man should begin to make use
• 3:06:00
  Speaker 1: of her money, and an interchange of clothes, rings, and
• 3:06:03
  Speaker 1: flowers should be made. In this the man should take
• 3:06:07
  Speaker 1: particular care that the things given by him are handsome
• 3:06:10
  Speaker 1: and valuable. He should moreover receive from her a mixture
• 3:06:13
  Speaker 1: of beetle nut and beetle leaves, And when he is
• 3:06:16
  Speaker 1: going to a party, he should ask for the flower
• 3:06:18
  Speaker 1: in her hair, or for the flower in her hand.
• 3:06:21
  Speaker 1: If he himself gives her a flower, it should be
• 3:06:23
  Speaker 1: a sweet smelling one, and marked with marks made by
• 3:06:26
  Speaker 1: his nails or teeth. With increasing aciduity, he should dispel
• 3:06:30
  Speaker 1: her fears, and by degrees get her to go with
• 3:06:33
  Speaker 1: him to some lonely place, and there he should embrace
• 3:06:35
  Speaker 1: and kiss her, And finally, at the time of giving
• 3:06:39
  Speaker 1: her some beetle nut, or of receiving the same from her,
• 3:06:42
  Speaker 1: or at the time of making an exchange of flowers,
• 3:06:44
  Speaker 1: he should touch and press her private parts, thus bringing
• 3:06:47
  Speaker 1: his efforts to a satisfactory conclusion. When a man is
• 3:06:51
  Speaker 1: endeavoring to seduce one woman, he should not attempt to
• 3:06:54
  Speaker 1: seduce any other at the same time. But after he
• 3:06:57
  Speaker 1: had succeeded with the first and enjoyed her for a
• 3:07:00
  Speaker 1: considerable time, he can keep her affections by giving her
• 3:07:03
  Speaker 1: presents that she likes, and then commence making up to
• 3:07:06
  Speaker 1: another woman. When a man sees the husband of a
• 3:07:09
  Speaker 1: woman going to some place near his house, he should
• 3:07:12
  Speaker 1: not enjoy the woman then, even though she may be
• 3:07:14
  Speaker 1: easily gained over at that time. A wise man having
• 3:07:18
  Speaker 1: a regard for his reputation, should not think of seducing
• 3:07:21
  Speaker 1: a woman who is apprehensive, timid, not to be trusted,
• 3:07:24
  Speaker 1: well guarded, or possessed of a father in law or
• 3:07:27
  Speaker 1: mother in law. Chapter three, Examination of the state of
• 3:07:32
  Speaker 1: a woman's mind. When a man is trying to gain
• 3:07:35
  Speaker 1: over a woman, he should examine the state of her
• 3:07:37
  Speaker 1: mind and acts as follows. If she listens to him
• 3:07:41
  Speaker 1: but does not manifest to him in any way her
• 3:07:44
  Speaker 1: own intentions, he should then try to gain her over
• 3:07:46
  Speaker 1: by means of a go between. If she meets him
• 3:07:50
  Speaker 1: once and again, comes to meet him better dressed than before,
• 3:07:53
  Speaker 1: or comes to him in some lonely place, he should
• 3:07:55
  Speaker 1: be certain that she is capable of being enjoyed by
• 3:07:58
  Speaker 1: the use of a little force. A woman who lets
• 3:08:01
  Speaker 1: a man make up to her but does not give
• 3:08:03
  Speaker 1: herself up even after a long time, should be considered
• 3:08:06
  Speaker 1: as a trifler in love. But owing to the fickleness
• 3:08:09
  Speaker 1: of the human mind, even such a woman can be
• 3:08:11
  Speaker 1: conquered by always keeping up a close acquaintance with her.
• 3:08:15
  Speaker 1: When a woman avoids the attentions of a man, and
• 3:08:18
  Speaker 1: on account of respect for him and pride in herself,
• 3:08:21
  Speaker 1: will not meet him or approach him, she can be
• 3:08:23
  Speaker 1: gained over with difficulty, either by endeavoring to keep on
• 3:08:26
  Speaker 1: familiar terms with her, or else by an exceedingly clever
• 3:08:29
  Speaker 1: go between. When a man makes up to a woman
• 3:08:32
  Speaker 1: and she reproaches him with harsh words, she should be
• 3:08:35
  Speaker 1: abandoned at once. When a woman reproaches a man, but
• 3:08:39
  Speaker 1: at the same time acts affectionately towards him. She should
• 3:08:42
  Speaker 1: be made love to in every way. A woman who
• 3:08:45
  Speaker 1: meets a man in lonely places and puts up with
• 3:08:48
  Speaker 1: the touch of his foot, but pretends, on account of
• 3:08:51
  Speaker 1: the indecision of her mind not to be aware of it,
• 3:08:53
  Speaker 1: should be conquered by patience and by continued efforts, as follows.
• 3:08:57
  Speaker 1: If she happens to go to sleep in his vicinity,
• 3:09:00
  Speaker 1: he should put his left arm round her, and see
• 3:09:03
  Speaker 1: when she awakes whether she repulses him in reality or
• 3:09:06
  Speaker 1: only repulses him in such a way as if she
• 3:09:08
  Speaker 1: were desirous of the same thing being done to her again.
• 3:09:12
  Speaker 1: And what is done by the arm can also be
• 3:09:14
  Speaker 1: done by the foot. If the man succeeds in this point,
• 3:09:17
  Speaker 1: he should embrace her more closely. And if she will
• 3:09:20
  Speaker 1: not stand the embrace and gets up, but behaves with
• 3:09:23
  Speaker 1: him as usual the next day, he should consider then
• 3:09:25
  Speaker 1: that she is not unwilling to be enjoyed by him. If, however,
• 3:09:29
  Speaker 1: she does not appear again, the man should try to
• 3:09:32
  Speaker 1: get over her by means of a go between. And
• 3:09:34
  Speaker 1: if after having disappeared for some time, she again appears
• 3:09:38
  Speaker 1: and behaves with him as usual. The man should then
• 3:09:40
  Speaker 1: consider that she would not object to be united with him.
• 3:09:44
  Speaker 1: When a woman gives a man an opportunity and makes
• 3:09:46
  Speaker 1: her own love manifest to him, he should proceed to
• 3:09:49
  Speaker 1: enjoy her. And the signs of a woman manifesting her
• 3:09:53
  Speaker 1: love are these. One she calls out to a man
• 3:09:56
  Speaker 1: without being addressed by him in the first instance. Two
• 3:10:00
  Speaker 1: she shows herself to him in secret places. Three she
• 3:10:04
  Speaker 1: speaks to him tremblingly and inarticulately, for she has the
• 3:10:08
  Speaker 1: fingers of her hand and the toes of her feet
• 3:10:11
  Speaker 1: moistened with perspiration, and her face blooming with delight. Five
• 3:10:15
  Speaker 1: she occupies herself with shampooing his body and pressing his head. Six.
• 3:10:21
  Speaker 1: When shampooing him, she works with one hand only, and
• 3:10:24
  Speaker 1: with the other she touches and embraces parts of his body.
• 3:10:28
  Speaker 1: Seven she remains with both hands placed on his body, motionless,
• 3:10:32
  Speaker 1: as if she had been surprised by something or was
• 3:10:35
  Speaker 1: overcome by fatigue. Eight She sometimes bends down her face
• 3:10:39
  Speaker 1: upon his thighs, and, when asked to shampoo them, does
• 3:10:42
  Speaker 1: not manifest any unwillingness to do so. Nine she places
• 3:10:48
  Speaker 1: one of her hands quite motionless on his body, and
• 3:10:50
  Speaker 1: even though the man should press it between two members
• 3:10:53
  Speaker 1: of his body, she does not remove it for a
• 3:10:55
  Speaker 1: long time. Ten Lastly, when she has resisted all the
• 3:10:59
  Speaker 1: efforts of the man to gain her over, she returns
• 3:11:02
  Speaker 1: to him next day to shampoo his body. As before.
• 3:11:05
  Speaker 1: When a woman neither gives encouragement to a man nor
• 3:11:08
  Speaker 1: avoids him, but hides herself and remains in some lonely place,
• 3:11:12
  Speaker 1: she must be got it by means of the female
• 3:11:14
  Speaker 1: servant who may be near her. If when called by
• 3:11:17
  Speaker 1: the man, she acts in the same way, then she
• 3:11:20
  Speaker 1: should be gained over by means of a skillful go between.
• 3:11:23
  Speaker 1: But if she will have nothing to say to the man,
• 3:11:26
  Speaker 1: he should consider well about her before he begins any
• 3:11:28
  Speaker 1: further attempts to gain her over. Thus ends the examination
• 3:11:33
  Speaker 1: of the state of a woman's mind. A man should
• 3:11:36
  Speaker 1: first get himself introduced to a woman, and then carry
• 3:11:39
  Speaker 1: on a conversation with her. He should give her hints
• 3:11:42
  Speaker 1: of his love for her, and if he finds from
• 3:11:44
  Speaker 1: her replies that she receives these hints favorably, he should
• 3:11:47
  Speaker 1: then set to work to gain her over without any fear.
• 3:11:51
  Speaker 1: A woman who shows her love by outward signs to
• 3:11:53
  Speaker 1: the man at his first interview, should be gained over
• 3:11:55
  Speaker 1: very easily. In the same way, a lascivious woman, who,
• 3:11:59
  Speaker 1: when addressed in loving words, replies openly in words expressive
• 3:12:03
  Speaker 1: of her love, should be considered to have been gained
• 3:12:05
  Speaker 1: over at that very moment. With regard to all women,
• 3:12:09
  Speaker 1: whether they be wise, simple, or confiding, this rule is
• 3:12:13
  Speaker 1: laid down that those who make an open manifestation of
• 3:12:15
  Speaker 1: their love are easily gained over. Chapter four about the
• 3:12:20
  Speaker 1: business of a geo between. If a woman has manifested
• 3:12:24
  Speaker 1: her love or desire, either by signs or by motions
• 3:12:27
  Speaker 1: of her body, and is afterwards rarely or never seen anywhere,
• 3:12:31
  Speaker 1: or if a woman is met for the first time,
• 3:12:33
  Speaker 1: the man should get a go between to approach her. Now,
• 3:12:36
  Speaker 1: the go between, having wheedled herself into the confidence of
• 3:12:39
  Speaker 1: the woman, by acting according to her disposition, should try
• 3:12:42
  Speaker 1: to make her hate or despise her husband, by holding
• 3:12:45
  Speaker 1: artful conversations with her, by telling her about medicines for
• 3:12:48
  Speaker 1: getting children, by talking to her about other people, by
• 3:12:51
  Speaker 1: tales of various kinds, by stories about the wives of
• 3:12:55
  Speaker 1: other men, and by praising her beauty, wisdom, generosity and
• 3:13:00
  Speaker 1: good nature, and then saying to her, it is indeed
• 3:13:03
  Speaker 1: a pity that you, who are so excellent a woman
• 3:13:05
  Speaker 1: in every way, should be possessed of a husband of
• 3:13:08
  Speaker 1: this kind, beautiful lady, he is not fit even to
• 3:13:11
  Speaker 1: serve you. The go between should further talk to the
• 3:13:15
  Speaker 1: woman about the weakness of the passion of her husband,
• 3:13:17
  Speaker 1: his jealousy, his roguery, his ingratitude, his aversion to enjoyments,
• 3:13:22
  Speaker 1: his dullness, his meanness, and all the other faults that
• 3:13:25
  Speaker 1: he may have and with which she may be acquainted.
• 3:13:29
  Speaker 1: She should particularly harp upon that fault or that failing
• 3:13:31
  Speaker 1: by which the wife may appear to be the most affected.
• 3:13:35
  Speaker 1: If the wife be a dear woman and the husband
• 3:13:37
  Speaker 1: a hair man, then there would be no fault in
• 3:13:39
  Speaker 1: that direction. But in the event of his being a
• 3:13:42
  Speaker 1: hair man and she a mere woman or elephant woman,
• 3:13:45
  Speaker 1: then this fault should be pointed out to her. Gneicaputra
• 3:13:48
  Speaker 1: is of opinion that when it is the first affair
• 3:13:50
  Speaker 1: of the woman, or when her love has only been
• 3:13:53
  Speaker 1: very secretly shown, the man should then secure and send
• 3:13:56
  Speaker 1: to her a go between with whom she may be
• 3:13:58
  Speaker 1: already acquainted, and in whom she confides. But to return
• 3:14:02
  Speaker 1: to our subject, the go between should tell the woman
• 3:14:05
  Speaker 1: about the obedience and love of the man, and as
• 3:14:08
  Speaker 1: her confidence and affection increase, she should then explain to
• 3:14:11
  Speaker 1: her the thing to be accomplished in the following way.
• 3:14:15
  Speaker 1: Hear this, o, beautiful lady, that this man, born of
• 3:14:18
  Speaker 1: a good family, having seen you, has gone mad on
• 3:14:21
  Speaker 1: your account. The poor young man, who is tender by nature,
• 3:14:26
  Speaker 1: has never been distressed in such a way before, and
• 3:14:28
  Speaker 1: it is highly probable that he will succumb under his
• 3:14:31
  Speaker 1: present affliction and experience the pains of death. If the
• 3:14:35
  Speaker 1: woman listens with a favorable year, then on the following day,
• 3:14:38
  Speaker 1: the go between, having observed marks of good spirits in
• 3:14:41
  Speaker 1: her face, in her eyes, and in her manner of conversation,
• 3:14:45
  Speaker 1: should again converse with her on the subject of the man,
• 3:14:47
  Speaker 1: and should tell her the stories of Aholya fifty nine
• 3:14:51
  Speaker 1: and Indra of Secuntula sixty and dusci Ante, and such
• 3:14:56
  Speaker 1: others as may be fitted for the occasion. She should
• 3:14:59
  Speaker 1: also ascribe to her the strength of the man, his talents,
• 3:15:02
  Speaker 1: his skill, and the sixty four sorts of enjoyments mentioned
• 3:15:05
  Speaker 1: by Babravia. His good looks, and his liaison with some
• 3:15:09
  Speaker 1: praiseworthy woman, no matter whether this last ever took place
• 3:15:12
  Speaker 1: or not. In addition to this, the go between should
• 3:15:15
  Speaker 1: carefully note the behavior of the woman, which, if favorable,
• 3:15:18
  Speaker 1: would be as follows. She would address her with a
• 3:15:21
  Speaker 1: smiling look, would seat herself close beside her, and ask
• 3:15:24
  Speaker 1: her where have you been, what have you been doing?
• 3:15:28
  Speaker 1: Where did you dine? Where did you sleep? Where have
• 3:15:32
  Speaker 1: you been sitting? Moreover, the woman would meet the go
• 3:15:35
  Speaker 1: between in lonely places and tell her stories. There would
• 3:15:38
  Speaker 1: yon contemplatively, draw long sighs, give her presents, remember her
• 3:15:42
  Speaker 1: on occasions of festivals, dismiss her with a wish to
• 3:15:45
  Speaker 1: see her again, and say to her jestingly, oh, well
• 3:15:48
  Speaker 1: speaking woman, why do you speak these bad words to me?
• 3:15:52
  Speaker 1: Would discourse on the sin of her union with the man,
• 3:15:55
  Speaker 1: would not tell her about any previous visits or conversations
• 3:15:58
  Speaker 1: that she may have had with him, but wish to
• 3:16:00
  Speaker 1: be asked about these, And lastly, would laugh at the
• 3:16:03
  Speaker 1: man's desire, but would not reproach him in any way.
• 3:16:06
  Speaker 1: Thus ends the behavior of the woman with the go between.
• 3:16:10
  Speaker 1: When the woman manifests her love and the manner above described,
• 3:16:13
  Speaker 1: the go between should increase it by bringing to her
• 3:16:16
  Speaker 1: love tokens from the man. But if the woman be
• 3:16:19
  Speaker 1: not acquainted with the man personally, the goat between should
• 3:16:22
  Speaker 1: win her over by extolling and praising his good qualities
• 3:16:25
  Speaker 1: and by telling stories about his love for her. Here,
• 3:16:29
  Speaker 1: Autolaca says that when a man or woman are not
• 3:16:32
  Speaker 1: personally acquainted with each other and have not shown each
• 3:16:34
  Speaker 1: other any signs of affection, the employment of a goat
• 3:16:37
  Speaker 1: between is useless. The followers of Babravia, on the other hand,
• 3:16:42
  Speaker 1: affirm that even though they be personally unacquainted but have
• 3:16:45
  Speaker 1: shown each other signs of affection, there is an occasion
• 3:16:47
  Speaker 1: for the employment of a go between. Ghnicaputra asserts that
• 3:16:51
  Speaker 1: a go between should be employed provided they are acquainted
• 3:16:54
  Speaker 1: with each other, even though no signs of affection may
• 3:16:57
  Speaker 1: have passed between them. Votziana, however, lays it down that
• 3:17:01
  Speaker 1: even though they may not be personally acquainted with each
• 3:17:03
  Speaker 1: other and may not have shown each other any signs
• 3:17:06
  Speaker 1: of affection, still they are both capable of placing confidence
• 3:17:09
  Speaker 1: in a go between. Now, the go between should show
• 3:17:13
  Speaker 1: the woman the presence such as the beetle nut and
• 3:17:15
  Speaker 1: beetle leaves, the perfumes, the flowers, and the rings which
• 3:17:19
  Speaker 1: the man may have given to her for the sake
• 3:17:21
  Speaker 1: of the woman. And on these presents should be impressed
• 3:17:23
  Speaker 1: the marks of the man's teeth and nails, and other signs.
• 3:17:28
  Speaker 1: On the cloth that he may scent. He should draw
• 3:17:30
  Speaker 1: with saffron, both his hands joined together, as if in
• 3:17:32
  Speaker 1: earnest entreaty. The go between should also show to the
• 3:17:36
  Speaker 1: woman ornamental figures of various kinds cut in leaves, together
• 3:17:39
  Speaker 1: with year ornaments and chaplets made of flowers containing love
• 3:17:43
  Speaker 1: letters expressive of the desire of the man sixty one,
• 3:17:47
  Speaker 1: and she should cause her to send affectionate presence to
• 3:17:49
  Speaker 1: the man in return. After they have mutually accepted each
• 3:17:53
  Speaker 1: other's presence, then a meeting should be arranged between them.
• 3:17:56
  Speaker 1: On the faith of the goat between. The followers of
• 3:18:00
  Speaker 1: Babravia say that this meeting should take place at the
• 3:18:02
  Speaker 1: time of going to the temple of a deity, or
• 3:18:04
  Speaker 1: on occasions of fairs, garden parties, theatrical performances, marriages, sacrifices,
• 3:18:10
  Speaker 1: festivals and funerals, as also at the time of going
• 3:18:13
  Speaker 1: to the river to bathe, or at times of natural
• 3:18:16
  Speaker 1: calamities sixty two fear of robbers or hostile invasions of
• 3:18:21
  Speaker 1: the country. Ghankaputra is of opinion, however, that these meetings
• 3:18:25
  Speaker 1: had better be brought about in the abodes of female friends, mendicants, astrologers,
• 3:18:30
  Speaker 1: and ascetics. But Vatziana decides that that place is only
• 3:18:34
  Speaker 1: well suited for the purpose, which has proper means of
• 3:18:37
  Speaker 1: ingress and egress, and where arrangements have been made to
• 3:18:39
  Speaker 1: prevent any accidental occurrence, and when a man who has
• 3:18:42
  Speaker 1: once entered the house can also leave it at the
• 3:18:45
  Speaker 1: proper time without any disagreeable encounter. Now, go betweens or
• 3:18:49
  Speaker 1: female messengers are of the following different kinds viz. One
• 3:18:54
  Speaker 1: a go between who takes upon herself the whole burden
• 3:18:56
  Speaker 1: of the business. Two a go between who does own
• 3:19:00
  Speaker 1: a limited part of the business. Three a go between
• 3:19:03
  Speaker 1: who is the bearer of a letter only. Four a
• 3:19:07
  Speaker 1: go between acting on her own account, five the go
• 3:19:11
  Speaker 1: between of an innocent young woman. Six a wife serving
• 3:19:16
  Speaker 1: as a go between, seven a mute go between. Eight
• 3:19:21
  Speaker 1: a go between who acts the part of the wind.
• 3:19:24
  Speaker 1: One a woman who, having observed the mutual passion of
• 3:19:28
  Speaker 1: a man and woman brings them together and arranges it
• 3:19:31
  Speaker 1: by the power of her own intellect. Such an one
• 3:19:33
  Speaker 1: is called a go between, who takes upon herself the
• 3:19:36
  Speaker 1: whole burden of the business. This kind of go between
• 3:19:39
  Speaker 1: is chiefly employed when the man and the woman are
• 3:19:42
  Speaker 1: already acquainted with each other and have converse together, and
• 3:19:45
  Speaker 1: in such cases she is sent not only by the man,
• 3:19:47
  Speaker 1: as is always done in all other cases, but by
• 3:19:50
  Speaker 1: the woman also. Dot above name is also given to
• 3:19:54
  Speaker 1: a go between who, perceiving that the man and the
• 3:19:57
  Speaker 1: woman are suited to each other, tries to bring about
• 3:19:59
  Speaker 1: a union between them, even though they be not acquainted
• 3:20:02
  Speaker 1: with each other. Two. A go between who, perceiving that
• 3:20:07
  Speaker 1: some part of the affair is already done, or that
• 3:20:10
  Speaker 1: the advances on the part of the man are already made,
• 3:20:12
  Speaker 1: completes the rest of the business, is called a go
• 3:20:15
  Speaker 1: between who performs only a limited part of the business. Three.
• 3:20:20
  Speaker 1: A go between who simply carries messages between a man
• 3:20:23
  Speaker 1: and a woman who love each other but who cannot
• 3:20:26
  Speaker 1: frequently meet, is called the bearer of a letter or message.
• 3:20:30
  Speaker 1: This name is also given to one who is sent
• 3:20:32
  Speaker 1: by either of the lovers to acquaint either the one
• 3:20:34
  Speaker 1: or the other, with the time and place of their meeting.
• 3:20:38
  Speaker 1: Four A woman who goes herself to a man and
• 3:20:41
  Speaker 1: tells him of her having enjoyed sexual union with him
• 3:20:44
  Speaker 1: in a dream, and expresses her anger at his wife
• 3:20:46
  Speaker 1: having rebuked him for calling her by the name of
• 3:20:49
  Speaker 1: her rival instead of by her own name, And gives
• 3:20:51
  Speaker 1: him something bearing the marks of her teeth and nails,
• 3:20:55
  Speaker 1: and informs him that she knew she was formerly desired
• 3:20:57
  Speaker 1: by him, and asks him privately whether she or his
• 3:21:00
  Speaker 1: wife is the best looking. Such a person is called
• 3:21:03
  Speaker 1: a woman who is a go between for herself. Now
• 3:21:06
  Speaker 1: such a woman should be met and interviewed by the
• 3:21:08
  Speaker 1: man in private and secretly. The above name is also
• 3:21:12
  Speaker 1: given to a woman who, having made an agreement with
• 3:21:14
  Speaker 1: some other woman to act as her go between, gains
• 3:21:17
  Speaker 1: over the man to herself by the means of making
• 3:21:20
  Speaker 1: him personally acquainted with herself, and thus causes the other
• 3:21:23
  Speaker 1: woman to fail. The same applies to a man, who,
• 3:21:27
  Speaker 1: acting as a go between for another and having no
• 3:21:29
  Speaker 1: previous connection with the woman, gains her over for himself,
• 3:21:33
  Speaker 1: and thus causes the failure of the other man. Five.
• 3:21:37
  Speaker 1: A woman who has gained the confidence of the innocent
• 3:21:40
  Speaker 1: young wife of any man, and who has learned her
• 3:21:42
  Speaker 1: secrets without exercising any pressure on her mind, and found
• 3:21:46
  Speaker 1: out from her how her husband behaves to her. If
• 3:21:48
  Speaker 1: this woman then teaches her the art of securing his
• 3:21:51
  Speaker 1: favor and decorates her so as to show her love,
• 3:21:55
  Speaker 1: and instructs her how and when to be angry or
• 3:21:57
  Speaker 1: to pretend to be so, And then, having herself made
• 3:22:00
  Speaker 1: marks of the nails and teeth on the body of
• 3:22:02
  Speaker 1: the wife, gets the latter to send for her husband
• 3:22:05
  Speaker 1: to show these marks to him and thus excite him
• 3:22:07
  Speaker 1: for enjoyment. Such is called the go between of an
• 3:22:09
  Speaker 1: innocent young woman. In such cases, the man should send
• 3:22:13
  Speaker 1: replies to his wife through the same woman. Six. When
• 3:22:17
  Speaker 1: a man gets his wife to gain the confidence of
• 3:22:19
  Speaker 1: a woman whom he wants to enjoy, and to call
• 3:22:22
  Speaker 1: on her and talk to her about the wisdom and
• 3:22:24
  Speaker 1: ability of her husband, that wife is called a wife
• 3:22:26
  Speaker 1: serving as a go between. In this case, the feelings
• 3:22:30
  Speaker 1: of the woman with regard to the man should also
• 3:22:32
  Speaker 1: be made known through the wife. Seven. When any man
• 3:22:36
  Speaker 1: sends a girl or a female servant to any woman
• 3:22:39
  Speaker 1: under some pretext or other and places a letter in
• 3:22:42
  Speaker 1: her bouquet of flowers or in her ear ornaments, or
• 3:22:45
  Speaker 1: marks something about her with his teeth or nails. That
• 3:22:48
  Speaker 1: girl or female servant is called a mute go between.
• 3:22:52
  Speaker 1: In this case, the man should expect an answer from
• 3:22:55
  Speaker 1: the woman through the same person. Eight. A person who
• 3:22:59
  Speaker 1: carries a message to a woman which has a double meaning,
• 3:23:02
  Speaker 1: or which relates to some past transactions, or which is
• 3:23:06
  Speaker 1: unintelligible to other people is called a go between who
• 3:23:09
  Speaker 1: acts the part of the wind. In this case, the
• 3:23:12
  Speaker 1: reply should be asked for through the same woman. Thus
• 3:23:15
  Speaker 1: end the different kinds of go betweens. A female astrologer,
• 3:23:19
  Speaker 1: a female servant, a female beggar, or a female artist
• 3:23:23
  Speaker 1: are well acquainted with the business of a go between,
• 3:23:26
  Speaker 1: and very soon gain the confidence of other women. Any
• 3:23:29
  Speaker 1: One of them can raise enmity between any two persons
• 3:23:32
  Speaker 1: if she wishes to do so, or extol the loveliness
• 3:23:35
  Speaker 1: of any woman that she wishes to praise, or describe
• 3:23:38
  Speaker 1: the arts practiced by other women in sexual union. They
• 3:23:42
  Speaker 1: can also speak highly of the love of a man,
• 3:23:44
  Speaker 1: of his skill in sexual enjoyment, and of the desire
• 3:23:47
  Speaker 1: of other women more beautiful even than the woman they
• 3:23:50
  Speaker 1: are addressing. For him, and explain the restraint under which
• 3:23:53
  Speaker 1: he may be at home. Lastly, a go between can,
• 3:23:57
  Speaker 1: by the artfulness of her conversation, unite a woman with
• 3:23:59
  Speaker 1: a man, even though he may not have been thought
• 3:24:01
  Speaker 1: of by her, or may have been considered beyond his aspirations.
• 3:24:06
  Speaker 1: She can also bring back a man to a woman who,
• 3:24:09
  Speaker 1: owing to some cause or other, has separated himself from her.
• 3:24:13
  Speaker 1: Chapter five about the love of persons in authority. For
• 3:24:17
  Speaker 1: the wives of other men, kings and their ministers have
• 3:24:20
  Speaker 1: no access to the abodes of others, and moreover, their
• 3:24:23
  Speaker 1: mode of living is constantly watched and observed and imitated
• 3:24:26
  Speaker 1: by the people at large, just as the animal world,
• 3:24:29
  Speaker 1: seeing the sun rise, get up after him, and when
• 3:24:32
  Speaker 1: he sits in the evening, lie down again. In the
• 3:24:35
  Speaker 1: same way, persons in authority should not therefore do any
• 3:24:39
  Speaker 1: improper act in public, as such are impossible from their position,
• 3:24:43
  Speaker 1: and would be deserving of censure. But if they find
• 3:24:46
  Speaker 1: that such an act is necessary to be done, they
• 3:24:49
  Speaker 1: should make use of the proper means, as described in
• 3:24:51
  Speaker 1: the following paragraphs. The head man of the village, the
• 3:24:55
  Speaker 1: king's officer employed there, and the man sixty three, whose
• 3:24:59
  Speaker 1: business it is is to glean corn can gain over
• 3:25:02
  Speaker 1: female villagers simply by asking them. It is on this
• 3:25:05
  Speaker 1: account that this class of women are called unchased women
• 3:25:08
  Speaker 1: by voluptuaries. The union of the above mentioned men with
• 3:25:12
  Speaker 1: this class of women takes place on the occasions of
• 3:25:15
  Speaker 1: unpaid labor, of filling the granaries in their houses, of
• 3:25:18
  Speaker 1: taking things in and out of the house, of cleaning
• 3:25:21
  Speaker 1: the houses, of working in the fields, and of purchasing cotton, wool, flax,
• 3:25:26
  Speaker 1: hemp and thread, and that the season of the purchase
• 3:25:29
  Speaker 1: sail an exchange of various other articles, as well as
• 3:25:33
  Speaker 1: at the time of doing various other works. In the
• 3:25:37
  Speaker 1: same way, the superintendents of cowpens enjoy the women in
• 3:25:40
  Speaker 1: the cow pens, and the officers who have the superintendence
• 3:25:43
  Speaker 1: of widows, of the women who are without supporters, and
• 3:25:47
  Speaker 1: of women who have left their husbands, have sexual intercourse
• 3:25:51
  Speaker 1: with these women. The intelligent accomplished their object by wandering
• 3:25:55
  Speaker 1: at night in the village, and while villagers also unite
• 3:25:58
  Speaker 1: with the wives of their sons, being much alone with them. Lastly,
• 3:26:02
  Speaker 1: the superintendents of markets have a great deal to do
• 3:26:05
  Speaker 1: with the female villagers at the time of their making
• 3:26:07
  Speaker 1: purchases in the market during the festival of the eighth
• 3:26:11
  Speaker 1: moon i e. During the bright half of the month
• 3:26:13
  Speaker 1: of Narvisersia, as also during the moonlight festival of the
• 3:26:17
  Speaker 1: month of Kartika and the spring festival of Chetra. The
• 3:26:20
  Speaker 1: women of cities and towns generally visit the women of
• 3:26:22
  Speaker 1: the King's Harem in the Royal Palace. These visitors go
• 3:26:26
  Speaker 1: to the several apartments of the women of the Harem
• 3:26:29
  Speaker 1: as they are acquainted with them, and pass the night
• 3:26:31
  Speaker 1: in conversation and in proper sports and amusement, and go
• 3:26:35
  Speaker 1: away in the morning. On such occasions, a female attendant
• 3:26:39
  Speaker 1: of the king, previously acquainted with the woman whom the
• 3:26:42
  Speaker 1: king desires, should loiter about and accost this woman when
• 3:26:45
  Speaker 1: she sets out to go home, and induce her to
• 3:26:47
  Speaker 1: come and see the amusing things in the palace. Previous
• 3:26:51
  Speaker 1: to these festivals, even she should have caused it to
• 3:26:54
  Speaker 1: be intimated to this woman that on the occasion of
• 3:26:56
  Speaker 1: this festival she would show her all the interesting things
• 3:26:59
  Speaker 1: in the royal palace. Accordingly, she should show her the
• 3:27:02
  Speaker 1: bower of the coral creeper, the garden house with its
• 3:27:05
  Speaker 1: floor inlaid with precious stones, the bower of grapes, the
• 3:27:09
  Speaker 1: building on the water, the secret passages in the walls
• 3:27:12
  Speaker 1: of the palace, the pictures, the sporting animals, the machines,
• 3:27:15
  Speaker 1: the birds, and the cages of the lions and the tigers.
• 3:27:20
  Speaker 1: After this, when alone with her, she should tell her
• 3:27:22
  Speaker 1: about the love of the King for her, and should
• 3:27:25
  Speaker 1: describe to her the good fortune which would attend upon
• 3:27:27
  Speaker 1: her union with the King, giving her at the time
• 3:27:29
  Speaker 1: a strict promise of secrecy. If the woman does not
• 3:27:33
  Speaker 1: accept the offer, she should conciliate and please her with
• 3:27:36
  Speaker 1: handsome presents befitting the position of the king, and having
• 3:27:39
  Speaker 1: accompanied her for some distance, should dismiss her with great affection. Two. Or,
• 3:27:45
  Speaker 1: having made the acquaintance of the husband of the woman
• 3:27:47
  Speaker 1: whom the king desires, the wives of the king should
• 3:27:50
  Speaker 1: get the wife to pay them a visit in the harem,
• 3:27:52
  Speaker 1: and on this occasion a female attendant of the king,
• 3:27:55
  Speaker 1: having been sent thither, should act as above described. Free
• 3:28:00
  Speaker 1: Or one of the king's wives should get acquainted with
• 3:28:03
  Speaker 1: the woman that the king desires by sending one of
• 3:28:06
  Speaker 1: the female attendants to her, who should, on their becoming
• 3:28:09
  Speaker 1: more intimate, induce her to come and see the royal abode. Afterwards,
• 3:28:14
  Speaker 1: when she has visited the harem and acquired confidence, a
• 3:28:17
  Speaker 1: female confidant of the king sent thither should act as
• 3:28:20
  Speaker 1: before described. Four. Or the king's wife should invite the
• 3:28:25
  Speaker 1: woman whom the king desires to come to the royal
• 3:28:29
  Speaker 1: palace so that she might see the practice of the
• 3:28:31
  Speaker 1: art in which the king's wife may be skilled. And
• 3:28:34
  Speaker 1: after she has come to the herem, a female attendant
• 3:28:36
  Speaker 1: of the king sent thither should act as before described. Five.
• 3:28:42
  Speaker 1: Or a female beggar in league with the king's wife
• 3:28:45
  Speaker 1: should say to the woman desired by the king, and
• 3:28:48
  Speaker 1: whose husband may have lost his wealth or may have
• 3:28:50
  Speaker 1: some cause of fear from the king, this wife of
• 3:28:53
  Speaker 1: the king has influence over him, and she is moreover
• 3:28:57
  Speaker 1: naturally kind hearted. We must therefore go to her in
• 3:28:59
  Speaker 1: this way matter. I shall arrange for your entrance into
• 3:29:03
  Speaker 1: the harem, and she will do away with all cause
• 3:29:05
  Speaker 1: of danger and fear from the king. If the woman
• 3:29:08
  Speaker 1: accepts this offer, the female beggar should take her two
• 3:29:11
  Speaker 1: or three times to the harem, and the king's wife
• 3:29:14
  Speaker 1: there should give her a promise of protection. After this,
• 3:29:18
  Speaker 1: when the woman, delighted with her reception and promise of
• 3:29:20
  Speaker 1: protection again goes to the harem. Then a female attendant
• 3:29:24
  Speaker 1: of the king sent thither should act as directed. Six.
• 3:29:29
  Speaker 1: What has been said above regarding the wife of one
• 3:29:32
  Speaker 1: who has some cause of fear from the king applies
• 3:29:34
  Speaker 1: also to the wives of those who seek service under
• 3:29:36
  Speaker 1: the king, or who are oppressed by the king's ministers,
• 3:29:39
  Speaker 1: or who are poor, or who are not satisfied with
• 3:29:42
  Speaker 1: their position, or who are desirous of gaining the king's favor,
• 3:29:46
  Speaker 1: or who wish to become famous among the people, or
• 3:29:49
  Speaker 1: who are oppressed by the members of their own caste,
• 3:29:51
  Speaker 1: or who want to injure their caste fellows, or who
• 3:29:54
  Speaker 1: are spies of the king, or who have any other
• 3:29:56
  Speaker 1: object to attain. Seven. Lastly, if the woman desired by
• 3:30:02
  Speaker 1: the king be living with some person who is not
• 3:30:04
  Speaker 1: her husband, then the King should cause her to be arrested, and,
• 3:30:07
  Speaker 1: having made her a slave on account of her crime,
• 3:30:10
  Speaker 1: should place her in the haram. Or the king should
• 3:30:13
  Speaker 1: cause his ambassador to quarrel with the husband of the
• 3:30:15
  Speaker 1: woman desired by him, and should then imprison her as
• 3:30:18
  Speaker 1: the wife of an enemy of the king, and by
• 3:30:20
  Speaker 1: this means should place her in the haram. Thus, end
• 3:30:24
  Speaker 1: the means of gaining over the wives of others. Secretly.
• 3:30:27
  Speaker 1: The above mentioned ways of gaining over the wives of
• 3:30:30
  Speaker 1: other men are chiefly practiced in the palaces of kings.
• 3:30:34
  Speaker 1: But a king should never enter the abode of another person.
• 3:30:36
  Speaker 1: For Abhira sixty four, the king of the Caddess was
• 3:30:40
  Speaker 1: killed by a washerman while in the house of another
• 3:30:43
  Speaker 1: And in the same way Jayasina, the king of the Kashis,
• 3:30:46
  Speaker 1: was slain by the commandment of his cavalry. But according
• 3:30:50
  Speaker 1: to the customs of some countries, there are facilities for
• 3:30:52
  Speaker 1: kings to make love to the wives of other men. Thus,
• 3:30:56
  Speaker 1: in the country of the Andras sixty five, the newly
• 3:30:59
  Speaker 1: married daughter of the people thereof enter the king's harem
• 3:31:02
  Speaker 1: with some presence on the tenth day of their marriage,
• 3:31:04
  Speaker 1: and having been enjoyed by the king, are then dismissed.
• 3:31:08
  Speaker 1: In the country of the Vatsagomas sixty six, the wives
• 3:31:11
  Speaker 1: of the chief ministers approach the king at night to
• 3:31:14
  Speaker 1: serve him. In the country of the Vadarbas sixty seven,
• 3:31:18
  Speaker 1: the beautiful wives of the inhabitants pass a month in
• 3:31:21
  Speaker 1: the king's harem under the pretense of affection for the king.
• 3:31:24
  Speaker 1: In the country of the Apartacus sixty eight, the people
• 3:31:28
  Speaker 1: gave their beautiful wives as presents to the ministers and
• 3:31:30
  Speaker 1: the kings. And lastly, in the country of the Siastres
• 3:31:35
  Speaker 1: sixty nine, the women of the city and the country
• 3:31:37
  Speaker 1: enter the royal Harem for the king's pleasure, either together
• 3:31:40
  Speaker 1: or separately. There are also two verses on the subject,
• 3:31:44
  Speaker 1: as follows. The above and other ways are the means
• 3:31:46
  Speaker 1: employed in different countries by kings with regard to the
• 3:31:49
  Speaker 1: wives of other persons. But a king who has the
• 3:31:53
  Speaker 1: welfare of his people at heart should not on any
• 3:31:55
  Speaker 1: account put them into practice. A king who has conquered
• 3:31:59
  Speaker 1: the sin seventy enemies of mankind becomes the master of
• 3:32:03
  Speaker 1: the whole earth. Chapter six about the women of the
• 3:32:08
  Speaker 1: royal Harem and of the keeping of one's own wife.
• 3:32:12
  Speaker 1: The women of the royal Harem cannot see or meet
• 3:32:14
  Speaker 1: any men on account of their being strictly guarded. Neither
• 3:32:17
  Speaker 1: do they have their desires satisfied, because their only husband
• 3:32:20
  Speaker 1: is common to many wives. For this reason, among themselves
• 3:32:24
  Speaker 1: they give pleasure to each other in various ways, as
• 3:32:27
  Speaker 1: now described, having dressed the daughters of their nurses or
• 3:32:31
  Speaker 1: their female friends or their female attendants. Like men, they
• 3:32:35
  Speaker 1: accomplish their object by means of bulbs, roots and fruits
• 3:32:39
  Speaker 1: having the form of the lingam, or they lie down
• 3:32:41
  Speaker 1: upon the statue of a male figure, in which the
• 3:32:44
  Speaker 1: lingam is visible and erect. Some kings who are compassionate
• 3:32:48
  Speaker 1: take or apply certain medicines to enable them to enjoy
• 3:32:51
  Speaker 1: many wives in one night, simply for the purpose of
• 3:32:54
  Speaker 1: satisfying the desire of their women, though they perhaps have
• 3:32:57
  Speaker 1: no desire of their own. Others enjoy with great affection
• 3:33:01
  Speaker 1: only those wives that they particularly like, while others only
• 3:33:05
  Speaker 1: take them according as the turn of each wife arrives
• 3:33:07
  Speaker 1: in due course. Such are the ways of enjoyment prevalent
• 3:33:11
  Speaker 1: in Eastern countries, and what is said about the means
• 3:33:13
  Speaker 1: of enjoyment of the female is also applicable to the
• 3:33:16
  Speaker 1: male by means of their female attendants. The ladies of
• 3:33:20
  Speaker 1: the royal harem generally get men into their apartments in
• 3:33:22
  Speaker 1: the disguise or dress of women. Their female attendants and
• 3:33:27
  Speaker 1: the daughters of their nurses, who are acquainted with their secrets,
• 3:33:30
  Speaker 1: should exert themselves to get men to come to the
• 3:33:32
  Speaker 1: harem in this way by telling them of the good
• 3:33:34
  Speaker 1: fortune attending it, and by describing the facilities of entering
• 3:33:37
  Speaker 1: and leaving the palace, the large size of the premises,
• 3:33:42
  Speaker 1: the carelessness of the sentinels, and the irregularities of the attendants,
• 3:33:45
  Speaker 1: about the persons of the royal wives. But these women
• 3:33:49
  Speaker 1: should never induce a man to enter the harem by
• 3:33:51
  Speaker 1: telling him falsehoods, for that would probably lead to his destruction.
• 3:33:56
  Speaker 1: As for the man himself, he had better not enter
• 3:33:58
  Speaker 1: a royal harem, even though it may be easily accessible,
• 3:34:01
  Speaker 1: on account of the numerous disasters to which he may
• 3:34:04
  Speaker 1: be exposed there. If, however, he wants to enter it,
• 3:34:08
  Speaker 1: he should first ascertain whether there is an easy way
• 3:34:10
  Speaker 1: to get out, whether it is closely surrounded by the
• 3:34:13
  Speaker 1: pleasure garden, whether it has separate enclosures belonging to it,
• 3:34:16
  Speaker 1: whether the sentinels are careless, whether the king has gone abroad.
• 3:34:20
  Speaker 1: And then when he is called by the women of
• 3:34:22
  Speaker 1: the harem, he should carefully observe the localities and enter
• 3:34:26
  Speaker 1: by the way pointed out by them. If he is
• 3:34:29
  Speaker 1: able to manage it, he should hang about the harem
• 3:34:32
  Speaker 1: every day, and, under some pretext or other, make friends
• 3:34:35
  Speaker 1: with the sentinels and show himself attached to the female
• 3:34:38
  Speaker 1: attendants of the Harem, who may have become acquainted with
• 3:34:41
  Speaker 1: his design, and to whom he should express his regret
• 3:34:45
  Speaker 1: at not being able to obtain the object of his desire. Lastly,
• 3:34:49
  Speaker 1: he should cause the whole business of a go between
• 3:34:51
  Speaker 1: to be done by the woman who may have access
• 3:34:53
  Speaker 1: to the harem, and he should be careful to be
• 3:34:55
  Speaker 1: able to recognize the emissaries of the king. When a
• 3:34:59
  Speaker 1: go between has no no access to the harem, then
• 3:35:01
  Speaker 1: the man should stand in some place where the lady
• 3:35:04
  Speaker 1: whom he loves and whom he is anxious to enjoy,
• 3:35:07
  Speaker 1: can be seen. If that place is occupied by the
• 3:35:10
  Speaker 1: king's sentinels, he should then disguise himself as a female
• 3:35:13
  Speaker 1: attendant of the lady who comes to the place or
• 3:35:16
  Speaker 1: passes by it. When she looks at him, he should
• 3:35:19
  Speaker 1: let her know his feelings by outward signs and gestures,
• 3:35:22
  Speaker 1: and should show her pictures things with double meanings, chaplets
• 3:35:26
  Speaker 1: of flowers, and rings. He should carefully mark the answer
• 3:35:30
  Speaker 1: she gives, whether by word or by sign or by gesture,
• 3:35:34
  Speaker 1: and should then try and get into the harem. If
• 3:35:37
  Speaker 1: he is certain of her coming to some particular place,
• 3:35:39
  Speaker 1: he should conceal himself there, and at the appointed time
• 3:35:42
  Speaker 1: should enter along with her as one of the guards.
• 3:35:45
  Speaker 1: He may also go in and out concealed in a
• 3:35:47
  Speaker 1: folded bed or bed covering, or with his body made invisible.
• 3:35:52
  Speaker 1: Seventy one by means of external applications or receipt, for
• 3:35:55
  Speaker 1: one of which is as follows, The heart of an ignorement,
• 3:35:58
  Speaker 1: the fruit of the long gourd, Tumbai, and the eyes
• 3:36:01
  Speaker 1: of the serpent should all be burnt without letting out
• 3:36:04
  Speaker 1: the smoke. The ashes should then be ground and mixed
• 3:36:07
  Speaker 1: in equal quantities with water. By putting this mixture upon
• 3:36:11
  Speaker 1: the eyes, a man can go about unseen. Other means
• 3:36:15
  Speaker 1: of invisibility are prescribed by Diana, Brahmins and Jogashyas. Again,
• 3:36:20
  Speaker 1: the man may enter the harem during the festival of
• 3:36:22
  Speaker 1: the eight moon in the month of Nargocytia, and during
• 3:36:25
  Speaker 1: the moonlight festivals, when the female attendants of the harem
• 3:36:28
  Speaker 1: are all busily occupied or in confusion. The following principles
• 3:36:33
  Speaker 1: are laid down on this subject. The entrance of young
• 3:36:36
  Speaker 1: men into harems and their exit from them generally take
• 3:36:39
  Speaker 1: place when things are being brought into the palace, or
• 3:36:42
  Speaker 1: when things are being taken out of it, or when
• 3:36:44
  Speaker 1: drinking festivals are going on, or when the female attendants
• 3:36:47
  Speaker 1: are in a hurry, or when the residence of some
• 3:36:49
  Speaker 1: of the royal ladies is being changed, or when the
• 3:36:53
  Speaker 1: king's wives go to gardens or to fairs, or when
• 3:36:56
  Speaker 1: they enter the palace on their return from them, or lastly,
• 3:37:00
  Speaker 1: when the king is absent on a long pilgrimage. The
• 3:37:03
  Speaker 1: women of the royal harem know each other's secrets, and,
• 3:37:06
  Speaker 1: having but one object to attain, they give assistance to
• 3:37:09
  Speaker 1: each other. A young man who enjoys all of them,
• 3:37:13
  Speaker 1: and who is common to them all can continue enjoying
• 3:37:16
  Speaker 1: his union with them, so long as it is kept
• 3:37:18
  Speaker 1: quiet and is not known abroad. Now, in the country
• 3:37:22
  Speaker 1: of the Apartakas, the royal ladies are not well protected,
• 3:37:25
  Speaker 1: and consequently many young men are passed into the harem
• 3:37:28
  Speaker 1: by the women who have access to the royal palaces.
• 3:37:31
  Speaker 1: The wives of the king of the Ahira country accomplish
• 3:37:34
  Speaker 1: their objects with those sentinels in the harem who bear
• 3:37:36
  Speaker 1: the name of Kashtriyas. The royal ladies in the country
• 3:37:40
  Speaker 1: of the Vatsagomas cause such men as are suitable to
• 3:37:43
  Speaker 1: enter into the harem along with their female messengers. In
• 3:37:47
  Speaker 1: the country of the Vadarbas, the sons of the royal
• 3:37:49
  Speaker 1: ladies enter the royal harem when they please and enjoy
• 3:37:52
  Speaker 1: the women with the exception of their own mothers. In
• 3:37:56
  Speaker 1: the Striragia, the wives of the king are enjoyed by
• 3:37:58
  Speaker 1: his caste, fellows and relations. In the Gandah country, the
• 3:38:02
  Speaker 1: royal wives are enjoyed by Brahmans, friends, servants, and slaves.
• 3:38:08
  Speaker 1: In the Sandjava country, servants, foster children and other persons
• 3:38:12
  Speaker 1: like them enjoy the women of the harem. In the
• 3:38:15
  Speaker 1: country of the Himavada's adventurous citizens bribe the sentinels and
• 3:38:19
  Speaker 1: enter the harem. In the country of the Vanyas and
• 3:38:22
  Speaker 1: the Kalmyas, Brahmans, with the knowledge of the king, enter
• 3:38:25
  Speaker 1: the harem under the pretense of giving flowers to the
• 3:38:28
  Speaker 1: ladies and speak with them from behind the curtain, and
• 3:38:31
  Speaker 1: from such conversation union afterwards takes place. Lastly, the women
• 3:38:36
  Speaker 1: in the harem of the king of the Practicus conceal
• 3:38:39
  Speaker 1: one young man in the harem for every batch of
• 3:38:41
  Speaker 1: nine or ten of the women. Thus act the wives
• 3:38:44
  Speaker 1: of others for these reasons, a man should guard his
• 3:38:48
  Speaker 1: own wife. Old authors say that a king should select
• 3:38:52
  Speaker 1: for sentinels in his harem such men as have their
• 3:38:54
  Speaker 1: freedom from carnal desires well tested. But such men, though
• 3:38:58
  Speaker 1: free themselves from carnal desire, by reason of their fear
• 3:39:02
  Speaker 1: or avarice, may cause other persons to enter the harem,
• 3:39:05
  Speaker 1: and therefore Ganekaputra says that kings should place such men
• 3:39:08
  Speaker 1: in the harem as may have had their freedom from
• 3:39:10
  Speaker 1: carnal desires, their fears, and their avarice well tested. Lastly,
• 3:39:16
  Speaker 1: Botziana says that under the influence of Dharma seventy two
• 3:39:20
  Speaker 1: people might be admitted, and therefore men should be selected
• 3:39:23
  Speaker 1: who are free from carnal desires, fear, avarice, and Dharma
• 3:39:27
  Speaker 1: seventy three. The followers of Babravia say that a man
• 3:39:31
  Speaker 1: should cause his wife to associate with a young woman
• 3:39:33
  Speaker 1: who would tell him the secrets of other people and
• 3:39:36
  Speaker 1: thus find out from her about his wife's chastity. But
• 3:39:39
  Speaker 1: Batziana says that as wicked persons are always successful with women,
• 3:39:44
  Speaker 1: a man should not cause his innocent wife to be
• 3:39:46
  Speaker 1: corrupted by bringing her into the company of a deceitful woman.
• 3:39:50
  Speaker 1: The following are the causes of the destruction of a
• 3:39:52
  Speaker 1: woman's chastity, always going into society and sitting in company,
• 3:39:57
  Speaker 1: absence of restraint, use habits of her husband, want of
• 3:40:02
  Speaker 1: caution in her relations with other men, continued in long
• 3:40:06
  Speaker 1: absence of her husband, living in a foreign country, destruction
• 3:40:11
  Speaker 1: of her love and feelings by her husband, the company
• 3:40:15
  Speaker 1: of loose women, the jealousy of her husband. There are
• 3:40:19
  Speaker 1: also the following verses on the subject. A clever man
• 3:40:23
  Speaker 1: learning from the Shastras the ways of winning over the
• 3:40:26
  Speaker 1: wives of other people is never deceived in the case
• 3:40:29
  Speaker 1: of his own wives. No one, however, should make use
• 3:40:33
  Speaker 1: of these ways for seducing the wives of others, because
• 3:40:36
  Speaker 1: they do not always succeed, and moreover often cause disasters
• 3:40:40
  Speaker 1: and the destruction of dharma and artha. This book, which
• 3:40:44
  Speaker 1: is intended for the good of the people and to
• 3:40:47
  Speaker 1: teach them the ways of guarding their own wives, should
• 3:40:49
  Speaker 1: not be made use of merely for gaining over the
• 3:40:51
  Speaker 1: wives of others. End of Part five, Part six about
• 3:40:57
  Speaker 1: courtesans introductory remarks. This part six about courtesans was prepared
• 3:41:05
  Speaker 1: by Vatsiana from a treatise on the subject that was
• 3:41:08
  Speaker 1: written by De Taka for the women of Patalaputra, the
• 3:41:11
  Speaker 1: modern Putna, some two thousand years ago. The Taka's work
• 3:41:15
  Speaker 1: does not appear to be extant now, but this abridgment
• 3:41:18
  Speaker 1: of it is very clever, and quite equal to any
• 3:41:21
  Speaker 1: of the productions of Emil Zola and other writers of
• 3:41:23
  Speaker 1: the realistic school of today. Although a great deal has
• 3:41:27
  Speaker 1: been written on the subject of the courtesan, nowhere will
• 3:41:30
  Speaker 1: be found a better description of her, of her belongings,
• 3:41:33
  Speaker 1: of her ideas, and of the working of her mind
• 3:41:35
  Speaker 1: than is contained in the following pages. The details of
• 3:41:39
  Speaker 1: the domestic and social life of the early Hindus would
• 3:41:42
  Speaker 1: not be complete without mention of the courtesan, and Part
• 3:41:45
  Speaker 1: six is entirely devoted to this subject. The Hindus have
• 3:41:50
  Speaker 1: ever had the good sense to recognize courtesans as a
• 3:41:53
  Speaker 1: part and portion of human society, and so long as
• 3:41:56
  Speaker 1: they behaved themselves with decency and propriety, they were regarded
• 3:41:59
  Speaker 1: with a respect. Anyhow, they have never been treated in
• 3:42:03
  Speaker 1: the East with that brutality and contempt so common in
• 3:42:06
  Speaker 1: the West. While their education has always been of a
• 3:42:09
  Speaker 1: superior kind to that bestowed upon the rest of womankind
• 3:42:12
  Speaker 1: in Oriental countries. In the earlier days, the well educated, hindued,
• 3:42:16
  Speaker 1: dancing girl and courtesan doubtless resembled the hetera of the Greeks,
• 3:42:20
  Speaker 1: and being educated and amusing were far more acceptable as
• 3:42:23
  Speaker 1: companions than the generality of the married or unmarried women
• 3:42:26
  Speaker 1: of that period. At all times and in all countries,
• 3:42:30
  Speaker 1: there has ever been a little rivalry between the chaste
• 3:42:33
  Speaker 1: and the unchaste. But while some women are born courtesans
• 3:42:37
  Speaker 1: and follow the instincts of their nature in every class
• 3:42:40
  Speaker 1: of society, it has been truly said by some authors
• 3:42:43
  Speaker 1: that every woman has got an inkling of the profession
• 3:42:45
  Speaker 1: in her nature, and does her best, as a general rule,
• 3:42:49
  Speaker 1: to make herself agreeable to the male sex. The subtlety
• 3:42:53
  Speaker 1: of women, their wonderful perceptive powers, their knowledge, and their
• 3:42:57
  Speaker 1: intuitive appreciation of men and things are all shown in
• 3:43:01
  Speaker 1: the following pages, which may be looked upon as a
• 3:43:04
  Speaker 1: concentrated essence that has been since worked up into detail
• 3:43:07
  Speaker 1: by many writers in every quarter of the globe. Chapter
• 3:43:11
  Speaker 1: one of the causes of a courtesan resorting to men,
• 3:43:14
  Speaker 1: of the means of attaching to herself the man desired,
• 3:43:17
  Speaker 1: and of the kind of man that it is desirable
• 3:43:19
  Speaker 1: to be acquainted with. By having intercourse with men, courtesans
• 3:43:23
  Speaker 1: obtained sexual pleasure as well as their own maintenance. Now,
• 3:43:27
  Speaker 1: when a courtesan takes up with a man from love,
• 3:43:30
  Speaker 1: the action is natural, but when she resorts to him
• 3:43:32
  Speaker 1: for the purpose of getting money, her action is artificial
• 3:43:35
  Speaker 1: or forced. Even in the latter case, however, she should
• 3:43:40
  Speaker 1: conduct herself as if her love were indeed natural, because
• 3:43:43
  Speaker 1: men repose their confidence on those women who apparently love them.
• 3:43:47
  Speaker 1: In making known her love to the man, she should
• 3:43:49
  Speaker 1: show an entire freedom from avarice, and for the sake
• 3:43:52
  Speaker 1: of her future credit, she should abstain from acquiring money
• 3:43:55
  Speaker 1: from him by unlawful means. A courtesan, well dressed and
• 3:43:59
  Speaker 1: wearing her ornaments, should sit or stand at the door
• 3:44:02
  Speaker 1: of her house, and without exposing herself too much, should
• 3:44:05
  Speaker 1: look on the public road, so as to be seen
• 3:44:07
  Speaker 1: by the passers by she being like an object on
• 3:44:10
  Speaker 1: view for sale. Seventy four. She should form friendships with
• 3:44:14
  Speaker 1: such persons as would enable her to separate men from
• 3:44:17
  Speaker 1: other women and attach them to herself, and repair her
• 3:44:20
  Speaker 1: own misfortunes, to acquire wealth, and to protect her from
• 3:44:23
  Speaker 1: being bullied or set upon by persons with whom she
• 3:44:26
  Speaker 1: may have dealings of some kind or another. These persons
• 3:44:30
  Speaker 1: are the guards of the town or the police, the
• 3:44:34
  Speaker 1: officers of the courts of justice, astrologers, powerful men or
• 3:44:39
  Speaker 1: men with interest, learned men, teachers of the sixty four arts,
• 3:44:46
  Speaker 1: pithematas or confidants, vitas or parasites, vidushakas or jesters, flower cellars, perfumers,
• 3:44:57
  Speaker 1: vendors of spirits, wash men, barbers, beggars, and such other
• 3:45:05
  Speaker 1: persons as may be found necessary for the particular object
• 3:45:08
  Speaker 1: to be acquired. The following kinds of men may be
• 3:45:11
  Speaker 1: taken up with simply for the purpose of getting their money.
• 3:45:15
  Speaker 1: Men of independent income, young men, men who are free
• 3:45:20
  Speaker 1: from any ties, Men who hold places of authority under
• 3:45:24
  Speaker 1: the king. Men who have secured their means of livelihood
• 3:45:28
  Speaker 1: without difficulty. Men possessed of unfailing sources of income. Men
• 3:45:33
  Speaker 1: who consider themselves handsome, men who are always praising themselves.
• 3:45:39
  Speaker 1: One who is in eunuch but wishes to be thought
• 3:45:41
  Speaker 1: a man. One who hates his equals, one who is
• 3:45:46
  Speaker 1: naturally liberal, one who has influence with the king or
• 3:45:50
  Speaker 1: his ministers, one who is always fortunate, one who is
• 3:45:55
  Speaker 1: proud of his wealth, one who disobeys the orders of
• 3:45:58
  Speaker 1: his elders, one upon whom the members of his caste
• 3:46:02
  Speaker 1: keep an eye. The only son whose father is wealthy,
• 3:46:06
  Speaker 1: an ascetic who is internally troubled with desire, a brave man,
• 3:46:12
  Speaker 1: a physician of the king, previous acquaintance. On the other hand,
• 3:46:17
  Speaker 1: those who are possessed of excellent qualities are to be
• 3:46:20
  Speaker 1: resorted to for the sake of love and fame. Such
• 3:46:23
  Speaker 1: men are as follows, men of high birth, learned with
• 3:46:27
  Speaker 1: a good knowledge of the world, and doing the proper
• 3:46:29
  Speaker 1: things at the proper times. Poets, good story tellers, eloquent men,
• 3:46:34
  Speaker 1: energetic men skilled in various arts, far seeing into the future,
• 3:46:38
  Speaker 1: possessed of great minds, full of perseverance, of a firm devotion,
• 3:46:42
  Speaker 1: free from anger, liberal, affectionate to their parents, and with
• 3:46:46
  Speaker 1: a liking for all social gatherings. Skilled in completing verses
• 3:46:50
  Speaker 1: begun by others and in various other sports, free from
• 3:46:53
  Speaker 1: all disease, possessed of a perfect body, strong and not
• 3:46:57
  Speaker 1: addicted to drinking, powerful in sexual enjoyment, sociable, showing love
• 3:47:01
  Speaker 1: towards women and attracting their hearts to himself, but not
• 3:47:06
  Speaker 1: entirely devoted to them, possessed of independent means of livelihood,
• 3:47:10
  Speaker 1: free from envy, and last of all, free from suspicion.
• 3:47:14
  Speaker 1: Such are the good qualities of a man. The woman
• 3:47:17
  Speaker 1: also should have the following characteristics viz. She should be
• 3:47:21
  Speaker 1: possessed of beauty and amiability with auspicious body marks. She
• 3:47:26
  Speaker 1: should have a liking for good qualities in other people,
• 3:47:29
  Speaker 1: as also a liking for wealth. She should take delight
• 3:47:32
  Speaker 1: in sexual unions resulting from love, and should be of
• 3:47:35
  Speaker 1: a firm mind and of the same class as the
• 3:47:38
  Speaker 1: man with regard to sexual enjoyment. She should always be
• 3:47:42
  Speaker 1: anxious to acquire and obtain experience and knowledge, be free
• 3:47:45
  Speaker 1: from avarice, and always have a liking for social gatherings
• 3:47:49
  Speaker 1: and for the arts. The following are the ordinary qualities
• 3:47:52
  Speaker 1: of all women, viz. To be possessed of intelligence, good disposition,
• 3:47:58
  Speaker 1: and good manners. To be straightforth forward in behavior and
• 3:48:01
  Speaker 1: to be grateful, To consider well the future before doing anything,
• 3:48:05
  Speaker 1: to possess activity, To be of consistent behavior, and to
• 3:48:08
  Speaker 1: have a knowledge of the proper times and places for
• 3:48:10
  Speaker 1: doing things. To speak always without meanness, loud laughter, malignity, anger, avarice,
• 3:48:17
  Speaker 1: dullness or stupidity, to have a knowledge of the Comma Sutra,
• 3:48:21
  Speaker 1: and to be skilled in all the arts connected with it.
• 3:48:24
  Speaker 1: The faults of the women are to be known by
• 3:48:26
  Speaker 1: the absence of any of the above mentioned good qualities.
• 3:48:30
  Speaker 1: The following kinds of men are not fit to be
• 3:48:32
  Speaker 1: resorted to by courtesans, viz. One who is consumptive, one
• 3:48:37
  Speaker 1: who is sickly, one whose mouth contains worms, one whose
• 3:48:41
  Speaker 1: breath smells like human excrement, one whose wife is dear
• 3:48:44
  Speaker 1: to him, one who speaks harshly, one who is always suspicious,
• 3:48:48
  Speaker 1: one who is avaricious, one who is pitiless, one who
• 3:48:51
  Speaker 1: is a thief, one who is self conceited, one who
• 3:48:54
  Speaker 1: has a liking for sorcery, one who does not care
• 3:48:58
  Speaker 1: for respect or disrespect, one who can be gained over,
• 3:49:01
  Speaker 1: even by his enemies, by means of money, and lastly,
• 3:49:04
  Speaker 1: one who is extremely bashful. Ancient authors are of opinion
• 3:49:08
  Speaker 1: that the causes of a courtesan resorting to men are love, fear, money, pleasure,
• 3:49:13
  Speaker 1: returning some act of enmity, curiosity, sorrow, constant intercourse, dharma, celebrity, compassion,
• 3:49:20
  Speaker 1: the desire of having a friend, shame, the likeness of
• 3:49:23
  Speaker 1: the man to some beloved person, the search after good fortune,
• 3:49:28
  Speaker 1: the getting rid of the love of somebody else, the
• 3:49:30
  Speaker 1: being of the same class as the man with respect
• 3:49:32
  Speaker 1: to sexual union, living in the same place, constancy and poverty.
• 3:49:37
  Speaker 1: But Vatziana decides that desire of wealth, freedom from misfortune,
• 3:49:42
  Speaker 1: and love are the only causes that affect the union
• 3:49:45
  Speaker 1: of courtesans with men. Now, a courtesan should not sacrifice
• 3:49:49
  Speaker 1: money to her love, because money is the chief thing
• 3:49:52
  Speaker 1: to be attended to. But in cases of fear, et cetera,
• 3:49:56
  Speaker 1: she should pay regard to strength and other qualities. Moreover,
• 3:50:00
  Speaker 1: even though she be invited by any man to join him,
• 3:50:03
  Speaker 1: she should not at once consent to an union, because
• 3:50:06
  Speaker 1: men are apt to despise things which are easily acquired.
• 3:50:10
  Speaker 1: On such occasions, she should first send the shampoors and
• 3:50:13
  Speaker 1: the singers, and the jesters, who may be in her
• 3:50:16
  Speaker 1: service or in their absence, the pithomartes or confidence, and others,
• 3:50:21
  Speaker 1: to find out the state of his feelings and the
• 3:50:23
  Speaker 1: condition of his mind. By means of these persons, she
• 3:50:27
  Speaker 1: should ascertain whether the man is pure or impure, affected
• 3:50:30
  Speaker 1: or the reverse, capable of attachment or indifferent. Liberal or niggardly,
• 3:50:35
  Speaker 1: and if she finds him to her liking, she should
• 3:50:37
  Speaker 1: then employ the vida and others to attach his mind
• 3:50:40
  Speaker 1: to her. Accordingly, the pithomartis should bring the man to
• 3:50:44
  Speaker 1: her house under the pretense of seeing the fights of quails, cocks,
• 3:50:48
  Speaker 1: and rams, of hearing the mena a kind of starling talk,
• 3:50:52
  Speaker 1: or of seeing some other spectacle, or the practice of
• 3:50:55
  Speaker 1: some art. Or he may take the woman to the
• 3:50:57
  Speaker 1: abode of the man. After this, when the man comes
• 3:51:00
  Speaker 1: to her house, the woman should give him something capable
• 3:51:03
  Speaker 1: of producing curiosity and love in his heart, such as
• 3:51:06
  Speaker 1: an affectionate present, telling him that it was specially designed
• 3:51:09
  Speaker 1: for his use. She should also amuse him for a
• 3:51:12
  Speaker 1: long time by telling him such stories and doing such
• 3:51:15
  Speaker 1: things as he may take most delight in. When he
• 3:51:19
  Speaker 1: goes away, she should frequently send to him a female
• 3:51:21
  Speaker 1: attendant skilled in carrying on a jesting conversation, and also
• 3:51:25
  Speaker 1: a small present. At the same time, she should also
• 3:51:28
  Speaker 1: sometimes go to him herself under the pretense of some
• 3:51:31
  Speaker 1: business and accompanied by the Pithemarta. Thus end the means
• 3:51:35
  Speaker 1: of attaching to herself the man desired. There are also
• 3:51:39
  Speaker 1: some verses on the subject, as follows. When a lover
• 3:51:42
  Speaker 1: comes to her abode, a courtesan should give him a
• 3:51:44
  Speaker 1: mixture of beetle leaves and beetle nut, garlands of flowers
• 3:51:48
  Speaker 1: and perfumed ointments, and, showing her skill in arts, should
• 3:51:52
  Speaker 1: entertain him with a long conversation. She should also give
• 3:51:56
  Speaker 1: him some loving presence and make an exchange of her
• 3:51:58
  Speaker 1: own things with his, and at the same time should
• 3:52:01
  Speaker 1: show him her skill in sexual enjoyment. When a courtesan
• 3:52:04
  Speaker 1: is thus united with her lover, she should always delight
• 3:52:07
  Speaker 1: him by affectionate gifts, by conversation, and by the application
• 3:52:11
  Speaker 1: of tender means of enjoyment. Chapter two of living like
• 3:52:16
  Speaker 1: a wife. When a courtesan is living as a wife
• 3:52:19
  Speaker 1: with her lover, she should behave like a chaste woman
• 3:52:22
  Speaker 1: and do everything to his satisfaction. Her duty in this respect,
• 3:52:26
  Speaker 1: in short, is that she should give him pleasure, but
• 3:52:29
  Speaker 1: should not become attached to him, though behaving as if
• 3:52:32
  Speaker 1: she were really attached. Now, the following is the manner
• 3:52:36
  Speaker 1: in which she is to conduct herself, so as to
• 3:52:38
  Speaker 1: accomplish the above mentioned purpose. She should have a mother
• 3:52:42
  Speaker 1: dependent on her, one who should be represented as very harsh,
• 3:52:46
  Speaker 1: and who looked upon money as her chief object in life.
• 3:52:50
  Speaker 1: In the event of there being no mother, then an
• 3:52:52
  Speaker 1: old and confidential nurse should play the same role. The
• 3:52:55
  Speaker 1: mother or nurse, on their part, should appear to be
• 3:52:58
  Speaker 1: displeased with the lover and forcibly take her away from him.
• 3:53:02
  Speaker 1: The woman herself should always show pretended anger, dejection, fear,
• 3:53:07
  Speaker 1: and shame on this account, but should not disobey the
• 3:53:09
  Speaker 1: mother or nurse. At any time. She should make out
• 3:53:13
  Speaker 1: to the mother or nurse that the man is suffering
• 3:53:15
  Speaker 1: from bad health, and making this a pretext for going
• 3:53:18
  Speaker 1: to see him. She should go. On that account. She
• 3:53:21
  Speaker 1: is moreover to do the following things for the purpose
• 3:53:24
  Speaker 1: of gaining the man's favor viz. Sending her female attendant
• 3:53:28
  Speaker 1: to bring the flowers used by him on the previous day,
• 3:53:30
  Speaker 1: in order that she may use them herself as a
• 3:53:32
  Speaker 1: mark of affection, also asking for the mixture of beetle,
• 3:53:35
  Speaker 1: nut and leaves that have remained uneaten by him, expressing
• 3:53:39
  Speaker 1: wonder at his knowledge of sexual intercourse and the several
• 3:53:42
  Speaker 1: means of enjoyment used by him. Learning from him the
• 3:53:45
  Speaker 1: sixty four kinds of pleasure mentioned by Babradia, continually practicing
• 3:53:49
  Speaker 1: the ways of enjoyment as taught by him and according
• 3:53:52
  Speaker 1: to his liking, keeping his secrets, telling him her own
• 3:53:55
  Speaker 1: desires and secrets, concealing her anger, never neglecting him on
• 3:53:59
  Speaker 1: the bed when he turns his face towards her, touching
• 3:54:02
  Speaker 1: any parts of his body according to his wish, kissing
• 3:54:05
  Speaker 1: and embracing him when he is asleep, looking at him
• 3:54:08
  Speaker 1: with apparent anxiety when he is wrapt in thought or
• 3:54:10
  Speaker 1: thinking of some other subject than herself, showing neither complete
• 3:54:14
  Speaker 1: shamelessness nor excessive bashfulness when he meets her or sees
• 3:54:18
  Speaker 1: her standing on the terrace of her house from the
• 3:54:20
  Speaker 1: public road, hating his enemies, loving those who are dear
• 3:54:24
  Speaker 1: to him, showing a liking for that which he likes,
• 3:54:27
  Speaker 1: being in high or low spirits according to the state
• 3:54:29
  Speaker 1: that he is in himself, expressing a curiosity to see
• 3:54:32
  Speaker 1: his wives, not continuing her anger for a long time,
• 3:54:36
  Speaker 1: suspecting even the marks and wounds made by herself with
• 3:54:39
  Speaker 1: her nails and teeth on his body to have been
• 3:54:41
  Speaker 1: made by some other woman, keeping her love for him
• 3:54:44
  Speaker 1: unexpressed by words, but showing it by deeds and signs
• 3:54:48
  Speaker 1: and hints, remaining silent when he is asleep, intoxicated, or sick,
• 3:54:53
  Speaker 1: being very attentive when he describes his good actions and
• 3:54:57
  Speaker 1: reciting them afterwards to his praise and benefit, giving witty
• 3:55:00
  Speaker 1: replies to him if he be sufficiently attached to her,
• 3:55:03
  Speaker 1: listening to all his stories except those that relate to
• 3:55:06
  Speaker 1: her rivals, expressing feelings of dejection and sorrow if he sighs, yawns,
• 3:55:11
  Speaker 1: or falls down, pronouncing the words live long when he sneezes,
• 3:55:16
  Speaker 1: pretending to be ill, or to have the desire of pregnancy,
• 3:55:19
  Speaker 1: when she feels dejected, abstaining from praising the good qualities
• 3:55:23
  Speaker 1: of any body else, and from censuring those who possess
• 3:55:26
  Speaker 1: the same faults as her own, man, wearing anything that
• 3:55:28
  Speaker 1: may have been given to her by him, abstaining from
• 3:55:32
  Speaker 1: putting on her ornaments, and from taking food when he
• 3:55:34
  Speaker 1: is in pain, sick, low spirited, or suffering from misfortune,
• 3:55:38
  Speaker 1: and condoling and lamenting with him over the same, wishing
• 3:55:41
  Speaker 1: to accompany him if he happens to leave the country himself,
• 3:55:44
  Speaker 1: or if he be banished from it by the King,
• 3:55:47
  Speaker 1: expressing a desire not to live after him, telling him
• 3:55:50
  Speaker 1: that the whole object and desire of her life was
• 3:55:53
  Speaker 1: to be united with him, offering previously promised sacrifices to
• 3:55:56
  Speaker 1: the deity when he acquires wealth or has some desire fulfilled,
• 3:56:00
  Speaker 1: or when he has recovered from some illness or disease,
• 3:56:03
  Speaker 1: putting on ornaments every day, not acting too freely with him,
• 3:56:07
  Speaker 1: reciting his name and the name of his family in
• 3:56:09
  Speaker 1: her songs, placing his hand on her loins, bosom, and forehead,
• 3:56:14
  Speaker 1: and falling asleep after feeling the pleasure of his touch,
• 3:56:17
  Speaker 1: sitting on his lap and falling asleep there, wishing to
• 3:56:19
  Speaker 1: have a child by him, desiring not to live longer
• 3:56:22
  Speaker 1: than he does, abstaining from revealing his secrets to others,
• 3:56:27
  Speaker 1: dissuading him from vows and fasts by saying, let the
• 3:56:30
  Speaker 1: sin fall upon me, keeping vows and fasts along with
• 3:56:33
  Speaker 1: him when it is impossible to change his mind on
• 3:56:35
  Speaker 1: the subject, telling him that vows and fasts are difficult
• 3:56:38
  Speaker 1: to be observed even by herself when she has any
• 3:56:41
  Speaker 1: dispute with him about them, looking on her own wealth
• 3:56:45
  Speaker 1: in his without any distinction, abstaining from going to public
• 3:56:48
  Speaker 1: assemblies without him, and accompanying him when he desires her
• 3:56:51
  Speaker 1: to do so, taking delight in using things previously used
• 3:56:54
  Speaker 1: by him, and in eating food that he has left uneaten,
• 3:56:57
  Speaker 1: venerating his family, his disposition, his skill in the arts,
• 3:57:01
  Speaker 1: his learning, his caste, his complexion, his native country, his friends,
• 3:57:07
  Speaker 1: his good qualities, his age, and his sweet temper, asking
• 3:57:10
  Speaker 1: him to sing and to do other such like things,
• 3:57:13
  Speaker 1: if able to do them, going to him without paying
• 3:57:15
  Speaker 1: any regard to fear, to cold, to heat, or to rain,
• 3:57:19
  Speaker 1: saying with regard to the next world, that he should
• 3:57:21
  Speaker 1: be her lover even there, adapting her tastes, disposition, and
• 3:57:26
  Speaker 1: actions to his liking, abstaining from sorcery, disputing continually with
• 3:57:30
  Speaker 1: her mother on the subject of going to him, and
• 3:57:33
  Speaker 1: when forcibly taken by her mother to some other place,
• 3:57:36
  Speaker 1: expressing her desire to die by taking poison, by starving
• 3:57:39
  Speaker 1: herself to death, by stabbing herself with some weapon, or
• 3:57:43
  Speaker 1: by hanging herself, and lastly assuring the man of her
• 3:57:46
  Speaker 1: constancy and love by means of her agents, and receiving
• 3:57:49
  Speaker 1: money herself, but abstaining from any dispute with her mother
• 3:57:53
  Speaker 1: with regard to pecuniary matters. When the man sets out
• 3:57:57
  Speaker 1: on a journey, she should make him swear that he
• 3:57:59
  Speaker 1: will return Quickqui and in his absence should put aside
• 3:58:02
  Speaker 1: her vows of worshiping the deity, and should wear no ornaments,
• 3:58:05
  Speaker 1: accept those that are lucky. If the time fixed for
• 3:58:08
  Speaker 1: his return has passed, she should endeavor to ascertain the
• 3:58:12
  Speaker 1: real time of his return from omens, from the reports
• 3:58:14
  Speaker 1: of the people, and from the positions of the planets,
• 3:58:17
  Speaker 1: the moon, and the stars. On occasions of amusement and
• 3:58:21
  Speaker 1: of auspicious dreams, she should say, let me be soon
• 3:58:24
  Speaker 1: united to him. If moreover she feels melancholy or sees
• 3:58:29
  Speaker 1: any inauspicious omen, she should perform some rite to appease
• 3:58:33
  Speaker 1: the deity. When the man does return home, she should
• 3:58:36
  Speaker 1: worship the god Comma i e. The Indian Cupid, and
• 3:58:40
  Speaker 1: offer oblations to other deities. And, having caused a pot
• 3:58:43
  Speaker 1: filled with water to be brought by her friends, she
• 3:58:45
  Speaker 1: should perform the worship in honor of the crow who
• 3:58:47
  Speaker 1: eats the offerings which we make to the manings of
• 3:58:50
  Speaker 1: deceased relations. After the first visit is over, she should
• 3:58:54
  Speaker 1: ask her lover also to perform certain rites, And this
• 3:58:57
  Speaker 1: he will do if he is sufficiently attached to her.
• 3:59:00
  Speaker 1: Now a man is said to be sufficiently attached to
• 3:59:02
  Speaker 1: a woman when his love is disinterested, when he has
• 3:59:05
  Speaker 1: the same object in view as his beloved one, when
• 3:59:08
  Speaker 1: he is quite free from any suspicions on her account,
• 3:59:10
  Speaker 1: and when he is indifferent to money with regard to her.
• 3:59:14
  Speaker 1: Such is the manner of a courtesan living with a
• 3:59:16
  Speaker 1: man like a wife. And set forth here for the
• 3:59:18
  Speaker 1: sake of guidance from the rules of Tataka. What is
• 3:59:22
  Speaker 1: not laid down here should be practiced according to the
• 3:59:24
  Speaker 1: custom of the people and the nature of each individual man.
• 3:59:28
  Speaker 1: There are also two verses on the subject, as follows.
• 3:59:31
  Speaker 1: The extent of the love of women is not known
• 3:59:34
  Speaker 1: even to those who are the objects of their affection.
• 3:59:36
  Speaker 1: On account of its subtlety, and on account of the
• 3:59:39
  Speaker 1: avarice and natural intelligence of womankind, women are hardly ever
• 3:59:44
  Speaker 1: known in their true light, though they may love men
• 3:59:47
  Speaker 1: or become indifferent towards them, may give them delight or
• 3:59:50
  Speaker 1: abandon them, or may extract from them all the wealth
• 3:59:52
  Speaker 1: that they may possess. Chapter three of the Means of
• 3:59:57
  Speaker 1: getting money, of the signs of the change of a
• 4:00:00
  Speaker 1: lover's feelings, and of the way to get rid of him.
• 4:00:04
  Speaker 1: Money is got out of a lover in two ways, viz.
• 4:00:07
  Speaker 1: By natural or lawful means, and by artifices. Old authors
• 4:00:11
  Speaker 1: are of opinion that when a courtesan can get as
• 4:00:14
  Speaker 1: much money as she wants from her lover, she should
• 4:00:16
  Speaker 1: not make use of artifice. But Vatziana lays down that
• 4:00:20
  Speaker 1: though she may get some money from him by natural means,
• 4:00:23
  Speaker 1: yet when she makes use of artifice, he gives her
• 4:00:25
  Speaker 1: doubly more, And therefore artifice should be resorted to for
• 4:00:28
  Speaker 1: the purpose of extorting money from him at all events.
• 4:00:31
  Speaker 1: Now the artifice is to be used for getting money
• 4:00:34
  Speaker 1: from her lover are as follows. First taking money from
• 4:00:38
  Speaker 1: him on different occasions for the purpose of purchasing various
• 4:00:41
  Speaker 1: articles such as ornaments, food, drink, flowers, perfumes, and cloths,
• 4:00:47
  Speaker 1: and either not buying them or getting from him more
• 4:00:49
  Speaker 1: than their cost. Second, praising his intelligence to his face. Third,
• 4:00:56
  Speaker 1: pretending to be obliged to make gifts on occasion of
• 4:00:59
  Speaker 1: festivals connected with vows, trees, gardens, temples, or tanks seventy five. Fourth,
• 4:01:05
  Speaker 1: pretending that at the time of going to his house
• 4:01:08
  Speaker 1: her jewels have been stolen, either by the king's guards
• 4:01:11
  Speaker 1: or by robbers. Fifth, alleging that her property has been
• 4:01:16
  Speaker 1: destroyed by fire, by the falling of her house, or
• 4:01:19
  Speaker 1: by the carelessness of her servants. Sixth, pretending to have
• 4:01:23
  Speaker 1: lost the ornaments of her lover along with her own, Seventh,
• 4:01:27
  Speaker 1: causing him to hear through other people of the expenses
• 4:01:30
  Speaker 1: incurred by her in coming to see him. Eighth, contracting
• 4:01:34
  Speaker 1: debts for the sake of her lover. Ninth disputing with
• 4:01:38
  Speaker 1: her mother on account of some expense incurred by her
• 4:01:40
  Speaker 1: for her lover, and which was not approved of by
• 4:01:43
  Speaker 1: her mother. Tenth not going to parties and festivities in
• 4:01:47
  Speaker 1: the houses of her friends for the want of presents
• 4:01:49
  Speaker 1: to make to them, she having previously informed her lover
• 4:01:52
  Speaker 1: of the valuable presence given to her by these very friends.
• 4:01:56
  Speaker 1: Eleven Not performing certain festive rides under the pretense that
• 4:02:01
  Speaker 1: she has no money to perform them with. Twelfth engaging
• 4:02:05
  Speaker 1: artists to do something for her lover. Thirteenth entertaining physicians
• 4:02:10
  Speaker 1: and ministers for the purpose of attaining some object. Fourteenth,
• 4:02:14
  Speaker 1: assisting friends and benefactors both on festive occasions and in misfortune.
• 4:02:20
  Speaker 1: Fifteenth performing household rites. Sixteenth having to pay the expenses
• 4:02:27
  Speaker 1: of the ceremony of marriage of the son of a
• 4:02:29
  Speaker 1: female friend, seventeenth, having to satisfy curious wishes during her
• 4:02:35
  Speaker 1: state of pregnancy. Eighteenth pretending to be ill and charging
• 4:02:40
  Speaker 1: her cost of treatment. Nineteenth, having to remove the troubles
• 4:02:45
  Speaker 1: of a friend. Twentieth selling some of her ornaments so
• 4:02:50
  Speaker 1: as to give her lover a present. Twenty first, pretending
• 4:02:54
  Speaker 1: to sell some of her ornaments, furniture, or cooking utensils
• 4:02:57
  Speaker 1: to a traitor who has been already tutored how to
• 4:03:00
  Speaker 1: behave in the matter. Twenty second, having to buy cooking
• 4:03:04
  Speaker 1: utensils of greater value than those of other people, so
• 4:03:07
  Speaker 1: that they might be more easily distinguished and not changed
• 4:03:10
  Speaker 1: for others of an inferior description. Twenty third, remembering the
• 4:03:15
  Speaker 1: former favors of her lover and causing them always to
• 4:03:18
  Speaker 1: be spoken of by her friends and followers. Twenty fourth,
• 4:03:23
  Speaker 1: informing her lover of the great gains of other courtesans.
• 4:03:26
  Speaker 1: Twenty fifth, describing before them, and in the presence of
• 4:03:30
  Speaker 1: her lover, her own great gains, and making them out
• 4:03:33
  Speaker 1: to be greater even than theirs, though such may not
• 4:03:35
  Speaker 1: have been really the case. Twenty sixth, openly opposing her
• 4:03:40
  Speaker 1: mother when she endeavors to persuade her to take up
• 4:03:43
  Speaker 1: with men with whom she has been formerly acquainted, on
• 4:03:45
  Speaker 1: account of the great gains to be got from them.
• 4:03:48
  Speaker 1: Twenty seventh, lastly pointing out to her lover the liberality
• 4:03:52
  Speaker 1: of his rivals. Thus end the ways and means of
• 4:03:55
  Speaker 1: getting money. A woman should always know the state of
• 4:03:59
  Speaker 1: the mind, of the feelings, and of the disposition of
• 4:04:02
  Speaker 1: her lover towards her, from the changes of his temper,
• 4:04:05
  Speaker 1: his manner, and the color of his face. The behavior
• 4:04:08
  Speaker 1: of a waning lover is as follows. First, he gives
• 4:04:12
  Speaker 1: the woman either less than is wanted, or something else
• 4:04:15
  Speaker 1: than that which is asked for. Second, he keeps her
• 4:04:20
  Speaker 1: in hopes by promises. Third, he pretends to do one
• 4:04:24
  Speaker 1: thing and does something else. Fourth, he does not fulfill
• 4:04:30
  Speaker 1: her desires. Fifth, he forgets his promises or does something
• 4:04:35
  Speaker 1: else than that which he has promised. Sixth he speaks
• 4:04:40
  Speaker 1: with his own servants in a mysterious way. Seventh he
• 4:04:45
  Speaker 1: sleeps in some other house under the pretense of having
• 4:04:47
  Speaker 1: to do something for a friend. Eighth. Lastly, he speaks
• 4:04:51
  Speaker 1: in private with the attendance of a woman with whom
• 4:04:54
  Speaker 1: he was formerly acquainted. Now, when a courtesan finds that
• 4:04:57
  Speaker 1: her lover's disposition towards her is changed, she should get
• 4:05:01
  Speaker 1: possession of all his best things before he becomes aware
• 4:05:03
  Speaker 1: of her intentions, and allow a supposed creditor to take
• 4:05:06
  Speaker 1: them away forcibly from her insatisfaction of some pretended debt.
• 4:05:11
  Speaker 1: After this, if the lover is rich and has always
• 4:05:14
  Speaker 1: behaved well towards her, she should ever treat him with respect.
• 4:05:17
  Speaker 1: But if he is poor and destitute, she should get
• 4:05:20
  Speaker 1: rid of him as if she had never been acquainted
• 4:05:22
  Speaker 1: with him in any way before. The means of getting
• 4:05:25
  Speaker 1: rid of a lover are as follows. First, describing the
• 4:05:29
  Speaker 1: habits and vices of the lover as disagreeable and sensible,
• 4:05:32
  Speaker 1: with the sneer of the lip and the stamp of
• 4:05:35
  Speaker 1: the foot. Second, speaking on a subject with which he
• 4:05:38
  Speaker 1: is not acquainted. Third, showing no admiration for his learning
• 4:05:43
  Speaker 1: and passing a censure upon it, Fourth putting down his pride. Fifth,
• 4:05:50
  Speaker 1: seeking the company of men who are superior to him
• 4:05:53
  Speaker 1: in learning and wisdom. Sixth, showing a disregard for him
• 4:05:57
  Speaker 1: on all occasions, Seventh censuring men possessed of the same
• 4:06:02
  Speaker 1: faults as her lover. Eighth expressing dissatisfaction at the ways
• 4:06:06
  Speaker 1: and means of enjoyment used by him. Ninth, not giving
• 4:06:11
  Speaker 1: him her mouth to kiss, tenth, refusing access to her
• 4:06:16
  Speaker 1: jag hannah i e. The part of the body between
• 4:06:19
  Speaker 1: the navel and the thighs. Eleventh, showing a dislike for
• 4:06:23
  Speaker 1: the wounds made by his nails and teeth. Twelfth, not
• 4:06:28
  Speaker 1: pressing close up against him at the time when he
• 4:06:30
  Speaker 1: embraces her, Thirteenth, keeping her limbs without movement at the
• 4:06:34
  Speaker 1: time of congress, fourteenth, desiring him to employ her when
• 4:06:40
  Speaker 1: he is fatigued, Fifteenth, laughing at his attachment to her, sixteenth,
• 4:06:47
  Speaker 1: not responding to his embraces Seventeenth, turning away from him
• 4:06:52
  Speaker 1: when he begins to embrace her, eighteenth, pretending to be sleepy. Nineteenth,
• 4:06:58
  Speaker 1: going out visiting or into company when she perceives his
• 4:07:01
  Speaker 1: desire to enjoy her during the daytime, twentieth, misconstructing his words.
• 4:07:08
  Speaker 1: Twenty first, laughing without any joke or at the time
• 4:07:12
  Speaker 1: of any joke made by him, laughing under some pretense,
• 4:07:16
  Speaker 1: twenty second, looking with side glances at her own attendants
• 4:07:19
  Speaker 1: and clapping her hands when he says anything. Twenty third,
• 4:07:23
  Speaker 1: interrupting him in the middle of his stories and beginning
• 4:07:26
  Speaker 1: to tell other stories herself twenty fourth, reciting his faults
• 4:07:31
  Speaker 1: and his vices and declaring them to be incurable twenty fifth,
• 4:07:36
  Speaker 1: saying words to her female attendants calculated to cut the
• 4:07:39
  Speaker 1: heart of her lover to the quick twenty sixth, taking
• 4:07:42
  Speaker 1: care not to look at him when he comes to
• 4:07:44
  Speaker 1: her twenty seventh, asking him what cannot be granted twenty eighth,
• 4:07:50
  Speaker 1: and after all, finally dismissing him. There are also two
• 4:07:55
  Speaker 1: verses on this subject, as follows, the duty of a
• 4:07:58
  Speaker 1: courtesan consists in forming connections with suitable men after due
• 4:08:01
  Speaker 1: and full consideration, and attaching the person with whom she
• 4:08:04
  Speaker 1: is united to herself. In obtaining wealth from the person
• 4:08:07
  Speaker 1: who is attached to her, and then dismissing him after
• 4:08:11
  Speaker 1: she has taken away all his possessions. A court is
• 4:08:14
  Speaker 1: in leading. In this manner. The life of a wife
• 4:08:16
  Speaker 1: is not troubled with too many lovers, and yet obtains
• 4:08:19
  Speaker 1: abundance of wealth. Chapter four about our union with a
• 4:08:24
  Speaker 1: former lover. When a courtesan abandons her present lover after
• 4:08:29
  Speaker 1: all his wealth is exhausted, she may then consider about
• 4:08:32
  Speaker 1: her reunion with a former lover, But she should return
• 4:08:35
  Speaker 1: to him only if he has acquired fresh wealth or
• 4:08:38
  Speaker 1: is still wealthy, and if he is still attached to her,
• 4:08:41
  Speaker 1: And if this man be living at the time with
• 4:08:43
  Speaker 1: some other women, she should consider well before she acts.
• 4:08:47
  Speaker 1: Now such a man can only be in one of
• 4:08:49
  Speaker 1: the six following conditions, viz. First, he may have left
• 4:08:54
  Speaker 1: the first woman of his own accord, and may even
• 4:08:56
  Speaker 1: have left another woman since then. Second, he may have
• 4:09:00
  Speaker 1: been driven away from both women. Third, he may have
• 4:09:05
  Speaker 1: left the one woman of his own accord and be
• 4:09:07
  Speaker 1: living with another woman. Fifth, he may have been driven
• 4:09:12
  Speaker 1: away from the one woman and left the other of
• 4:09:14
  Speaker 1: his own accord. Sixth, he may have been driven away
• 4:09:19
  Speaker 1: by the one woman and may be living with another one. Now,
• 4:09:24
  Speaker 1: if the man has left both women of his own accord,
• 4:09:27
  Speaker 1: he should not be resorted to on account of the
• 4:09:29
  Speaker 1: fickleness of his mind and his indifference to the excellencies
• 4:09:32
  Speaker 1: of both of them. Two, as regards the man who
• 4:09:36
  Speaker 1: may have been driven away from both women, if he
• 4:09:39
  Speaker 1: has been driven away from the last one, because the
• 4:09:41
  Speaker 1: woman could get more money from some other man than
• 4:09:43
  Speaker 1: he should be resorted to. For if attached to the
• 4:09:46
  Speaker 1: first woman, he would give her more money through vanity
• 4:09:48
  Speaker 1: and emulation despite the other woman. But if he has
• 4:09:52
  Speaker 1: been driven away by the woman on account of his
• 4:09:54
  Speaker 1: poverty or stinginess, he should not then be resorted to free.
• 4:09:59
  Speaker 1: In the the case of the man who may have
• 4:10:01
  Speaker 1: left the one woman of his own accord and been
• 4:10:03
  Speaker 1: driven away by the other, if he agrees to return
• 4:10:06
  Speaker 1: to the former and give her plenty of money beforehand,
• 4:10:09
  Speaker 1: then he should be resorted to four. In the case
• 4:10:13
  Speaker 1: of the man who may have left the one woman
• 4:10:15
  Speaker 1: of his own accord and be living with another woman,
• 4:10:18
  Speaker 1: the former wishing to take up with him again, should
• 4:10:21
  Speaker 1: first ascertain if he left her in the first instance
• 4:10:23
  Speaker 1: in the hope of finding some particular excellence in the
• 4:10:25
  Speaker 1: other woman, and that, not having found any such excellence,
• 4:10:30
  Speaker 1: he was willing to come back to her and to
• 4:10:32
  Speaker 1: give her much money on account of his conduct and
• 4:10:34
  Speaker 1: on account of his affection still existing for her, Or whether,
• 4:10:39
  Speaker 1: having discovered many faults in the other woman, he would
• 4:10:42
  Speaker 1: now see even more excellences in herself than actually exist,
• 4:10:45
  Speaker 1: and would be prepared to give her much money for
• 4:10:47
  Speaker 1: these qualities. Or lastly, to consider whether he was a
• 4:10:51
  Speaker 1: weak man, or a man fond of enjoying many women,
• 4:10:55
  Speaker 1: or one who liked a poor woman, or one who
• 4:10:57
  Speaker 1: never did anything for the woman that he was with.
• 4:11:00
  Speaker 1: After maturely considering all these things, she should resort to
• 4:11:04
  Speaker 1: him or not, according to circumstances. Five. As regards the
• 4:11:09
  Speaker 1: man who may have been driven away from the one
• 4:11:11
  Speaker 1: woman and left the other of his own accord, the
• 4:11:14
  Speaker 1: former woman wishing to reunite with him, should first ascertain
• 4:11:18
  Speaker 1: whether he still has any affection for her and would
• 4:11:20
  Speaker 1: consequently spend much money upon her, or whether, being attached
• 4:11:24
  Speaker 1: to her excellent qualities, he did not take delight in
• 4:11:28
  Speaker 1: any other women, Or whether, being driven away from her
• 4:11:31
  Speaker 1: formerly before completely satisfying his sexual desires, he wished to
• 4:11:35
  Speaker 1: get back to her so as to be revenged for
• 4:11:37
  Speaker 1: the injury done to him, or whether he wished to
• 4:11:39
  Speaker 1: create confidence in her mind and then take back from
• 4:11:42
  Speaker 1: her the wealth which she formerly took from him, and
• 4:11:45
  Speaker 1: finally destroy her. Or lastly, whether he wished first to
• 4:11:49
  Speaker 1: separate her from her present lover, and then to break
• 4:11:51
  Speaker 1: away from her himself. If after considering all these things,
• 4:11:56
  Speaker 1: she is of opinion that his intentions are really pure
• 4:11:59
  Speaker 1: and honest, she can reunite herself with him. But if
• 4:12:03
  Speaker 1: his mind be at all tainted with evil intentions, he
• 4:12:06
  Speaker 1: should be avoided. Six. In the case of the man
• 4:12:09
  Speaker 1: who may have been driven away by one woman and
• 4:12:12
  Speaker 1: be living with another, if the man makes overtures in
• 4:12:14
  Speaker 1: return to the first one, the courtesan should consider well
• 4:12:17
  Speaker 1: before she acts, And while the other woman is engaged
• 4:12:21
  Speaker 1: in attracting him to herself, she should try, in her turn,
• 4:12:24
  Speaker 1: through keeping herself behind the scenes, to gain him over
• 4:12:27
  Speaker 1: on the grounds of any of the following considerations, viz. First,
• 4:12:32
  Speaker 1: that he was driven away unjustly and for no proper reason,
• 4:12:36
  Speaker 1: and now that he has gone to another woman, every
• 4:12:38
  Speaker 1: effort must be used to bring him back to myself.
• 4:12:41
  Speaker 1: Second that if he were once to converse with me again,
• 4:12:45
  Speaker 1: he would break away from the other woman. Third that
• 4:12:49
  Speaker 1: the pride of my present lover would be put down
• 4:12:51
  Speaker 1: by means of the former one. Fourth that he has
• 4:12:55
  Speaker 1: become wealthy, has secured a higher position, and holds a
• 4:12:59
  Speaker 1: place of authority under the king. Fifth that he is
• 4:13:03
  Speaker 1: separate from his wife. Sixth, that he is now independent.
• 4:13:09
  Speaker 1: Seventh that he lives apart from his father or brother.
• 4:13:14
  Speaker 1: Eighth that by making peace with him I shall be
• 4:13:18
  Speaker 1: able to get hold of a very rich man who
• 4:13:20
  Speaker 1: is now prevented from coming to me by my present lover. Ninth,
• 4:13:25
  Speaker 1: that as he is not respected by his wife, I
• 4:13:27
  Speaker 1: shall now be able to separate him from her. Tenth,
• 4:13:32
  Speaker 1: that the friend of this man loves my rival, who
• 4:13:34
  Speaker 1: hates me cordially. I shall, therefore, by this means, separate
• 4:13:38
  Speaker 1: the friend from his mistress. Eleventh and lastly, I shall
• 4:13:43
  Speaker 1: bring discredit upon him by bringing him back to me,
• 4:13:46
  Speaker 1: thus showing the fickleness of his mind. When a courtesan
• 4:13:50
  Speaker 1: is resolved to take up again with a former lover,
• 4:13:52
  Speaker 1: her Pithemerda and other servants should tell him that his
• 4:13:55
  Speaker 1: former expulsion from the woman's house was caused by the
• 4:13:57
  Speaker 1: wickedness of her mother. That the woman loved him just
• 4:14:00
  Speaker 1: as much as ever at that time, but could not
• 4:14:03
  Speaker 1: help the occurrence on account of her deference to her
• 4:14:05
  Speaker 1: mother's will. That she hated the union of her present
• 4:14:08
  Speaker 1: lover and disliked him excessively. In addition to this, they
• 4:14:12
  Speaker 1: should create confidence in his mind by speaking to him
• 4:14:15
  Speaker 1: of her former love for him, and should allude to
• 4:14:17
  Speaker 1: the mark of that love that she has ever remembered.
• 4:14:21
  Speaker 1: This mark of her love should be connected with some
• 4:14:23
  Speaker 1: kind of pleasure that may have been practiced by him,
• 4:14:25
  Speaker 1: such as his way of kissing her or manner of
• 4:14:28
  Speaker 1: having connection with her. Thus end the ways of bringing
• 4:14:31
  Speaker 1: about a reunion with a former lover. When a woman
• 4:14:35
  Speaker 1: has to choose between two lovers, one of whom was
• 4:14:37
  Speaker 1: formerly united with her, while the other is a stranger,
• 4:14:40
  Speaker 1: the Acharyas sages are of opinion that the first one
• 4:14:44
  Speaker 1: is preferable, because his disposition and character, being already known
• 4:14:47
  Speaker 1: by previous careful observation, he can be easily pleased and satisfied.
• 4:14:53
  Speaker 1: But Vatziana thinks that a former lover, having already spent
• 4:14:56
  Speaker 1: a great deal of his wealth, is not able or
• 4:14:58
  Speaker 1: willing to give much money again, and is not therefore
• 4:15:02
  Speaker 1: to be relied upon so much as a stranger. Particular
• 4:15:06
  Speaker 1: cases may, however, arise, differing from this general rule, on
• 4:15:09
  Speaker 1: account of the different natures of men. There are also
• 4:15:13
  Speaker 1: verses on the subject. As follows. Reunion with a former
• 4:15:16
  Speaker 1: lover may be desirable so as to separate some particular
• 4:15:19
  Speaker 1: woman from some particular man, or some particular man from
• 4:15:22
  Speaker 1: some particular woman, or to have a certain effect upon
• 4:15:25
  Speaker 1: the present lover. When a man is excessively attached to
• 4:15:28
  Speaker 1: a woman, he is afraid of her coming into contact
• 4:15:31
  Speaker 1: with other men. He does not then regard or notice
• 4:15:34
  Speaker 1: her faults, and he gives her much wealth through fear
• 4:15:36
  Speaker 1: of her leaving him. A courtesan should be agreeable to
• 4:15:40
  Speaker 1: the man who is attached to her, and despise the
• 4:15:42
  Speaker 1: man who does not care for her. If while she
• 4:15:45
  Speaker 1: is living with one man, a messenger comes to her
• 4:15:47
  Speaker 1: from some other man, she may either refuse to listen
• 4:15:50
  Speaker 1: to any negotiations on his part, or appoint a fixed
• 4:15:53
  Speaker 1: time for him to visit her. But she should not
• 4:15:55
  Speaker 1: leave the man who may be living with her and
• 4:15:57
  Speaker 1: who may be attached to her. A wise woman should
• 4:16:01
  Speaker 1: only renew her connection with a former lover if she
• 4:16:03
  Speaker 1: is satisfied that good fortune, gain, love, and friendship are
• 4:16:08
  Speaker 1: likely to be the result of such a reunion Chapter
• 4:16:11
  Speaker 1: five of Different Kinds of Gain. When a courtesan is
• 4:16:15
  Speaker 1: able to realize much money every day by reason of
• 4:16:18
  Speaker 1: many customers, she should not confine herself to a single lover.
• 4:16:22
  Speaker 1: Under such circumstances. She should fix her rate for one night,
• 4:16:26
  Speaker 1: after considering the place, the season, and the condition of
• 4:16:29
  Speaker 1: the people, and having regard to her own good qualities
• 4:16:32
  Speaker 1: and good looks, and after comparing her rates with those
• 4:16:35
  Speaker 1: of other courtesans, she can inform her lovers and friends
• 4:16:40
  Speaker 1: and acquaintances about these charges. If, however, she can obtain
• 4:16:45
  Speaker 1: a great gain from a single lover, she may resort
• 4:16:47
  Speaker 1: to him alone and live with him like a wife. Now,
• 4:16:51
  Speaker 1: the sages are of opinion that when a courtesan has
• 4:16:54
  Speaker 1: the chance of an equal gain from two lovers at
• 4:16:56
  Speaker 1: the same time, a preference should be given to the
• 4:16:58
  Speaker 1: one who would give her the kind of thing which
• 4:17:00
  Speaker 1: she wants. But Vatziana says that the preference should be
• 4:17:04
  Speaker 1: given to the one who gives her gold, because it
• 4:17:06
  Speaker 1: cannot be taken back. Like some other things, it can
• 4:17:09
  Speaker 1: be easily received, and is also the means of procuring
• 4:17:12
  Speaker 1: anything that may be wished for, of such things as gold, silver, copper, bell, metal, iron, pots, furniture, beds,
• 4:17:21
  Speaker 1: upper garments, under vestments, fragrant substances, vessels made of gourds, ghee, oil, corn, cattle,
• 4:17:28
  Speaker 1: and other things of a like nature. The first viz.
• 4:17:32
  Speaker 1: Gold is superior to all the others. When the same
• 4:17:36
  Speaker 1: labor is required to gain any two lovers, or when
• 4:17:39
  Speaker 1: the same kind of thing is to be got from
• 4:17:41
  Speaker 1: each of them, The choice should be made by the
• 4:17:43
  Speaker 1: advice of a friend, or it may be made from
• 4:17:45
  Speaker 1: their personal qualities, or from the signs of good or
• 4:17:48
  Speaker 1: bad fortune that may be connected with them. When there
• 4:17:51
  Speaker 1: are two lovers, one of whom is attached to the
• 4:17:54
  Speaker 1: courtesan and the other is simply very generous, the sages
• 4:17:57
  Speaker 1: say that the preference should be given to the generous lover.
• 4:18:00
  Speaker 1: But Vatziana is of opinion that the one who is
• 4:18:02
  Speaker 1: really attached to the courtesan should be preferred, because he
• 4:18:05
  Speaker 1: can be made to be generous, even as a miser
• 4:18:09
  Speaker 1: gives money if he becomes fond of a woman. But
• 4:18:11
  Speaker 1: a man who is simply generous cannot be made to
• 4:18:13
  Speaker 1: love with real attachment. But among those who are attached
• 4:18:17
  Speaker 1: to her, if there is one who is poor and
• 4:18:19
  Speaker 1: one who is rich, the preference is of course to
• 4:18:22
  Speaker 1: be given to the latter. When there are two lovers,
• 4:18:25
  Speaker 1: one of whom is generous and the other ready to
• 4:18:27
  Speaker 1: do any service for the courtesan, some sages say that
• 4:18:30
  Speaker 1: the one who is ready to do the service should
• 4:18:32
  Speaker 1: be preferred, but Vatziana is of opinion that a man
• 4:18:35
  Speaker 1: who does a service thinks that he has gained his object.
• 4:18:38
  Speaker 1: When he has done something once, but a generous man
• 4:18:41
  Speaker 1: does not care for what he has given before. Even here,
• 4:18:45
  Speaker 1: the choice should be guided by the likelihood of the
• 4:18:47
  Speaker 1: future good to be derived from her union with either
• 4:18:49
  Speaker 1: of them. When one of the two lovers is grateful
• 4:18:52
  Speaker 1: and the other liberal, some sages say that the liberal
• 4:18:55
  Speaker 1: one should be preferred, but Vatziana is of opinion that
• 4:18:58
  Speaker 1: the former should be chosen, because liberal men are generally haughty,
• 4:19:02
  Speaker 1: plain spoken, and wanting in consideration towards others. Even though
• 4:19:07
  Speaker 1: these liberal men have been on friendly terms for a
• 4:19:09
  Speaker 1: long time. Yet if they see any fault in the
• 4:19:11
  Speaker 1: courtesan or are told lies about her by some other women,
• 4:19:15
  Speaker 1: they do not care for past services, but leave abruptly.
• 4:19:19
  Speaker 1: On the other hand, the grateful man does not at
• 4:19:21
  Speaker 1: once break off from her on account of a regard
• 4:19:23
  Speaker 1: for the pains she may have taken to please him.
• 4:19:26
  Speaker 1: In this case, also the choice is to be guided
• 4:19:29
  Speaker 1: with respect to what may happen in future. When an
• 4:19:32
  Speaker 1: occasion for complying with the request of a friend and
• 4:19:35
  Speaker 1: the chance of getting money come together, the sages say
• 4:19:38
  Speaker 1: that the chance of getting money should be preferred, but
• 4:19:41
  Speaker 1: Vatziana thinks that the money can be obtained to morrow
• 4:19:44
  Speaker 1: as well as to day. But if the request of
• 4:19:46
  Speaker 1: a friend be not at once complied with, he may
• 4:19:48
  Speaker 1: become disaffected. Even here in making the choice, regard must
• 4:19:53
  Speaker 1: be paid to future good fortune. On such an occasion, however,
• 4:19:58
  Speaker 1: the courtesan might pacify her friends by pretending to have
• 4:20:00
  Speaker 1: some work to do and telling him that his request
• 4:20:03
  Speaker 1: will be complied with next day, and in this way
• 4:20:05
  Speaker 1: secure the chance of getting the money that has been
• 4:20:08
  Speaker 1: offered her. When the chance of getting money and the
• 4:20:11
  Speaker 1: chance of avoiding some disaster come at the same time,
• 4:20:14
  Speaker 1: the sages are of opinion that the chance of getting
• 4:20:16
  Speaker 1: money should be preferred, but Vatziana says that money has
• 4:20:19
  Speaker 1: only a limited importance, while a disaster that is once
• 4:20:22
  Speaker 1: averted may never occur again. Here, however, the choice should
• 4:20:27
  Speaker 1: be guided by the greatness or smallness of the disaster.
• 4:20:31
  Speaker 1: The gains of the wealthiest and best kind of courtesans
• 4:20:33
  Speaker 1: are to be spent as follows, building temples, tanks and gardens,
• 4:20:38
  Speaker 1: giving a thousand cows to different brahmins, carrying on the
• 4:20:41
  Speaker 1: worship of the gods, and celebrating festivals in their honor,
• 4:20:44
  Speaker 1: and lastly, performing such vows as may be within their means.
• 4:20:50
  Speaker 1: The gains of other courtesans are to be spent as follows,
• 4:20:53
  Speaker 1: having a white dress to wear every day, getting sufficient
• 4:20:56
  Speaker 1: food and drink to satisfy hunger and thirst, eating daily
• 4:20:59
  Speaker 1: app fumed tambula i e. A mixture of beetle nut
• 4:21:03
  Speaker 1: and beetle leaves, and wearing ornaments guilt with gold. The
• 4:21:07
  Speaker 1: sages say that these represent the gains of all the
• 4:21:09
  Speaker 1: middle and lower classes of courtesans, But Vatziana is of
• 4:21:13
  Speaker 1: opinion that their gains cannot be calculated or fixed in
• 4:21:16
  Speaker 1: any way, as these depend on the influence of the place,
• 4:21:19
  Speaker 1: the customs of the people, their own appearance, and many
• 4:21:22
  Speaker 1: other things. When a courtesan wants to keep some particular
• 4:21:26
  Speaker 1: man from some other woman, or wants to get him
• 4:21:29
  Speaker 1: away from some woman to whom he may be attached,
• 4:21:31
  Speaker 1: or to deprive some woman of the gains realized by
• 4:21:34
  Speaker 1: her from him, or if she thinks that she would
• 4:21:36
  Speaker 1: raise her position, or enjoy some great good fortune, or
• 4:21:40
  Speaker 1: become desirable to all men by uniting herself with this man,
• 4:21:44
  Speaker 1: or if she wishes to get his assistance in averting
• 4:21:46
  Speaker 1: some misfortune, or is really attached to him and loves him,
• 4:21:49
  Speaker 1: or wishes to injure somebody through his means, or has
• 4:21:52
  Speaker 1: regard to some former favor conferred upon her by him,
• 4:21:55
  Speaker 1: or wishes to be united with him merely from desire,
• 4:21:59
  Speaker 1: or any of the above reasons, she should agree to
• 4:22:01
  Speaker 1: take from him only a small sum of money in
• 4:22:03
  Speaker 1: a friendly way. When a courtesan intends to abandon a
• 4:22:07
  Speaker 1: particular lover and take up with another one, or when
• 4:22:10
  Speaker 1: she has reason to believe that her lover will shortly
• 4:22:12
  Speaker 1: leave her and return to his wives, or that having
• 4:22:15
  Speaker 1: squandered all his money and became penniless, his guardian or
• 4:22:20
  Speaker 1: master or father would come and take him away, or
• 4:22:23
  Speaker 1: that her lover is about to lose his position, or lastly,
• 4:22:26
  Speaker 1: that he is of a very fickle mind, she should,
• 4:22:29
  Speaker 1: under any of these circumstances endeavor to get as much
• 4:22:32
  Speaker 1: money as she can from him, as soon as possible.
• 4:22:35
  Speaker 1: On the other hand, when the courtesan thinks that her
• 4:22:37
  Speaker 1: lover is about to receive valuable presents or get a
• 4:22:40
  Speaker 1: place of authority from the king, or be near the
• 4:22:43
  Speaker 1: time of inheriting a fortune, or that his ship would
• 4:22:45
  Speaker 1: soon arrive laden with merchandise, or that he has large
• 4:22:48
  Speaker 1: stocks of corn, and other commodities, or that if anything
• 4:22:52
  Speaker 1: was done for him, it would not be done in vain,
• 4:22:55
  Speaker 1: or that he is always true to his word. That
• 4:22:57
  Speaker 1: should she have regard to her future welfare and live
• 4:23:00
  Speaker 1: with the man like a wife. There are also verses
• 4:23:03
  Speaker 1: on the subject as follows. In considering her present gains
• 4:23:07
  Speaker 1: and her future welfare, a courtesan should avoid such persons
• 4:23:10
  Speaker 1: as have gained their means of subsistence with very great difficulty,
• 4:23:14
  Speaker 1: as also those who have become selfish and hard hearted
• 4:23:16
  Speaker 1: by becoming the favorites of kings. She should make every
• 4:23:20
  Speaker 1: endeavor to unite herself with prosperous and well to do people,
• 4:23:24
  Speaker 1: and with those whom it is dangerous to avoid or
• 4:23:26
  Speaker 1: to slight in any way, even at some cost to herself.
• 4:23:30
  Speaker 1: She should become acquainted with energetic and liberal minded men, who,
• 4:23:33
  Speaker 1: when pleased, would give her a large sum of money,
• 4:23:36
  Speaker 1: even for very little service or for some small thing.
• 4:23:40
  Speaker 1: Chapter six of Gains and Losses attendant Gains and losses
• 4:23:45
  Speaker 1: and doubts. As also of the different kinds of courtesans,
• 4:23:49
  Speaker 1: It sometimes happens that, while gains are being sought for
• 4:23:52
  Speaker 1: or expected to be realized, that losses only are the
• 4:23:55
  Speaker 1: result of our efforts. The causes of these losses are
• 4:23:58
  Speaker 1: weakness of intellect, excessive love, excessive pride, excessive self concede,
• 4:24:06
  Speaker 1: excessive simplicity, excessive confidence, excessive anger, carlessness, recklessness, influence of evil, genius,
• 4:24:19
  Speaker 1: accidental circumstances. The results of these losses are expense incurred
• 4:24:24
  Speaker 1: without any result, destruction of future good fortune, stoppage of
• 4:24:29
  Speaker 1: gains about to be realized, loss of what is already obtained,
• 4:24:35
  Speaker 1: acquisition of a sour temper, becoming unamiable to every body,
• 4:24:40
  Speaker 1: injury to health, loss of hair, and other accidents. Now,
• 4:24:46
  Speaker 1: gain is of three kinds viz. Gain of wealth, gain
• 4:24:49
  Speaker 1: of religious merit, and gain of pleasure. And similarly, loss
• 4:24:53
  Speaker 1: is of three kinds viz. Loss of wealth, loss of
• 4:24:56
  Speaker 1: religious merit, and loss of pleasure. At the time time
• 4:25:00
  Speaker 1: when gains are sought for, if other gains come along
• 4:25:03
  Speaker 1: with them, these are called attendant gains. When gain is uncertain,
• 4:25:08
  Speaker 1: the doubt of its being a gain is called a
• 4:25:09
  Speaker 1: simple doubt. When there is a doubt whether either of
• 4:25:13
  Speaker 1: two things will happen or not, it is called a
• 4:25:15
  Speaker 1: mixed doubt. If while one thing is being done, two
• 4:25:19
  Speaker 1: results take place, it is called a combination of two results,
• 4:25:22
  Speaker 1: and if several results follow from the same action, it
• 4:25:25
  Speaker 1: is called a combination of results on every side. We
• 4:25:29
  Speaker 1: shall now give examples of the above. As already stated,
• 4:25:33
  Speaker 1: gain is of three kinds, and loss, which is opposed
• 4:25:36
  Speaker 1: to gain, is also of three kinds. A. When by
• 4:25:41
  Speaker 1: living with a great man, a courtesan acquires present wealth,
• 4:25:44
  Speaker 1: and in addition to this, becomes acquainted with other people,
• 4:25:47
  Speaker 1: and thus obtains a chance of future fortune and an
• 4:25:49
  Speaker 1: accession of wealth, and becomes desirable to all, this is
• 4:25:53
  Speaker 1: called a gain of wealth attended by other gain. B
• 4:25:57
  Speaker 1: When by living with a man, a courtesan simply gets money,
• 4:26:00
  Speaker 1: This is called a gain of wealth not attended by
• 4:26:02
  Speaker 1: any other gain. C. When a courtesan receives money from
• 4:26:07
  Speaker 1: other people besides her lover. The results are the chance
• 4:26:11
  Speaker 1: of the loss of future good from her present lover,
• 4:26:13
  Speaker 1: the chance of disaffection of a man securely attached to her,
• 4:26:16
  Speaker 1: the hatred of all, and the chance of a union
• 4:26:19
  Speaker 1: with some low person tending to destroy her future good.
• 4:26:23
  Speaker 1: This gain is called a gain of wealth attended by losses. D.
• 4:26:27
  Speaker 1: When a courtesan, at her own expense and without any
• 4:26:30
  Speaker 1: results in the shape of gain has connected with a
• 4:26:33
  Speaker 1: great man or an avaricious minister, for the sake of
• 4:26:36
  Speaker 1: diverting some misfortune or removing some cause that may be
• 4:26:39
  Speaker 1: threatening the destruction of a great gain. This loss is
• 4:26:43
  Speaker 1: said to be a loss of wealth, attended by gains
• 4:26:45
  Speaker 1: of the future good which it may bring about. E.
• 4:26:49
  Speaker 1: When a courtesan is kind, even at her own expense,
• 4:26:52
  Speaker 1: to a man who is very stingy, or to a
• 4:26:55
  Speaker 1: man proud of his looks, or to an ungrateful man
• 4:26:57
  Speaker 1: skilled in gaining the heart of others, without any good
• 4:27:01
  Speaker 1: resulting from these connections to her in the end, this
• 4:27:04
  Speaker 1: loss is called a loss of wealth, not attended by
• 4:27:06
  Speaker 1: any gain. F When a courtesan is kind to any
• 4:27:11
  Speaker 1: such man as described above, but who, in addition are
• 4:27:14
  Speaker 1: favorites of the king, and moreover cruel and powerful, without
• 4:27:17
  Speaker 1: any good result in the end, and with a chance
• 4:27:20
  Speaker 1: of her being turned away at any moment, this loss
• 4:27:22
  Speaker 1: is called a loss of wealth attended by other losses.
• 4:27:26
  Speaker 1: In this way, gains and losses, and attendant gains and
• 4:27:29
  Speaker 1: losses in religious merit and pleasures may become known to
• 4:27:32
  Speaker 1: the reader, and combinations of all of them may also
• 4:27:35
  Speaker 1: be made. Thus end the remarks on gains and losses
• 4:27:39
  Speaker 1: and attendant gains and losses. In the next place we
• 4:27:43
  Speaker 1: come to doubts, which are again of three kinds, viz.
• 4:27:47
  Speaker 1: Doubts about wealth, doubts about religious merit, and doubts about pleasures.
• 4:27:52
  Speaker 1: The following are examples. A. When a courtesan is not
• 4:27:56
  Speaker 1: certain how much a man may give her or spend
• 4:27:59
  Speaker 1: upon her that this is called a doubt about wealth.
• 4:28:02
  Speaker 1: B When a courtesan feels doubtful whether she is right
• 4:28:06
  Speaker 1: in entirely abandoning a lover from whom she is unable
• 4:28:09
  Speaker 1: to get money, she having taken all his wealth from him.
• 4:28:11
  Speaker 1: In the first instance, this doubt is called a doubt
• 4:28:14
  Speaker 1: about religious merit. C. When a courtesan is unable to
• 4:28:19
  Speaker 1: get hold of a lover to her liking and is
• 4:28:21
  Speaker 1: uncertain whether she will derive any pleasure from a person
• 4:28:24
  Speaker 1: surrounded by his family or from a low person. This
• 4:28:27
  Speaker 1: is called a doubt about pleasure. D. When a courtesan
• 4:28:31
  Speaker 1: is uncertain whether some powerful but low principled fellow would
• 4:28:34
  Speaker 1: cause loss to her on account of her not being
• 4:28:37
  Speaker 1: civil to him. This is called a doubt about the
• 4:28:39
  Speaker 1: loss of wealth. E. When a courtesan feels doubtful whether
• 4:28:44
  Speaker 1: she would lose religious merit by abandoning a man who
• 4:28:46
  Speaker 1: is attached to her without giving him the slightest favor,
• 4:28:49
  Speaker 1: and thereby causing him unhappiness in this world and the
• 4:28:52
  Speaker 1: next seventy six This doubt is called a doubt about
• 4:28:55
  Speaker 1: the loss of a religious merit. F. When a court
• 4:29:00
  Speaker 1: is uncertain as to whether she might create disaffection by
• 4:29:03
  Speaker 1: speaking out and revealing her love, and thus not get
• 4:29:05
  Speaker 1: her desire satisfied, this is called a doubt about the
• 4:29:08
  Speaker 1: loss of pleasure. Thus end the remarks on doubts. Mixed doubts. A.
• 4:29:16
  Speaker 1: The intercourse or connection with a stranger whose disposition is unknown,
• 4:29:20
  Speaker 1: and who may have been introduced by a lover or
• 4:29:22
  Speaker 1: by one who possessed authority, may be productive either of
• 4:29:25
  Speaker 1: gain or loss, and therefore this is called a mixed
• 4:29:28
  Speaker 1: doubt about the gain and loss of wealth. B. When
• 4:29:32
  Speaker 1: a courtesan is requested by a friend or is impelled
• 4:29:35
  Speaker 1: by pity to have intercourse with a learned Brahmin or
• 4:29:38
  Speaker 1: religious student, a sacrificer, a devotee, or an ascetic, who
• 4:29:42
  Speaker 1: may have all fallen in love with her, and who
• 4:29:44
  Speaker 1: may be consequently at the point of death. By doing this,
• 4:29:47
  Speaker 1: she might either gain or lose religious merit, and therefore
• 4:29:51
  Speaker 1: this is called a mixed doubt about the gain and
• 4:29:53
  Speaker 1: loss of religious merit. C. If a courtesan relies solely
• 4:29:58
  Speaker 1: upon the report of other people, i e. Hearsay about
• 4:30:01
  Speaker 1: a man and goes to him without ascertaining herself whether
• 4:30:04
  Speaker 1: he possesses good qualities or not, she may either gain
• 4:30:08
  Speaker 1: or lose pleasure in proportion as he may be good
• 4:30:10
  Speaker 1: or bad, and therefore this is called a mixed doubt
• 4:30:13
  Speaker 1: about the gain and loss of pleasure. Adalica has described
• 4:30:17
  Speaker 1: the gains and losses on both sides as follows. A.
• 4:30:22
  Speaker 1: If when living with a lover, a courtesan gets both
• 4:30:25
  Speaker 1: wealth and pleasure from him, it is called a gain
• 4:30:27
  Speaker 1: on both sides. B. When a courtesan lives with a
• 4:30:32
  Speaker 1: lover at her own expense without getting any profit out
• 4:30:34
  Speaker 1: of it, and the lover even takes back from her
• 4:30:37
  Speaker 1: what he may have formerly given her, it is called
• 4:30:39
  Speaker 1: a loss on both sides. C. When a courtesan is
• 4:30:44
  Speaker 1: uncertain whether a new acquaintance would become attached to her,
• 4:30:47
  Speaker 1: and moreover, if he became attached to her, whether he
• 4:30:50
  Speaker 1: would give her anything. It is then called a doubt
• 4:30:53
  Speaker 1: on both sides about gains. D When a courtesan is
• 4:30:58
  Speaker 1: uncertain whether a former enemy, if made up by her
• 4:31:01
  Speaker 1: at her own expense, would do her some injury on
• 4:31:03
  Speaker 1: account of his grudge against her, or if becoming attached
• 4:31:06
  Speaker 1: to her, would take away angrily from her any thing
• 4:31:09
  Speaker 1: that he may have given to her. This is called
• 4:31:11
  Speaker 1: a doubt on both sides about loss. Babravia has described
• 4:31:15
  Speaker 1: the gains and losses on both sides as follows. A.
• 4:31:19
  Speaker 1: When a courtesan can get money from a man whom
• 4:31:22
  Speaker 1: she may go to see, and also money from a
• 4:31:24
  Speaker 1: man whom she may not go to see, this is
• 4:31:26
  Speaker 1: called a gain on both sides. B. When a courtesan
• 4:31:31
  Speaker 1: has to incur further expense if she goes to see
• 4:31:33
  Speaker 1: a man, and yet runs the risk of incurring an
• 4:31:36
  Speaker 1: irremediable loss if she does not go to see him,
• 4:31:39
  Speaker 1: This is called a loss on both sides. C. When
• 4:31:43
  Speaker 1: a courtesan is uncertain whether a particular man would give
• 4:31:46
  Speaker 1: her anything on her going to see him without incurring
• 4:31:49
  Speaker 1: expense on her part, or whether on her neglecting him,
• 4:31:51
  Speaker 1: another man would give her something. This is called a
• 4:31:54
  Speaker 1: doubt on both sides about gain. D When a courtesan
• 4:31:58
  Speaker 1: is uncertain whether, on going at her own expense to
• 4:32:01
  Speaker 1: see an old enemy, he would take back from her
• 4:32:03
  Speaker 1: what he may have given her, or whether by her
• 4:32:05
  Speaker 1: not going to see him, he would cause some disaster
• 4:32:08
  Speaker 1: to fall upon her, this is called a doubt on
• 4:32:10
  Speaker 1: both sides about loss. By combining the above, the following
• 4:32:15
  Speaker 1: six kinds of mixed results are produced, viz. A gain
• 4:32:19
  Speaker 1: on one side and loss on the other. B Gain
• 4:32:23
  Speaker 1: on one side and doubt of gain on the other.
• 4:32:26
  Speaker 1: C Gain on one side and doubt of loss on
• 4:32:29
  Speaker 1: the other, d Loss on one side and doubt of
• 4:32:33
  Speaker 1: gain on the other. E Doubt of gain on one
• 4:32:37
  Speaker 1: side and doubt of loss on the other. F Doubt
• 4:32:41
  Speaker 1: of loss on one side and loss on the other.
• 4:32:44
  Speaker 1: A courtesan, having considered all the above things and taken
• 4:32:48
  Speaker 1: counsel with her friends, should act so as to acquire gain,
• 4:32:51
  Speaker 1: the chances of great gain, and the warding off of
• 4:32:54
  Speaker 1: any great disaster. Religious merit and pleasure should also be
• 4:32:58
  Speaker 1: formed into separate common nations, like those of wealth, and
• 4:33:01
  Speaker 1: then all should be combined with each other so as
• 4:33:04
  Speaker 1: to form new combinations. When a courtesan consorts with men,
• 4:33:08
  Speaker 1: she should cause each of them to give her money
• 4:33:10
  Speaker 1: as well as pleasure. At particular times, such as the
• 4:33:14
  Speaker 1: spring festivals, et cetera, she should make her mother announce
• 4:33:18
  Speaker 1: to the various men that on a certain day her
• 4:33:20
  Speaker 1: daughter would remain with the man who would gratify such
• 4:33:23
  Speaker 1: and such a desire of hers. When young men approach
• 4:33:27
  Speaker 1: her with delight, she should think of what she may
• 4:33:29
  Speaker 1: accomplish through them. The combination of gains and losses on
• 4:33:33
  Speaker 1: all sides are gain on one side and loss on
• 4:33:36
  Speaker 1: all others. Loss on one side and gain on all others,
• 4:33:40
  Speaker 1: gain on all sides, loss on all sides. A courtesan
• 4:33:44
  Speaker 1: should also consider doubts about gain and doubts about loss,
• 4:33:47
  Speaker 1: with reference both to wealth, religious, merit, and pleasure. Thus
• 4:33:52
  Speaker 1: ends the consideration of gain loss, attendant gains, attendant losses,
• 4:33:57
  Speaker 1: and doubts. The different kinds of courtace are abawd, a
• 4:34:02
  Speaker 1: female attendant, an unchaste woman, a dancing girl, a female artisan,
• 4:34:10
  Speaker 1: a woman who has left her family, a woman living
• 4:34:13
  Speaker 1: on her beauty, and finally, a regular courtesan. All the
• 4:34:19
  Speaker 1: above kinds of courtesans are acquainted with various kinds of men,
• 4:34:22
  Speaker 1: and should consider the ways of getting money from them,
• 4:34:25
  Speaker 1: of pleasing them, of separating themselves from them, and of
• 4:34:28
  Speaker 1: reuniting with them. They should also take into consideration particular
• 4:34:33
  Speaker 1: gains and losses, attendant gains and losses, and doubts in
• 4:34:37
  Speaker 1: accordance with their several conditions. Thus, and the considerations of courtesans,
• 4:34:43
  Speaker 1: there are also two verses on the subject, as follows.
• 4:34:46
  Speaker 1: Men want pleasure while women want money, and therefore this part,
• 4:34:50
  Speaker 1: which treats of the means of gaining wealth, should be studied.
• 4:34:54
  Speaker 1: There are some women who seek for love, and there
• 4:34:56
  Speaker 1: are others who seek for money. For the former, the
• 4:34:59
  Speaker 1: ways of love are told old in previous portions of
• 4:35:01
  Speaker 1: this work, while the ways of getting money as practiced
• 4:35:04
  Speaker 1: by courtesans are described in this part. End of Part six,
• 4:35:09
  Speaker 1: Part seven about the means of attracting others to yourself
• 4:35:15
  Speaker 1: Chapter one on personal adornment, on subjugating the hearts of others,
• 4:35:20
  Speaker 1: and on tonic medicines. When a person fails to obtain
• 4:35:24
  Speaker 1: the object of his desires by any of the ways
• 4:35:26
  Speaker 1: previously related, he should then have recourse to other ways
• 4:35:29
  Speaker 1: of attracting others to himself. Now good looks good qualities.
• 4:35:35
  Speaker 1: Youth and liberality are the chief and most natural means
• 4:35:38
  Speaker 1: of making a person agreeable in the eyes of others.
• 4:35:41
  Speaker 1: But in the absence of these a man or a
• 4:35:43
  Speaker 1: woman must have resorted to artificial means or to art
• 4:35:47
  Speaker 1: and the following are some recipes that may be found useful. A.
• 4:35:52
  Speaker 1: An ointment made of the Tabernamontana coronaria, the costas speciosis
• 4:35:56
  Speaker 1: or arabicus, and the Flocorcia catafracta can be used as
• 4:36:00
  Speaker 1: an umbuent of adornment. B If a fine powder is
• 4:36:04
  Speaker 1: made of the above plants and applied to the wick
• 4:36:07
  Speaker 1: of a lamp, which is made to burn with the
• 4:36:09
  Speaker 1: oil of blue vitral. The black pigment or lamp black
• 4:36:12
  Speaker 1: produced therefrom, when applied to the eye lashes, has the
• 4:36:15
  Speaker 1: effect of making a person look lovely. C. The oil
• 4:36:20
  Speaker 1: of the hog weed, the achites putessens, the serena plant,
• 4:36:24
  Speaker 1: the yellow amaranth, and the leaf of the nymphi, if
• 4:36:27
  Speaker 1: applied to the body, has the same effect. D. A
• 4:36:31
  Speaker 1: black pigment from the same plants produce a similar effect. E.
• 4:36:36
  Speaker 1: By eating the powder of then Alumbrium speciosum, the blue
• 4:36:39
  Speaker 1: lotus and the mesner Rocksburgie with g and honey, a
• 4:36:43
  Speaker 1: man becomes lovely in the eyes of others. F The
• 4:36:47
  Speaker 1: above things, together with the Tubernamontana cornaria and the Xanthocamus pictorious,
• 4:36:52
  Speaker 1: if used as an ointment, produce the same results. G.
• 4:36:58
  Speaker 1: If the bone of a peacock or of an hyaena
• 4:37:00
  Speaker 1: be covered with gold and tied on the right hand,
• 4:37:03
  Speaker 1: it makes a man lovely in the eyes of other people.
• 4:37:07
  Speaker 1: H In the same way, if a bede made of
• 4:37:10
  Speaker 1: the seed of the jujub or of the conk shell
• 4:37:13
  Speaker 1: be enchanted by the incantations mentioned in the athervona Veda,
• 4:37:17
  Speaker 1: or by the incantations of those well skilled in the
• 4:37:19
  Speaker 1: science of magic, and tied on the hand, it produces
• 4:37:22
  Speaker 1: the same result as described above. One. When a female
• 4:37:27
  Speaker 1: attendant arrives at the age of puberty, her master should
• 4:37:30
  Speaker 1: keep her secluded, and when men ardently desire her, on
• 4:37:33
  Speaker 1: account of her seclusion and on account of the difficulty
• 4:37:36
  Speaker 1: of approaching her, he should then bestow her hand on
• 4:37:39
  Speaker 1: such a person as may endow her with wealth and happiness.
• 4:37:43
  Speaker 1: This is a means of increasing the loveliness of a
• 4:37:45
  Speaker 1: person in the eyes of others. In the same way,
• 4:37:49
  Speaker 1: when the daughter of a courtesan arrives at the age
• 4:37:51
  Speaker 1: of puberty, the mother should get together a lot of
• 4:37:53
  Speaker 1: young men of the same age, disposition, and knowledge as
• 4:37:56
  Speaker 1: her daughter, and tell them that she would give her
• 4:37:59
  Speaker 1: in marriage to the person who would give her presents
• 4:38:02
  Speaker 1: of a particular kind. After this, the daughter should be
• 4:38:05
  Speaker 1: kept in seclusion as far as possible, and the mother
• 4:38:08
  Speaker 1: should give her a marriage to the man who may
• 4:38:09
  Speaker 1: be ready to give her the presents agreed upon. If
• 4:38:13
  Speaker 1: the mother is unable to get so much out of
• 4:38:15
  Speaker 1: the man, she should show some of her own things
• 4:38:17
  Speaker 1: as having been given to the daughter by the bridegroom.
• 4:38:21
  Speaker 1: Or the mother may allow her daughter to be married
• 4:38:23
  Speaker 1: to the man privately, as if she was ignorant of
• 4:38:25
  Speaker 1: the whole affair, and then, pretending that it has come
• 4:38:28
  Speaker 1: to her knowledge, she may give her consent to the union.
• 4:38:31
  Speaker 1: The daughter, too, should make herself attractive to the sons
• 4:38:35
  Speaker 1: of wealthy citizens unknown to her mother, and make them
• 4:38:38
  Speaker 1: attached to her, and for this purpose should meet them
• 4:38:40
  Speaker 1: at the time of learning to sing and in places
• 4:38:43
  Speaker 1: where music is played, and that the houses of other people,
• 4:38:46
  Speaker 1: and then request her mother, through a female friend or
• 4:38:49
  Speaker 1: servant to be allowed to unite herself to the man
• 4:38:52
  Speaker 1: who is most agreeable to her. Seventy seven. When the
• 4:38:56
  Speaker 1: daughter of a courtesan is thus given to a man,
• 4:38:58
  Speaker 1: the ties of marriage should be absor deserved for one year,
• 4:39:01
  Speaker 1: and after that she may do what she likes. But
• 4:39:04
  Speaker 1: even after the end of the year, when otherwise engaged,
• 4:39:07
  Speaker 1: if she should be now and then invited by her
• 4:39:09
  Speaker 1: first husband to come and see him, she should put
• 4:39:12
  Speaker 1: aside her present gain and go to him for the night.
• 4:39:15
  Speaker 1: Such is the mode of temporary marriage among courtesans, and
• 4:39:19
  Speaker 1: of increasing their loveliness and their value in the eyes
• 4:39:22
  Speaker 1: of others. What has been said about them should also
• 4:39:25
  Speaker 1: be understood to apply to the daughters of dancing women,
• 4:39:28
  Speaker 1: whose mothers should give them only to such persons as
• 4:39:30
  Speaker 1: are likely to become useful to them in various ways.
• 4:39:34
  Speaker 1: Thus end the ways of making oneself lovely in the
• 4:39:37
  Speaker 1: eyes of others. A. If a man, after anointing his
• 4:39:42
  Speaker 1: lingam with a mixture of the powders of the white thorn, apple,
• 4:39:44
  Speaker 1: the long pepper, and the black pepper and honey, engages
• 4:39:48
  Speaker 1: in sexual union with a woman, he makes her subject
• 4:39:51
  Speaker 1: to his will. B. The application of a mixture of
• 4:39:55
  Speaker 1: the leaf of the plant vatted branta, of the flowers
• 4:39:58
  Speaker 1: thrown on a human corpse and carried out to be burnt.
• 4:40:01
  Speaker 1: And the powder of the bones of the peacock and
• 4:40:03
  Speaker 1: of the juwanjiva bird produces the same effect. C The
• 4:40:09
  Speaker 1: remains of a kite who has died a natural death,
• 4:40:12
  Speaker 1: ground into powder and mixed with cowitch and honey has
• 4:40:15
  Speaker 1: also the same effect. D anointing one's self with an
• 4:40:19
  Speaker 1: ointment made of the plant amblica morabulins has the power
• 4:40:22
  Speaker 1: of subjecting women to one's will. E If a man
• 4:40:26
  Speaker 1: cuts into small pieces the sprouts of the vagina sun
• 4:40:29
  Speaker 1: he plant, and dips them into a mixture of red
• 4:40:32
  Speaker 1: arsenic and sulfur, and then dries them seven times, and
• 4:40:35
  Speaker 1: applies this powder mixed with honey to his lingam, he
• 4:40:38
  Speaker 1: can subjugate a woman to his will directly that he
• 4:40:40
  Speaker 1: has had sexual union with her. Or if by burning
• 4:40:44
  Speaker 1: these very sprouts at night, and looking at the smoke,
• 4:40:47
  Speaker 1: he sees a golden moon behind, he will then be
• 4:40:49
  Speaker 1: successful with any woman. Or if he throws some of
• 4:40:52
  Speaker 1: the powder of these same sprouts mixed with the excrement
• 4:40:55
  Speaker 1: of a monkey upon a maiden, she will not be
• 4:40:57
  Speaker 1: given in marriage to any body else. If pieces of
• 4:41:02
  Speaker 1: the arris root are dressed with the oil of the
• 4:41:04
  Speaker 1: mango and placed for six months in a hole made
• 4:41:06
  Speaker 1: in the trunk of the seasiu tree, and are then
• 4:41:09
  Speaker 1: taken out and made up into annointment and applied to
• 4:41:11
  Speaker 1: the lingam, this is said to serve as the means
• 4:41:14
  Speaker 1: of subjugating women. G If the bone of a camel
• 4:41:18
  Speaker 1: is dipped into the juice of the plant eclipped of prostata,
• 4:41:21
  Speaker 1: and then burnt, and the black pigment produced from its
• 4:41:24
  Speaker 1: ashes is placed in a box also made of the
• 4:41:26
  Speaker 1: bone of a camel, and applied together with antimony, to
• 4:41:29
  Speaker 1: the eye lashes with a pencil also made of the
• 4:41:31
  Speaker 1: bone of a camel, then that pigment is said to
• 4:41:33
  Speaker 1: be very pure and wholesome for the eyes, and serves
• 4:41:37
  Speaker 1: as a means of subjugating others to the person who
• 4:41:40
  Speaker 1: uses it. The same effect can be produced by black
• 4:41:44
  Speaker 1: pigment made of the bones of hawks, vultures, and peacocks.
• 4:41:48
  Speaker 1: Thus end the ways of subjugating others to one's own will.
• 4:41:52
  Speaker 1: Now the means of increasing sexual vigor are as follows.
• 4:41:56
  Speaker 1: A a man obtains sexual vigor by drinking milk mixed
• 4:42:00
  Speaker 1: with sugar, the root of the utchitta plant, the piper chabba,
• 4:42:04
  Speaker 1: and licorice. B. Drinking milk mixed with sugar and having
• 4:42:08
  Speaker 1: the testicle of a ram or a goat boiled in
• 4:42:11
  Speaker 1: it is also productive of vigor. C. The drinking of
• 4:42:16
  Speaker 1: the juice of the Hetasarum gangetacum, the kueli, and the
• 4:42:19
  Speaker 1: curica plant mixed with milk produces the same effect. D.
• 4:42:24
  Speaker 1: The seed of the long pepper, along with the seeds
• 4:42:26
  Speaker 1: of the sansaverra roxbergiana and the Hetasarum gangetacum plant, all
• 4:42:31
  Speaker 1: pounded together and mixed with milk, is productive of a
• 4:42:34
  Speaker 1: similar result. E. According to ancient authors, if a man
• 4:42:39
  Speaker 1: pounds the seeds or roots of the Tropa bispinosa, the casurica,
• 4:42:43
  Speaker 1: the tuscan jasmine and licorice, together with the curicapoli, a
• 4:42:47
  Speaker 1: kind of onion, and puts the powder into milk mixed
• 4:42:50
  Speaker 1: with sugar and ghee, and having boiled the whole mixture
• 4:42:53
  Speaker 1: on a moderate fire, drinks the paste so formed, he
• 4:42:57
  Speaker 1: will be able to enjoy innumerable women. F In the
• 4:43:01
  Speaker 1: same way, if a man mixes rice with the eggs
• 4:43:04
  Speaker 1: of the sparrow, and having boiled this in milk, adds
• 4:43:07
  Speaker 1: to it ghee in honey, and drinks as much of
• 4:43:09
  Speaker 1: it as necessary, this will produce the same effect. G
• 4:43:14
  Speaker 1: If a man takes the outer covering of sesimum seeds
• 4:43:17
  Speaker 1: and soaks them with the eggs of sparrows, and then
• 4:43:20
  Speaker 1: having boiled them in milk mixed with sugar and ghee,
• 4:43:23
  Speaker 1: along with the fruits of the tropopispinosa and the casurica plant,
• 4:43:27
  Speaker 1: and adding to it the flour of wheat and beans,
• 4:43:30
  Speaker 1: and then drinks this composition, he is said to be
• 4:43:33
  Speaker 1: able to enjoy many women. H If ghee, honey, sugar,
• 4:43:38
  Speaker 1: and licorice in equal quantities the juice of the fennel
• 4:43:41
  Speaker 1: plant and milk are mixed together, this nectarlike composition is
• 4:43:45
  Speaker 1: said to be wholly and provocative of sexual vigor, a
• 4:43:48
  Speaker 1: preservative of life, and sweet to the taste. One. The
• 4:43:53
  Speaker 1: drinking of a paste composed of the asparagus rasimosis, the
• 4:43:56
  Speaker 1: schdostra plant, the goaduccy plant, the long pepper, and licorice
• 4:44:01
  Speaker 1: boiled in milk, honey and ghee in the spring is
• 4:44:04
  Speaker 1: said to have the same effect as the above j
• 4:44:09
  Speaker 1: boiling the asparagus rasimosis and the shradostra plant, along with
• 4:44:13
  Speaker 1: the pounded fruits of the Premis binosa in water, and
• 4:44:16
  Speaker 1: drinking the same is said to act in the same
• 4:44:19
  Speaker 1: way k Drinking boiled ghee or clarified butter in the
• 4:44:23
  Speaker 1: morning during the spring season is said to be beneficial
• 4:44:26
  Speaker 1: to health and strength, and agreeable to the taste. One.
• 4:44:31
  Speaker 1: If the powder of the seed of the shradostra plant
• 4:44:33
  Speaker 1: and the flour of barley are mixed together in equal parts,
• 4:44:36
  Speaker 1: and a portion of it i e. Two paulous in
• 4:44:39
  Speaker 1: weight is eaten every morning on getting up, it has
• 4:44:42
  Speaker 1: the same effect as the preceding recipe. There are also
• 4:44:46
  Speaker 1: verses on the subject, as follows. The means seventy eight
• 4:44:50
  Speaker 1: of producing love and sexual vigor should be learned from
• 4:44:52
  Speaker 1: the science of medicine, from the Vedus, from those who
• 4:44:55
  Speaker 1: are learned in the arts of magic, and from confidential relatives.
• 4:45:00
  Speaker 1: No means should be tried which are doubtful in their effects,
• 4:45:03
  Speaker 1: which are likely to cause injury to the body, which
• 4:45:05
  Speaker 1: involve the death of animals, and which bring us in
• 4:45:08
  Speaker 1: contact with impure things. Such means should only be used
• 4:45:12
  Speaker 1: as are holy acknowledged to be good and approved of
• 4:45:15
  Speaker 1: by Brahmins and Friends, Chapter two of the Ways of
• 4:45:20
  Speaker 1: Exciting Desire and Miscellaneous Experiments and Recipes. If a man
• 4:45:26
  Speaker 1: is unable to satisfy a hastini or elephant woman, he
• 4:45:29
  Speaker 1: should have recourse to various means to excite her passion.
• 4:45:33
  Speaker 1: At the commencement, he should rub her yone with his
• 4:45:35
  Speaker 1: hand or fingers, and not begin to have intercourse with
• 4:45:38
  Speaker 1: her until she becomes excited or experiences pleasure. This is
• 4:45:43
  Speaker 1: one way of exciting a woman. Or he may make
• 4:45:46
  Speaker 1: use of certain apadravias, or things which are put on
• 4:45:50
  Speaker 1: or around the lingam to supplement its length or its thickness,
• 4:45:53
  Speaker 1: so as to fit it to the yoni. In the
• 4:45:55
  Speaker 1: opinion of Babravia, these apadravias should be made of gold, silver, copper, iron, ivory,
• 4:46:02
  Speaker 1: buffalo's horn, various kinds of wood, tin, or lead, and
• 4:46:05
  Speaker 1: should be soft, cool, provocative of sexual vigor, and well
• 4:46:09
  Speaker 1: fitted to serve the intended purpose. Vatziana, however, says that
• 4:46:14
  Speaker 1: they may be made according to the natural liking of
• 4:46:16
  Speaker 1: each individual. The following are the different kinds of apatravias. One,
• 4:46:22
  Speaker 1: the armlet vilaya should be of the same size as
• 4:46:26
  Speaker 1: the lingam, and should have its outer surface made rough
• 4:46:28
  Speaker 1: with globules. Two The couple sangatti is formed of two armlets.
• 4:46:35
  Speaker 1: Three The bracelet chidaca is made by joining three or
• 4:46:40
  Speaker 1: more armlets until they come up to the required length
• 4:46:43
  Speaker 1: of the lingam. Four. The single bracelet is formed by
• 4:46:47
  Speaker 1: wrapping a single wire around the lingam according to its dimensions. Five.
• 4:46:53
  Speaker 1: The kentucca or jelaca is a tube open at both ends,
• 4:46:56
  Speaker 1: with a whole thruid outwardly rough and studded with soft gloves,
• 4:47:00
  Speaker 1: and made to fit the side of the yoni and
• 4:47:02
  Speaker 1: tie to the waist. When such a thing cannot be obtained,
• 4:47:06
  Speaker 1: then a tube made of the wood apple or tubular
• 4:47:09
  Speaker 1: stalk of the bottle gourd, or a reed made soft
• 4:47:12
  Speaker 1: with oil and extracts of plants and tied to the
• 4:47:14
  Speaker 1: waist with strings may be made use of, as also
• 4:47:17
  Speaker 1: a row of soft pieces of wood tied together. The
• 4:47:21
  Speaker 1: above are the things that can be used in connection
• 4:47:23
  Speaker 1: with or in the place of the lingam. The people
• 4:47:26
  Speaker 1: of the southern countries think that true sexual pleasure cannot
• 4:47:29
  Speaker 1: be obtained without perforating the lingum, and they therefore cause
• 4:47:32
  Speaker 1: it to be pierced, like the lobes of the ears
• 4:47:34
  Speaker 1: of an infant pierced for earrings. Now, when a young
• 4:47:38
  Speaker 1: man perforates his lingam, he should pierce it with a
• 4:47:40
  Speaker 1: sharp instrument, and then stand in water so long as
• 4:47:43
  Speaker 1: the blood continues to flow. At night, he should engage
• 4:47:47
  Speaker 1: in sexual intercourse, even with vigor, so as to clean
• 4:47:50
  Speaker 1: the whole. After this, he should continue to wash the
• 4:47:54
  Speaker 1: whole with decoctions and increase the size by putting into
• 4:47:57
  Speaker 1: its small pieces of cane and the ridia antienterica, and
• 4:48:01
  Speaker 1: thus gradually enlarging the orifice. It may also be washed
• 4:48:05
  Speaker 1: with liquorice mixed with honey, and the size of the
• 4:48:07
  Speaker 1: whole increased by the fruit stalks of the semopatroplant. The
• 4:48:12
  Speaker 1: whole should be anointed with a small quantity of oil
• 4:48:15
  Speaker 1: in the hole made in the lingam. A man may
• 4:48:17
  Speaker 1: put apadravias of various forms, such as the round, the
• 4:48:21
  Speaker 1: round on one side, the wooden mortar, the flower, the armlet,
• 4:48:25
  Speaker 1: the bone of the heron, the goat of the elephant,
• 4:48:28
  Speaker 1: the collection of eight balls, the lock of hair, the
• 4:48:32
  Speaker 1: place where four roads meet, and other things named according
• 4:48:35
  Speaker 1: to their forms and means of using them. All these
• 4:48:39
  Speaker 1: apadravias should be rough on the outside according to their requirements.
• 4:48:43
  Speaker 1: The ways of enlarging the lingam must be now related.
• 4:48:47
  Speaker 1: When a man wishes to enlarge his lingam, he should
• 4:48:50
  Speaker 1: rub it with the bristles of certain insects that live
• 4:48:52
  Speaker 1: in trees, and then, after rubbing it for ten nights
• 4:48:55
  Speaker 1: with oils, he should again rub it with the bristles
• 4:48:58
  Speaker 1: as before. By continuing to do this, a swelling will
• 4:49:01
  Speaker 1: be gradually produced in the lingam, and he should then
• 4:49:04
  Speaker 1: lie on a cot and cause his lingam to hang
• 4:49:06
  Speaker 1: down through a hole in the cot. After this he
• 4:49:09
  Speaker 1: should take away all the pain from the swelling by
• 4:49:12
  Speaker 1: using cool concoctions. The swelling, which is called succa and
• 4:49:16
  Speaker 1: is often brought about among the people of the Dravata country,
• 4:49:19
  Speaker 1: lasts for life. If the lingam is rubbed with the
• 4:49:23
  Speaker 1: following things, viz. The plant Physalis flectuosa, the shivarricandacca plant,
• 4:49:29
  Speaker 1: the jalasuca plant, the fruit of the egg plant, the
• 4:49:32
  Speaker 1: butter of a she buffalo, the hastri charma plant, and
• 4:49:35
  Speaker 1: the juice of the vidaraza plant, a swelling lasting for
• 4:49:38
  Speaker 1: one month will be produced by rubbing it with oil boiled.
• 4:49:42
  Speaker 1: In the concoctions of the above things, the same effect
• 4:49:45
  Speaker 1: will be produced, but lasting for six months. The enlargement
• 4:49:50
  Speaker 1: of the lingam is also affected by rubbing it or
• 4:49:52
  Speaker 1: moistening it with oil boiled on a moderate fire, along
• 4:49:55
  Speaker 1: with the seeds of the pomegranate and the cucumber, the
• 4:49:57
  Speaker 1: juices of the velucca plant, the hasti, the charma plant,
• 4:50:01
  Speaker 1: and the egg plant. In addition to the above, other
• 4:50:04
  Speaker 1: means may be learned from experienced and confidential persons. The
• 4:50:09
  Speaker 1: miscellaneous experiments and recipes are as follows. A. If a
• 4:50:13
  Speaker 1: man mixes the powder of the milk hedge plant and
• 4:50:16
  Speaker 1: the kantaca plant with the excrement of a monkey and
• 4:50:18
  Speaker 1: the powdered root of the langellalica plant, and throws this
• 4:50:21
  Speaker 1: mixture on a woman, she will not love any body
• 4:50:24
  Speaker 1: else afterwards. B If a man thickens the juice of
• 4:50:29
  Speaker 1: the fruits of the cache of fistula and the Eugenia
• 4:50:32
  Speaker 1: jammelana by mixing them with the powder of the soma plant,
• 4:50:35
  Speaker 1: the Vernonia antomintica, the eclipt of prostata, and the Lohopa jehurka,
• 4:50:39
  Speaker 1: and applies this composition to the yoni of a woman
• 4:50:42
  Speaker 1: and then has sexual intercourse with her, his love for
• 4:50:45
  Speaker 1: her will be destroyed. C The same effect is produced
• 4:50:49
  Speaker 1: if a man has connection with a woman who has
• 4:50:51
  Speaker 1: bathed in the buttermilk of a she buffalo mixed with
• 4:50:53
  Speaker 1: the powders of the Gopalica plant, the banupatica plant, and
• 4:50:57
  Speaker 1: the yellow amoranth. D an Ointment made of the flowers
• 4:51:02
  Speaker 1: of the Nooclea cadamba, the hog plum, and the Eugenia jammeulana,
• 4:51:06
  Speaker 1: and used by a woman causes her to be disliked
• 4:51:09
  Speaker 1: by her husband. E Garlands made of the above flowers,
• 4:51:13
  Speaker 1: when worn by the woman, produce the same effect. F
• 4:51:18
  Speaker 1: an Ointment made of the fruit of the Astracanthlongefolia cocolacchia,
• 4:51:22
  Speaker 1: will contract the yone of a hastini or elephant woman,
• 4:51:25
  Speaker 1: and this contraction lasts for one night. G an Ointment
• 4:51:30
  Speaker 1: made by pounding the roots of the Alumbrium speciosum and
• 4:51:34
  Speaker 1: of the blue lotus, and the powder of the plant
• 4:51:36
  Speaker 1: Physilus flexiosum, mixed with ghi and honey, will enlarge the
• 4:51:39
  Speaker 1: yone of themrigi or dear woman. H an Ointment made
• 4:51:44
  Speaker 1: of the fruit of the Amblica morablin soaked in the
• 4:51:47
  Speaker 1: milky juice of the milk hedge plant of the soma plant,
• 4:51:50
  Speaker 1: the Callotropis gigantia, and the juice of the fruit of
• 4:51:53
  Speaker 1: the Vernonia ant helmintica will make the hair white. One
• 4:51:58
  Speaker 1: The juice of the roots of the Mattae ti aantica plant,
• 4:52:01
  Speaker 1: the yellow amaranth, the anganica plant, the Cletoria turnitia, and
• 4:52:05
  Speaker 1: the schlach schaparni plant used as a lotion will make
• 4:52:08
  Speaker 1: the hair grow j An ointment made by boiling the
• 4:52:12
  Speaker 1: above roots in oil and rubbed in will make the
• 4:52:15
  Speaker 1: hair black and will also gradually restore hair that has
• 4:52:18
  Speaker 1: fallen off. K If lack is saturated seven times in
• 4:52:22
  Speaker 1: the sweat of the testicle of a white horse and
• 4:52:25
  Speaker 1: applied to a red lip, the lip will become white
• 4:52:28
  Speaker 1: l The color of the lips can be regained by
• 4:52:31
  Speaker 1: means of the madiantica and other plants mentioned above. Under
• 4:52:34
  Speaker 1: I m a woman who hears a man playing on
• 4:52:39
  Speaker 1: a reed pipe which has been dressed with the juices
• 4:52:41
  Speaker 1: of the bahupadica plant, the Tibernamontana coronaria, the Costas speciosis
• 4:52:46
  Speaker 1: or arabicus, the pinus deodora, the Euphorbia antiquorum, the vedra,
• 4:52:51
  Speaker 1: and the kantaca plant becomes his slave. N If food
• 4:52:56
  Speaker 1: be mixed with the fruit of the thorn apple de thura,
• 4:52:59
  Speaker 1: it causes intoxication. OH. If water be mixed with oil
• 4:53:04
  Speaker 1: and the ashes of any kind of grass except the
• 4:53:06
  Speaker 1: cusha grass, it becomes the color of milk. P If
• 4:53:11
  Speaker 1: yellow mirabolans, the hog plum, the shruana plant, and the
• 4:53:15
  Speaker 1: preungu plant be all pounded together and applied to iron pots,
• 4:53:19
  Speaker 1: these pots become red. Q If a lamp trimmed with
• 4:53:24
  Speaker 1: oil extracted from the shruana and prying plants, its wick
• 4:53:27
  Speaker 1: being made of cloth, and the slew of the skins
• 4:53:29
  Speaker 1: of snakes, is lighted, and long pieces of wood placed
• 4:53:33
  Speaker 1: near it, those pieces of wood will resemble so many snakes.
• 4:53:37
  Speaker 1: R Drinking the milk of a white cow who has
• 4:53:40
  Speaker 1: a white calf at her feet is auspicious, produces fame
• 4:53:44
  Speaker 1: and preserves life. S The blessings of venerable brahmins well propitiated,
• 4:53:50
  Speaker 1: have the same effect. There are also some verses in conclusion.
• 4:53:54
  Speaker 1: Thus have I written in a few words that with
• 4:53:56
  Speaker 1: science of love, after reading the texts, of ancient authors,
• 4:54:00
  Speaker 1: and following the ways of enjoyment mentioned in them. He
• 4:54:03
  Speaker 1: who is acquainted with the true principles of this science
• 4:54:06
  Speaker 1: pays regard to Dharma Artha Kamma and to his own experiences,
• 4:54:10
  Speaker 1: as well as to the teachings of others, and does
• 4:54:13
  Speaker 1: not act simply on the dictates of his own desire.
• 4:54:16
  Speaker 1: As for the errors in the science of love which
• 4:54:19
  Speaker 1: I have mentioned in this work on my own authority
• 4:54:21
  Speaker 1: as an author, I have immediately after mentioning them, carefully
• 4:54:25
  Speaker 1: censured and prohibited them. An act is never looked upon
• 4:54:29
  Speaker 1: with indulgence for the simple reason that it is authorized
• 4:54:32
  Speaker 1: by the science. Because it ought to be remembered that
• 4:54:34
  Speaker 1: it is the intention of the science that the rules
• 4:54:37
  Speaker 1: which it contains should only be acted upon in particular cases,
• 4:54:41
  Speaker 1: after reading and considering the works of Babravia and other
• 4:54:44
  Speaker 1: ancient authors, and thinking over the meaning of the rules
• 4:54:47
  Speaker 1: given by them. The Kamma Sutra was composed according to
• 4:54:50
  Speaker 1: the precepts of Holy writ for the benefit of the
• 4:54:53
  Speaker 1: World by Vatziana, while leading the life of a religious
• 4:54:56
  Speaker 1: student and wholly engaged in the contemplation of the deity.
• 4:55:01
  Speaker 1: This work is not intended to be used merely as
• 4:55:04
  Speaker 1: an instrument for satisfying our desires. A person acquainted with
• 4:55:08
  Speaker 1: the true principles of this science, and who preserves his Dharma,
• 4:55:12
  Speaker 1: Artha and Comma, and has regard for the practices of
• 4:55:15
  Speaker 1: the people, is sure to obtain the mastery over his senses.
• 4:55:19
  Speaker 1: In short, an intelligent and prudent person attending to Dharma
• 4:55:23
  Speaker 1: and Artha, and attending to Comma also without becoming the
• 4:55:27
  Speaker 1: slave of his passions, obtains success in everything that he
• 4:55:30
  Speaker 1: may undertake. End of Part seven concluding remarks. Thus ends
• 4:55:37
  Speaker 1: in seven parts the Kamma Sutra of Vatziana, which might
• 4:55:41
  Speaker 1: otherwise be called a treatise on men and women their
• 4:55:43
  Speaker 1: mutual relationship and connection with each other. It is a
• 4:55:47
  Speaker 1: work that should be studied by all, both old and young.
• 4:55:51
  Speaker 1: The former will find in it real truths gathered by
• 4:55:53
  Speaker 1: experience and already tested by themselves, while the latter will
• 4:55:57
  Speaker 1: derive the great advantage of learning things which some perhaps
• 4:56:00
  Speaker 1: may otherwise never learn at all, or which they may
• 4:56:04
  Speaker 1: only learn when it is too late, too late those
• 4:56:07
  Speaker 1: immortal words of Mirabeau to profit by the learning, It
• 4:56:11
  Speaker 1: can also be fairly commended to the student of social
• 4:56:13
  Speaker 1: science and of humanity, and above all to the student
• 4:56:16
  Speaker 1: of those early ideas which have gradually filtered down through
• 4:56:19
  Speaker 1: the sands of time, and which seem to prove that
• 4:56:22
  Speaker 1: the human nature of to day is much the same
• 4:56:24
  Speaker 1: as the human nature of the long ago. It has
• 4:56:27
  Speaker 1: been said of Balzac, the great, if not the greatest,
• 4:56:30
  Speaker 1: of French novelists, that he seemed to have inherited a
• 4:56:33
  Speaker 1: natural and intuitive perception of the feelings of men and women,
• 4:56:36
  Speaker 1: and has described them with an analysis worthy of a
• 4:56:39
  Speaker 1: man of science. The author of the present work must
• 4:56:42
  Speaker 1: also have had a considerable knowledge of the humanities. Many
• 4:56:47
  Speaker 1: of his remarks are so full of simplicity and truth
• 4:56:50
  Speaker 1: that they have stood the test of time and stand
• 4:56:52
  Speaker 1: out still as clear and true as when they were
• 4:56:54
  Speaker 1: first written some eighteen hundred years ago. As a collection
• 4:56:58
  Speaker 1: of facts told in lane and simple language, it must
• 4:57:01
  Speaker 1: be remembered that in those early days there was apparently
• 4:57:04
  Speaker 1: no idea of embellishing the work, either with a literary style,
• 4:57:07
  Speaker 1: a flow of language, or a quantity of superfluous padding.
• 4:57:12
  Speaker 1: The author tells the world what he knows in very
• 4:57:14
  Speaker 1: concise language, without any attempt to produce an interesting story
• 4:57:18
  Speaker 1: from his facts. How many novels could be written. Indeed,
• 4:57:22
  Speaker 1: much of the matter contained in Parts three, four, v
• 4:57:26
  Speaker 1: and six has formed the basis of many of the
• 4:57:29
  Speaker 1: stories and the tales of past centuries. There will be
• 4:57:33
  Speaker 1: found in Part seven some curious recipes. Many of them
• 4:57:38
  Speaker 1: appear to be as primitive as the book itself, but
• 4:57:41
  Speaker 1: in later works of the same nature, these recipes and
• 4:57:43
  Speaker 1: prescriptions appear to have increased, both as regards quality and quantity.
• 4:57:48
  Speaker 1: In the Anundarunga or the Stage of Love mentioned at
• 4:57:51
  Speaker 1: page five of the preface in Part one, there are
• 4:57:55
  Speaker 1: found no less than thirty three different subjects, for which
• 4:57:58
  Speaker 1: one hundred and thirty recipes and proscripts are given, as
• 4:58:01
  Speaker 1: the details may be interesting. These subjects are described as follows.
• 4:58:06
  Speaker 1: One for hastening the peroxysm of the woman, two for
• 4:58:10
  Speaker 1: delaying the organs of the man, three aphrodisiacs. Four for
• 4:58:17
  Speaker 1: thickening and enlarging the lingam, rendering its sound and strong,
• 4:58:21
  Speaker 1: hard and lusty. Five for narrowing and contracting the yone,
• 4:58:27
  Speaker 1: six for perfuming the yonie, seven for removing and destroying
• 4:58:32
  Speaker 1: the hair of the body, eight for removing the sudden
• 4:58:35
  Speaker 1: stopping of the monthly ailment nine for abating the immoderate
• 4:58:40
  Speaker 1: appearance of the monthly ailment. Ten for purifying the womb,
• 4:58:46
  Speaker 1: eleven for causing pregnancy, twelve for preventing miscarriage and other accidents,
• 4:58:53
  Speaker 1: thirteen for insuring easy labor and ready deliverance, fourteen for
• 4:58:59
  Speaker 1: limiting the numbers of children, fifteen for thickening and beautifying
• 4:59:04
  Speaker 1: the hair, sixteen for obtaining a good black color to it,
• 4:59:09
  Speaker 1: seventeen for widening and bleaching it, eighteen for renewing it,
• 4:59:15
  Speaker 1: nineteen for clearing the skin of the face from eruptions
• 4:59:19
  Speaker 1: that break out and leave black spots upon it, twenty
• 4:59:23
  Speaker 1: for removing the black color of the epidermis, twenty one
• 4:59:27
  Speaker 1: for enlarging the breasts of women, twenty two for raising
• 4:59:32
  Speaker 1: and hardening pendulous breasts, twenty three for giving a fragrance
• 4:59:36
  Speaker 1: to the skin, twenty four for removing the evil savor
• 4:59:41
  Speaker 1: of perspiration, twenty five for anointing the body after bathing,
• 4:59:47
  Speaker 1: twenty six for causing a pleasant smell to the breath.
• 4:59:51
  Speaker 1: Twenty seven drugs and charms for the purposes of fascinating, overcoming,
• 4:59:56
  Speaker 1: and subduing either men or women. Twenty eight Recipe ease
• 5:00:00
  Speaker 1: for enabling a woman to attract and preserve her husband's love.
• 5:00:04
  Speaker 1: Twenty nine magical caliriums for winning love and friendship, thirty
• 5:00:10
  Speaker 1: prescriptions for reducing other persons to submission, thirty one filter
• 5:00:15
  Speaker 1: pills and other charms, thirty two fascinating incense or fumigation,
• 5:00:22
  Speaker 1: thirty three magical verses which have the power of fascination.
• 5:00:27
  Speaker 1: Of the one hundred and thirty recipes given, many of
• 5:00:29
  Speaker 1: them are absurd, but not more, perhaps than many of
• 5:00:32
  Speaker 1: the recipes and prescriptions in use in Europe not so
• 5:00:35
  Speaker 1: very long ago. Love filters, charms, and herbal remedies have
• 5:00:39
  Speaker 1: been in early days as freely used in Europe as
• 5:00:43
  Speaker 1: in Asia, and doubtless some people believe in them still
• 5:00:46
  Speaker 1: in many places. And now one word about the author
• 5:00:50
  Speaker 1: of the work the good old Sage Vatziana, it is
• 5:00:53
  Speaker 1: much to be regretted that nothing can be discovered about
• 5:00:56
  Speaker 1: his life, his belongings, and his surroundings. At the end
• 5:01:00
  Speaker 1: of part seven he states that he wrote the work
• 5:01:04
  Speaker 1: while leading the life of a religious student, probably at Benar's,
• 5:01:07
  Speaker 1: and while wholly engaged in the contemplation of the deity.
• 5:01:11
  Speaker 1: He must have arrived at a certain age at that
• 5:01:13
  Speaker 1: time for throughout he gives us the benefit of his
• 5:01:16
  Speaker 1: experience and of his opinions, and these bear the stamp
• 5:01:19
  Speaker 1: of age rather than of youth. Indeed, the work could
• 5:01:22
  Speaker 1: hardly have been written by a young man. In a
• 5:01:25
  Speaker 1: beautiful verse of the Vedas of the Christians, it has
• 5:01:27
  Speaker 1: been said of the peaceful dead that they rest from
• 5:01:30
  Speaker 1: their labors, and that their works do follow them. Yes, indeed,
• 5:01:34
  Speaker 1: the works of men of genius do follow them, and
• 5:01:37
  Speaker 1: remain as a lasting treasure. And though there may be
• 5:01:40
  Speaker 1: disputes and discussions about the immortality of the body or
• 5:01:43
  Speaker 1: the soul, nobody can deny the immortality of genius, which
• 5:01:47
  Speaker 1: ever remains as a bright and guiding star to the
• 5:01:49
  Speaker 1: struggling humanities of succeeding ages. This work, then, which has
• 5:01:54
  Speaker 1: stood the test of centuries, has placed Botziana among the immortals.
• 5:01:58
  Speaker 1: And on this and on him, no better elegy or
• 5:02:01
  Speaker 1: eulogy can be written than the following lines. So long
• 5:02:04
  Speaker 1: his lips shall kiss and eyes shall see, so long
• 5:02:07
  Speaker 1: lives this, and this gives life to thee the end.
• 5:02:11
  Speaker 1: Thanks for listening.